Class 11 Physics MCQ

01
Units and Measurements

TOPIC 1 Ans. (c) TOPIC 2
Units According to Coulomb’s law, the Errors in Measurement
electrostatic force
1 qq
and Significant Figure
F= × 1 22
01 The angle of 1′ (minute of arc) in 4 πε0 r
radian is nearly equal to
q 1 and q 2 = charges, r = distance
06 A screw gauge gives the following
[NEET (Oct.) 2020] readings when used to measure
between charges
(a) 2.91 × 10−4 rad (b) 4.85 × 10−4 rad the diameter of a wire
and ε0 = permittivity of free space
(c) 4.80 × 10−6 rad (d) 1.75 × 10−2 rad 1 q 1q 2 Main scale reading : 0 mm
⇒ ε0 = ×
Ans. (a) 4 π r 2F Circular scale reading : 52 divisions
1 1 π
1 minute = degree = × rad Substituting the units forq , r and F, we Given that, 1 mm on main scale
60 60 180 obtain unit of ε0 corresponds to 100 divisions on
= 2.91 × 10 −4 rad coulomb × coulomb
= the circular scale. The diameter of
newton- (metre) 2
the wire from the above data is
02 The unit of thermal conductivity is : (coulomb) 2
[NEET (National) 2019] = (a) 0.52 cm [NEET 2021]
newton- (metre) 2
(a) J m −1 K −1 (b) 0.026 cm
04 The value of Planck’s constant in SI
(b) W m K −1 (c) 0.26 cm
(c) W m −1 K −1
unit is [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
(d) 0.052 cm
(d) J m K −1 (a) 6.63 × 10−31 J-s
(b) 6.63 × 10−30 kg - m / s Ans. (d)
Ans. (c) Given, the main scale reading, MSR = 0
(c) 6.63 × 10−32 kg - m2
The rate of heat flow through a The circular scale reading, CSR = 52
(d) 6.63 × 10−34 J - s
conductor of lengthL and area of divisions
cross-section A is given by Ans. (d) Now, we shall determine the least count
dQ ΔT The value of Planck’s constant is
= KA J/s or watt of the screw gauge,
dt L . × 10 −34 and J-s is unit of the Planck's
663 p
constant. LC =
where,K = coefficient of thermal n
conductivity and Here, p is the pitch of the screw,
ΔT = change in temperature 05 In a particular system, the unit of
n is the number of circular divisions in
L dQ length, mass and time are chosen
⇒ K= one complete revolution.
A ΔT dt to be 10 cm, 10 g and 0.1 s 1
LC = mm
metre respectively. The unit of force in 100
∴Unit of K = × watt
(metre) 2 × kelvin this system will be equivalent to ⇒ LC = 0.01 mm
−1 −1
= Wm K [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
⇒ LC = 0.001 cm
(a) 0.1 N (b) 1 N (c) 10 N (d) 100 N
Thus, the least count of the screw gauge
03 The unit of permittivity of free Ans. (a) is 0.001 cm.
space, ε 0 is [CBSE AIPMT 2004] Force F = [MLT −2 ] Therefore, diameter of the wire of screw
(a) coulomb/newton-metre = (10 g) (10 cm) (0.1 s) −2 gauge,
(b) newton - metre 2 / coulomb 2 Changing these units into MKS system D = MSR + (CSR × LC)
(c) coulomb 2 /newton -metre 2 F = (10 −2 kg) (10 −1 m) (10 −1 s) −2 ⇒ D = 0 + ( 52 × 0.001)
(d) coulomb 2 / (newton - metre) 2 = 10−1 N = 0.1 N ⇒ D = 0.052 cm
2 NEET Chapterwise Topicwise Physics
07 Time intervals measured by a clock = 999

. − 0.0099 = 99801
. m MSR = 5 mm = 0.5 cm
give the following readings Taking significant figures into account, Number of coinciding divisions on the
as both the values has two significant circular scale, i.e. Vernier scale reading,
1.25 s, 1.24 s, 1.27 s, 1.21 s and 1.28 s. figures after decimal. VSR = 25
What is the percentage relative So, their difference will also have two Here, zero error = −0.004 cm
error of the observations? significant figures after decimal, Final reading obtained from the screw
[NEET (Oct.) 2020] i.e. 9.98 m. gauge is given as
(a) 2% (b) 4% (c) 16% (d) 1.6% Hence, correct option is (a). = MSR + VSR × LC − zero error
Ans. (d) Final reading from the screw gauge
Mean time interval
10 The main scale of a vernier calliper = 0.5 + 25 × 0.001 − (−0.004)
. + 124
125 . + 127 . + 121 . + 128. has n divisions/cm. n divisions of = 0.5 + 0.025 + 0.004
T = the vernier scale coincide with
5 = 0.5 + 0.029
625
. (n − 1) divisions of main scale. = 0.529 cm
⇒ = = 125
. s
5 The least count of the vernier Thus, the diameter of the ball is
Mean absolute error, callipers is [NEET (Odisha) 2019] 0.529 cm.
| ΔT1 | + | ΔT2 | + | ΔT3 | + | ΔT4 | + | ΔT5 | 1 1
ΔT = (a) cm (b) cm
5 (n + 1) (n − 1) n 12 In an experiment, four quantities
⇒ 1 1 a ,b, c and d are measured with
. − 125
| 125 . | + | 125. − 124 . | + | 125
. − 1⋅.27 | (c) 2 cm (d) cm
n n (n + 1) percentage error 1%, 2%, 3% and
+ | 125
. − 121 . − 128
. | + | 125 . | 4% respectively. Quantity P is
= Ans. (c)
5 a 3 b2
0 + 0.01 + 0.02 + 0.04 + 0.03 As it is given that n divisions of vernier calculated P = %. Error in P is
⇒= scale coincide with (n − 1) divisions of cd
5
main scale i.e. [NEET 2013]
0.1
= = 0.02 s n(VSD) = (n − 1) MSD (a) 14% (b) 10%
5
(n − 1) (c) 7% (d) 4%
ΔT ⇒ 1VSD = MSD …(i)
∴Percentage relative error = × 100 n Ans. (a)
T
0.02 The least count is the difference a 3b 2
= × 100 = 1.6% between one main scale division (MSD) As given, P =
1.25 cd
and one vernier scale division (VSD).
ΔP
∴Least Count (LC) = 1MSD − 1VSD ∴ × 100
08 A screw gauge has least count of (n − 1)
P
= 1MSD − MSD [From Eq. (i)] ⎛ 3Δa 2Δb Δc Δd ⎞
0.01 mm and there are 50 divisions n =⎜ + + + ⎟ × 100
⎝ a b c d ⎠
(n − 1) ⎞
= ⎛⎜ 1 −
in its circular scale. 1
⎟ MSD = MSD =3
Δa
× 100 + 2
Δb
× 100 +
Δc
× 100
The pitch of the screw gauge is ⎝ n ⎠ n
a b c
[NEET (Sep.) 2020] 1
Here, 1MSD = cm Δd
(a) 0.25 mm (b) 0.5 mm n + × 100
1 1 1 d
(c) 1.0 mm (d) 0.01 mm ⇒ LC = × cm = 2 cm
n n n =3× 1+ 2×2+ 3+ 4
Ans. (b) = 3 + 4 + 3 + 4 = 14%
Given, least count = 0.01 mm
11 A student measured the diameter
Number of divisions on circular scale
of a small steel ball using a screw 13 If the error in the measurement of
= 50 radius of a sphere is 2%, then the
gauge of least count 0.001 cm. The
Pitch of the screw gauge = least count × error in the determination of
number of divisions on circular scale main scale reading is 5 mm and
zero of circular scale division volume of the sphere will be
= 0.01 × 50 = 0.5 mm [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
Hence, correct option is (b). coincides with 25 divisions above (a) 4% (b) 6%
the reference level. If screw gauge (c) 8% (d) 2%
09 Taking into account of the has a zero error of −0.004 cm, the
Ans. (b)
significant figures, what is the value correct diameter of the ball is 4 3
of 9.99 m − 0.0099 m? [NEET 2018] Volume of a sphere,V = πr
3
[NEET (Sep.) 2020] (a) 0.053 cm (b) 0.525 cm
ΔV 3 × Δr
(a) 9.98 m (b) 9.980 m (c) 0.521 cm (d) 0.529 cm ∴ × 100 = × 100
V r
(c) 9.9 m (d) 9.9801 m Ans. (d) Δr
Here × 100 = 2%
Ans. (a) Given, least count of screw gauge, r
The difference between 9.99 m and LC = 0.001 cm ΔV
∴ × 100 = 3 × 2% = 6%
0.0099 m is Main scale reading, V
Units and Measurements 3
N − 1⎞
14 The density of a cube is measured LC = ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎟ MSD 19 If E and G respectively denote
by measuring its mass and length ⎝ N ⎠ energy and gravitational constant.
1 0.1 1
of its sides. If the maximum error in = MSD = cm = cm E
the measurement of mass and N N 10N then has the dimensions of
G
length are 4% and 3% respectively,
17 A certain body weighs 22.42 g and [NEET 2021]
the maximum error in the (a) [M 2 ] [L − 1 ] [T 0 ] (b) [M] [L − 1 ] [T − 1 ]
has a measured volume of 4.7 cc.
measurement of density will be (c) [M] [L 0 ] [T 0 ] (d) [M 2 ] [L − 2 ] [T − 1 ]
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] The possible error in the
measurement of mass and volume Ans. (a)
(a) 7% (b) 9%
(c) 12% (d) 13% are 0.01 g and 0.1 cc. Then, The dimensions of energy
maximum error in the density will [E] = [F ] ⋅ [d]
Ans. (d)
be [CBSE AIPMT 1991] ⇒ [E] = [MLT −2 ] [L] ⇒ [E] = [ML2 T −2 ]
m m
As density ρ = = As we know that, the expression of
V l3 (a) 22% (b) 2% (c) 0.2% (d) 0.02%
gravitational force,
Δρ ⎛ Δm Δl ⎞ Ans. (b) GM M Fr 2
∴ × 100 = ± ⎜ + 3 ⎟ × 100% F = 12 2 ⇒ G =
ρ ⎝ m l ⎠ Density =
Mass
r M1 M2
Volume
= ± (4 + 3 × 3) = ± 13% m [F] [r 2 ] [MLT −2 ][L] 2
ρ= ∴ [G] = ⇒ [G] =
V [M1 ] [M2 ] [M] [M]
15 The percentage errors in the Δρ Δm ΔV ⇒ [G] = [M−1L3T −2 ]
measurement of mass and speed ∴ = +
ρ m V The dimensions of
are 2% and 3% respectively. The E [ML2 T −2 ] ⎡E ⎤
Here, Δm = 0.01, m = 22.42 = ⇒ = [M2 L−1T 0 ]
error in kinetic energy obtained by G [M−1L3T −2 ] ⎢⎣ G ⎥⎦
ΔV = 0.1,V = 4.7
measuring mass and speed, will be Δρ ⎛ 0.01 0.1 ⎞
[CBSE AIPMT 1995] ∴ =⎜ + ⎟ × 100 = 2%
ρ ⎝ 22.42 4.7 ⎠ 20 Dimensions of stress are
(a) 12% (b) 10% [NEET (Sep.) 2020]
(c) 8% (d) 2% (a) [ML2T − 2 ] (b) [ML0T − 2 ]
TOPIC 3
Ans. (c) (c) [ML−1T − 2 ] (d) [MLT − 2 ]
Kinetic energyK =
1
mv 2
Dimensions Ans. (c)
2 Force
Q Stress =
∴
ΔK
× 100 =
Δm
× 100+ 2 ×
Δv
× 100 18 If force [F] , acceleration [a] and Area
K m v time [T] are chosen as the [MLT −2 ]
Δm ∴ Dimensions of stress =
Here, × 100 = 2% fundamental physical quantities. [L2 ]
m Find the dimensions of energy.
Δv = [ML−1T −2 ]
⇒ × 100 = 3% [NEET 2021]
Hence, correct option is (c).
v (a) [F] [a] [T] (b) [F] [a] [T 2]
ΔK
∴ × 100 = 2% + 2 × 3% = 8% (c) [F] [a] [T − 1] (d) [F] [a − 1] [T] 21 A physical quantity of the
K
Ans. (b) dimensions of length that can be
16 In a vernier callipers N divisions of Given, fundamental physical quantities e2
are force [F], acceleration [a] and
formed out of c, G and is [c is
vernier scale coincide with N − 1 4πε 0
time [T].
divisions of main scale (in which velocity of light, G is universal
Now, we shall determine the dimensions
length of one division is 1 mm). The of the energy. constant of gravitation and e is
least count of the instrument Energy depends on force, acceleration charge] [NEET 2017]
should be [CBSE AIPMT 1994] and time as, 1 ⎡ e2 ⎤
1/2
⎡ e2 ⎤
1/2
(a) N (b) N − 1 [E] = [F ] a [a] b [T ] c (a) ⎢G 4 πε ⎥ (b) c 2 ⎢G ⎥

1 1 c2 ⎣ 0 ⎦ ⎣ 4πε 0 ⎦
(c) (d) ⇒ [ML T ] = [MLT –2 ] a [LT −2 ] b [T] c
2 –2
1/2
10N (N − 1) ⇒ [ML2 T −2 ] = [M]a [L]a + b [T]−2 a − 2 b + c 1 ⎡ e2 ⎤ 1 e2
(c) (d) G
Ans. (c) Comparing the powers of M, L and T on c 2 ⎢⎣G 4 πε 0 ⎥⎦ c 4 πε 0
As given N VSD = (N − 1) MSD both sides, we get
Ans. (a)
VSD = Vernier scale division a = 1,a + b = 2
e2 e2
and −2a − 2b + c = − 2 As force F = ⇒ = r 2 ⋅F
MSD = Main scale division ⇒ 1 + b = 2 ⇒ b = 1,
4πε0 r 2 4πε0
N − 1⎞
1 VSD = ⎛⎜ ⎟ MSD ⇒ −2(1) − 2(1) + c = − 2 ⇒ c = 2 Putting dimensions of r and F, we get,
⎝ N ⎠
The dimensions of the energy are ⎡ e2 ⎤ 3 −2
LC = least count = 1 MSD − 1 VSD ⇒ ⎢ ⎥ = [ML T ] ...(i)
[F 1 ][a] 1 [T ] 2 . ⎣ 4πε 0 ⎦
Gm2 Ans. (a) Ans. (b)

Also, force, F =
r2 Key Concept According to principle of As we know that,
[MLT −2 ] [L2 ] homogeneity of dimension states that, a Dimension of ε0 = [M−1L−3T 4A2 ]
⇒ [G] = physical quantity equation will be
[M2 ] Dimension of E = [MLT −3 A−1 ]
dimensionally correct, if the dimensions
So, dimension of
⇒ [G] = [M−1L3T −2 ] ...(ii) of all the terms occurring on both sides 1
of the equations are same. ε0 E 2 = [M−1L−3T 4 A2 ] × [MLT −3 A−1 ] 2
and ⎡ 2 ⎤ = 2 −2 = [L−2 T 2 ]
1 1 2
...(iii) Given critical velocity of liquid flowing
⎢⎣ c ⎥⎦ [L T ] = [ML−1T −2 ]
through a tube are expressed as
Now, checking optionwise, v c ∝ ηnρy r z
1/2 27 If the dimensions of a physical
1 ⎛ Ge 2 ⎞ Coefficient of viscosity of liquid, quantity are given by[M a Lb T c],
= ⎜ ⎟ = [L−2 T 2 ] [L6T −4 ] 1 / 2 = [L]
c 2 ⎝ 4 πε0 ⎠ η = [ML −1 T −1 ] then the physical quantity will be
Density of liquid,ρ = [ML −3 ] [CBSE AIPMT 2009]
22 If energy (E), velocity (v) and time (T ) Radius of a tube r = [L] (a) pressure if a = 1, b = − 1, c = − 2
are chosen as the fundamental Critical velocity of liquidv c = [ML 0 T − 1 ] (b) velocity if a = 1, b = 0, c = − 1
quantities, the dimensional formula ⇒[M 0 L 1 T −1 ] = [ML − 1 T − 1 ] x [ML − 3 ] y [L] z (c) acceleration if a = 1, b = 1, c = − 2
of surface tension will be [M 0 L 1 T − 1 ] = [M x + y L − x − 3 y + z T − x ] (d) force if a = 0, b = − 1, c = − 2
[CBSE AIPMT 2015]
Comparing exponents of M, L and L, Ans. (a)
(a) [E v −2 T −1 ] (b) [E v −1 T −2 ]
−2 −2 −2 −1 −3
we get (i) Dimensions of velocity = [M0L1T −1 ]
(c) [E v T ] (d) [E v T ] x + y = 0, − x − 3y + z = 1, − x = − 1 Here, a = 0, b = 1, c = − 1
Ans. (c) ⇒ z = − 1, x = 1, y = − 1 (ii) Dimensions of acceleration
We know that = [M0L1T −2 ]
Force [F] 24 If force (F ), velocity (v) and time (T ) Here, a = 0, b = 1, c = − 2
Surface tension (S ) =
Length [L] (iii) Dimensions of force = [M1L1T −2 ]
are taken as fundamental units, Here, a = 1, b = 1,T = − 2
[MLT −2 ] then the dimensions of mass are
So, [S] = = [ML0T −2 ] (iv) Dimensions of pressure = [M1L−1T −2 ]
[L] [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
∴ Here, a = 1, b = − 1, c = − 2
Energy (E) = Force × displacement (a) [FvT −1] (b) [FvT −2]
(c) [Fv −1T −1] (d) [Fv −1T ] ∴ The physical quantity is pressure.
⇒ [E] = [ML2 T -2 ]
displacement Ans. (d)
28 Which two of the following five
Velocity (v) = physical parameters have the same
time We know that
⇒ [v] = [LT −1 ] F = ma
dimensions? [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
As, S ∝ E a vb T c mv Ft (i) Energy density

⇒ F= ⇒ m=
where,a, b, c are constants. t v (ii) Refractive index
[F][T] −1 (iii) Dielectric constant
From the principle of homogeneity, [M] = = [Fv T]
[v] (iv) Young’s modulus
[LHS] = [RHS]
(v) Magnetic field
⇒ [ML0T −2 ] = [ML2 T −2 ] a [LT −1 ] b [T] c 25 The dimensions of (μ 0 ε 0 ) −1/2 are (a) (ii) and (iv) (b) (iii) and (v)
⇒ [ML0T −2 ] = [Ma L2 a + b T −2 a − b + c ] [CBSE AIPMT 2012] (c) (i) and (iv) (d) (i) and (v)
Equating the power on both sides, we get (a) [L1/ 2T −1/ 2] (b) [L−1T ] Ans. (c)
a = 1, 2a + b = 0, b = −2 (c) [LT −1] (d) [L1/ 2T 1/ 2] Energy E
⇒ − 2a − b + c = − 2 Energy density = ⇒ u=
Ans. (c) Volume V
⇒ c = (2a + b) − 2 = 0 − 2 = − 2 (μ 0 ε0 ) −1 / 2 is the expression for velocity Dimensions of E
Dimensions of u =
So [S] = [Ev T ] = [Ev T ]
-2 -2 –2 -2
of light. Dimensions of V
c=
1 [ML2 T −2 ]
As = = [ML−1T −2 ]
23 If dimensions of critical velocity v c μ 0 ε0 [L3 ]
of a liquid flowing through a tube So, dimension of c = [LT −1 ] Refractive index is a dimensionless
are expressed as [ηx ρ y r z ], where quantity. Dielectric constant is a
1 dimensionless quantity.
η, ρ and r are the coefficient of 26 The dimensions of ε 0 E 2 , where ε 0
viscosity of liquid, density of liquid 2 Young’s modulus
is permittivity of free space and E is Longitudinal stress F /A
and radius of the tube respectively, = = = [ML−1T −2 ]
electric field, are Longitudinal strain Δl /l
then the values of x, y and z are
[CBSE AIPMT 2010] Force F
given by [CBSE AIPMT 2015] Magnetic field = =
(a) [ML2T −2] (b) [ML−1T −2] Charge × Velocity qv
(a) 1, − 1, − 1 (b) − 1, − 1, 1 (c) [ML2T −1] (d) [MLT −1]
(c) − 1, − 1, − 1 [MLT −2 ]
(d) 1, 1, 1 = = [MT −2 A−1 ]
[AT] [LT −1 ]
29 Dimensions of resistance in an Ans. (a) (a) Linear momentum = Mass× velocity

electrical circuit, in terms of Energy carried by photon is given by or p = m × v = [M] [LT −1 ] = [MLT −1 ]
dimension of mass M, of length L, of E = hν (b) Angular momentum
timeT and of current I, would be E =Moment of inertia × angular velocity
⇒ h = Planck’s constant =
[CBSE AIPMT 2007] ν or L = I × ω = mr 2 ω [QI = mr 2 ]
(a) [ML2T −3I−1 ] (b) [ML2T −2 ] ∴ [h] =
[ML2 T –2 ]
= [ML T ]
2 –1 ∴ [L] = [M] [L2 ] [T −1 ] = [ML2 T −1 ]
(c) [ML2T −1I−1 ] (d) [ML2T −3I−2 ] [T –1 ] (c) Energy [E] = [ML2 T –2 ]
Ans. (d) and I = moment of inertia = MR 2 (d) Power = Force × velocity
According to Ohm’s law, V ∝ I ⇒ [I] = [ML2 ] or P = F × v
and V = IR [h] [ML2 T –1 ]
Hence, = = [T –1 ] ∴ [P] = [MLT –2 ] [LT −1 ] = [ML2 T –3 ]
Potential difference [I] [ML2 ] Hence, option (b) is correct.
Resistance, R =
Current 1 34 A pair of physical quantities having
= = dimension of frequency
V W [T]
= = same dimensional formula is
i qi Alternative [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
⎛Q Potential difference is equal ⎞ h E/ν (a) force and torque
⎜ ⎟ =
⎝ to the work done per unit charge⎠ I I (b) work and energy
E × T (kg- m2 /s2 ) × s (c) force and impulse
So, dimensions of R = =
Dimensions of work I (kg- m2 ) (d) linear momentum and angular
= momentum
Dimensions of charge 1 1
= = = frequency
× Dimensions of current s time Ans. (b)
2
[ML T ] −2 h (a) Force = Mass × acceleration
= = [ML2 T −3I−2 ] Thus, dimensions of is same as that of
[IT][I] I or F = ma
frequency. = [M] [LT –2 ] = [MLT –2 ]
30 The velocity v of a particle at time t
b 32 The dimensions of universal Torque = Moment of inertia
is given by v = at + , where a, b gravitational constant are × angular acceleration
t +c
[CBSE AIPMT 2004, 1992] or τ = I × α = [ML2 ] [T –2 ] = [ML2 T –2 ]
and c are constants. The (a) [M−1L3T −2 ] (b) [ML2T −1 ]
dimensions of a ,b and c are (b) Work = Force × displacement
(c) [M−2L3T −2 ] (d) [M−2L2T −1 ]
respectively [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
or W = F × d = [MLT –2 ] [L] = [ML2 T –2 ]
Ans. (a) 1
(a) [LT –2], [L] and [ T ] Energy = × mass × (velocity) 2
According to Newton’s law of gravitation, 2
(b) [L2 ],[T ] and [LT 2 ] the force of attraction between two 1
(c) [LT 2 ], [LT] and [L] masses m1 and m2 separated by a or K = mv2 = [M] [LT –1 ] 2 = [ML2 T –2 ]
2
(d) [L], [LT] and [T 2 ] distance r is,
(c) Force as discussed above
Ans. (a) G m1 m2 Fr 2
F= 2
⇒ G= [F ] = [MLT –2 ]
The given expression is r m1 m2
b Impulse = Force × time-interval
v = at + Substituting the dimensions for the
t+c quantities on the right hand side, we ∴ [I] = [MLT –2 ] [T] = [MLT –1 ]
From principle of homogeneity obtain (d) Linear momentum = Mass × velocity
[a] [t] = [v] [MLT −2 ] [L2 ] or p = mv
[v] [LT –1 ] Dimensions of G = ∴ [p] = [M] [LT –1 ] = [MLT –1 ]
[a] = = = [LT –2 ] [M] 2
[t] [T] Angular momentum = Moment of inertia
= [M−1L3T −2 ]
Similarly, [c] = [t] = [T] × angular velocity
Further,
[b]
= [v] 33 Planck’s constant has the or [L] = [I] × [ω]
[t + c] dimensions of [CBSE AIPMT 2001] ∴ [L] = [ML2 ] [T –1 ] = [ML2 T –1 ]
or [b] = [v] [t + c] (a) linear momentum Hence, we observe that choice (b) is
or [b] = [LT –1 ] [T] = [L] (b) angular momentum correct.
31 The ratio of the dimensions of (c) energy 35 The dimensional formula for
Planck’s constant and that of the (d) power magnetic flux is [CBSE AIPMT 1999]
moment of inertia is the dimension Ans. (b) (a) [ML2T –2A –1 ] (b) [ML3T –2A –2 ]
of [CBSE AIPMT 2005] E = hν (c) [M0L –2T 2A –2 ] (d) [ML2T –1A 2 ]
(a) frequency Energy ( E ) Ans. (a)
⇒ h = Planck’s constant =
(b) velocity frequency (ν) Mathematically, magnetic flux
(c) angular momentum E [ML2 T −2 ]
∴ [h] = = = [ML2 T –1 ] φ = BA …(i)
(d) time
ν [T −1 ] but magnetic force
F
F = Bil or B = 39 Which of the following is a 42 If p represents radiation pressure, c
il represents speed of light and S
dimensional constant ?
Putting the value of B in Eq. (i), we have [CBSE AIPMT 1995] represents radiation energy
F
φ= A (a) Refractive index striking unit area per sec. The
il (b) Poisson’s ratio
[MLT –2 ] [L2 ]
non-zero integers x, y, z such that
Thus, dimensions of φ = (c) Relative density p x S y c z is dimensionless are
[AL]
(d) Gravitational constant [CBSE AIPMT 1992]
= [ML2 T –2 A–1 ] (a) x = 1, y = 1, z = 1
Ans. (d)
A quantity which has dimensions and (b) x = − 1, y = 1, z = 1
36 The force F on a sphere of radius r (c) x = 1, y = − 1, z = 1
also has a constant value is called
moving in a medium with velocity v dimensional constant. (d) x = 1, y = 1, z = − 1
is given by F = 6π ηrv. The Here, gravitational constant (G) is a
Ans. (c)
dimensions of ηare dimensional constant.
[CBSE AIPMT 1997]
Radiation pressure, p = [ML−1T −2 ]
(a) [ML–3 ] (b) [MLT –2 ] 40 Turpentine oil is flowing through a Velocity of light, c = [LT −1 ]
(c) [MT –1 ] (d) [ML–1T –1 ] tube of length l and radius r. The Energy striking unit area per second
Ans. (d) pressure difference between the [ML2 T −2 ]
S= = [MT −3 ]
Viscous force on a sphere of radius r is two ends of the tube is p. The [L2 T]
F = 6 π ηrv ⇒ η =
F viscosity of oil is given by Now, px S y c z is dimensionless.
6 πrv p (r 2 − x 2 ) ∴ [M0 L0 T 0 ] = px S y c z
η=
[η] =
[F ]
=
[MLT –2 ]
=[ML–1T –1 ] 4vl or [M0L0T 0 ] = [M1L−1T −2 ] x [M1T −3 ] y [L1T −1 ] z
[r ] [v ] [L] [LT –1 ] where, v is the velocity of oil at or [M0L0T 0 ] = [M] x + y [L] − x + z [T] − 2 x − 3 y − z
distance x from the axis of the From principle of homogeneity of
37 Which of the following will have the tube. The dimensions of ηare dimensions
dimensions of time ? [CBSE AIPMT 1993] x + y =0 …(i)
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] − x + z =0
(a) [M0L0T 0] (b) [MLT −1 ] …(ii)
R L C
(a) LC (b) (c) (d) (c) [ML2T −2 ] (d) [ML−1T −1 ] − 2 x − 3y − z = 0 …(iii)
L R L
Ans. (d) Solving Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
Ans. (c) Pressure x = 1, y = − 1, z = 1
L Force [MLT −2 ]
is time constant of R-L circuit so,
R (p) = = = [ML−1T −2 ] 43 The dimensional formula for
Area [L2 ]
L
dimensions of is same as that of time. permeability of free space, μ 0 is
R Velocity, v = [LT −1 ] [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
Alternative From principle of homogeneity, the (a) [MLT −2A −2 ] (b) [ML−1T 2A −2 ]
Dimensions of L [ML2 T −2 A−2 ] dimensions of r 2 and x 2 are same. (c) [ML−1T −2A 2 ] (d) [MLT −2A −1 ]
= = [T] So, the dimensions of viscosity,
Dimensions of R [ML2 T −3 A−2 ] Ans. (a)
[ML−1T −2 ] [L2 ]
η= = [ML−1T −1 ] From Biot-Savart law
38 An equation is given as [LT −1 ] [L] μ Idl sinθ
dB = 0
⎛ p + a ⎞ = b θ , where p = pressure, 4π r 2
⎜ ⎟ 41 The time dependence of physical
⎝ V2 ⎠ V Idl = current element
V = volume and θ = absolute quantity p is given by p = p 0 exp r = displacement vector
temperature. If a and b are (− αt 2 ), where α is a constant and t 4 πr 2 (d B) [L2 ] [MT −2 A−1 ]
μ0 = =
constants, then dimensions of a is the time. The constant α Idl sinθ [A] [L]
[CBSE AIPMT 1992]
will be [CBSE AIPMT 1996] = [MLT −2 A−2 ]
(a) is dimensionless
5
(a) [ML T ] −2 −1 5
(b) [M L T ] 2
(b) has dimensions [T −2] 44 The frequency of vibration f of a
(c) [ML−5T −1 ] (d) [ML5T] (c) has dimensions [T 2] mass m suspended from a spring of
Ans. (a) (d) has dimensions of p spring constant k is given by a
From principle of homogeneity of Ans. (b) relation of the type f = Cm x k y ,
dimensions. p = p0 exp (− αt 2 ) where C is a dimensionless
a
Dimensions of p = dimensions of 2 As powers of exponential quantity is constant. The values of x and y are
V [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
dimensionless, soαt 2 is dimensionless.
a 1 1 1 1
p = 2 ⇒ a = pV 2 or αt = dimensionless = [M L T ]
2 0 0 0
(a) x = , y = (b) x = − , y = −
V 1 1 2 2 2 2
= [ML−1T −2 ] [L3 ] 2 = [ML5 T −2 ] ∴ α= = = [T −2] 1 1 1 1
t 2 [T2] (c) x = , y = − (d) x = − , y =
2 2 2 2
Ans. (d) Ans. (a) Dimensions of force per unit area

As f = Cmx k y Torque τ = r × F Dimensions of force [MLT −2 ]
= =
∴ (Dimension of f ) = C (dimension of m) x Dimensions of τ = dimension of Dimensions of area [L2 ]
× (dimensions of k)
y r × dimension ofF
= [ML−1T −2 ]
[T −1 ] = C [M] x [MT −2 ] y …(i) = [L] [MLT −2 ] = [ML2 T −2 ]
Voltage × Charge/ Volume
⎛ force ⎞
⎜ where, k = ⎟ 48 If x = at + bt 2 , where x is the ⎛W⎞
⎝ length ⎠ ⎜ ⎟ × (it)
distance travelled by the body in ⎝q⎠ (W) [ML2 T −2 ]
Applying the principle of homogeneity of = 3
= 3 =
dimensions, we get kilometer while t is the time in l (l ) [L3 ]
1 second, then the unit of b is = [ML−1T −2 ]
x + y = 0, − 2 y = − 1 or y = [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
2 Angular momentum
1 (a) km/s (b) km-s (c) km/s 2 (d) km-s 2
∴ x=− = (r) (p) = (r) (mv) = [L] [M] [LT −1 ]
2 Ans. (c) = [ML2 T −1 ]
Ans.As x = at + bt 2 So, dimensions of angular momentum is
45 According to Newton, the viscous According to the concept of dimensional different from other three.
force acting between liquid layers of analysis and principle of homogeneity
Δv ∴ unit of x = unit of bt 2
51 The dimensional formula for
area A and velocity gradient is unit of x angular momentum is
Δz ∴ unit of b = = km /s 2
dv unit of t 2 [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
given byF = − ηA , where ηis (a) [M0L2T −2 ]
dz
constant called [CBSE AIPMT 1990] 49 Dimensional formula of (b) [ML2T −1 ]
−2 −2 self-inductance is [CBSE AIPMT 1989] (c) [MLT −1 ]
(a) [ML T ]
(a) [MLT −2A −2 ] (b) [ML2T −1A −2 ]
(b) [M0L0T 0 ] (d) [ML2T −2 ]
(c) [ML2T −2A −2 ] (d) [ML2T −2A −1 ]
(c) [ML2T −2 ] Ans. (b)
Ans. (c)
(d) [ML−1T −1 ] Angular momentum
As we know that emf induced in the
Ans. (d) inductors is given by L = r × p = r × mv
As F = − η A
dv
⇒ η=−
F di edt W dt ∴ Dimensional formula for angular
e =L ⇒ L= = ⋅
dz ⎛ dv ⎞ dt di q di
momentum
A⎜ ⎟
⎝ dz ⎠ = [L] [M] [LT −1 ] = [ML2 T −1 ]
[ML2 T −2 ] [T]
= = [ML2 T −2A −2 ]
As −2
F = [MLT ], A = [L ] 2
[AT] [A] 52 IfC andR denote capacitance and
dv = [LT −1 ],dz = [L] resistance respectively, then the
[MLT −2 ] [L] 50 Of the following quantities, which dimensional formula of CR is
∴ η= 2 = [ML−1T −1 ] [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
[L ] [LT −1 ] one has dimensions different from
the remaining three? (a) [M0L0T ] (b) [M0L0T 0 ]
0 0 −1
46 The dimensional formula of [CBSE AIPMT 1989] (c) [M L T ]
pressure is [CBSE AIPMT 1990] (a) Energy per unit volume (d) Not expressible in terms of [MLT]
(a) [MLT −2 ] (b) [ML−1T 2 ] (b) Force per unit area Ans. (a)
(c) [ML−1T −2 ] (d) [MLT −2 ] (c) Product of voltage and charge per q q q 2 (i t) 2 [AT] 2
unit volume QC = = = = =
Ans. (c) V W W F ⋅ x [ML2 T −2 ]
(d) Angular momentum
Force F [MLT−2] q
Pressure = = = Ans. (d) V W
Area A [L2] = [ M−1 L−2 T 4 A2 ] and R = =
−1 −2 Dimensions of energy per unit volume i qi
= [ML T ]
Dimensions of energy F ⋅ x [ML2 T −2 ]
= = 2 = = [ML2 T −3 A−2 ]
47 The dimensional formula of torque Dimensions of volume i t [AT][A]
is [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
[ML2 T −2 ] ∴ Dimensional formula of CR
(a) [ML2T −2 ] (b) [MLT −2 ] = = [ML−1T −2 ]
[L3 ] = [M−1L−2 T 4 A2 ] [ML2 T −3 A−2 ] = [M0L0T ]
(c) [ML−1T −2 ] (d)[ML−2T −2 ]
02
Motion in a Straight Line
TOPIC 1 then the escalator takes her up in x2 2
∫ dx = ∫ (At + Bt 2 ) dt
Terms Related to Motion time t 2 . The time taken by her to x1 1
2 2
walk up on the moving escalator ⇒ Δx = x 2 − x 1 = A ∫ t dt + B ∫ t 2 dt
1 1
01 A person travelling in a straight line will be [NEET 2017]
2
2
t1 + t2 t1 t2 ⎡t 2 ⎤ ⎡t 3 ⎤
moves with a constant velocity v 1 (a) (b) =A⎢ ⎥ + B⎢ ⎥
for certain distance ‘x’ and with a 2 t2 − t1 ⎣ 2 ⎦1 ⎣ 3 ⎦1
constant velocity v 2 for next equal t1 t2 A 2 B
(c) (d) t1 − t2 = (2 − 1 ) + (23 − 13 )
2
distance. The average velocity v is t2 + t1 2 3

given by the relation ∴ Distance travelled between 1s and2s is
Ans. (c) A B 3A 7 B
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] h Δx = × (3) + (7) = +
1 1 1 2 1 1 Speed of walking = = v1 2 3 2 3
(a) = + (b) = + t1
v v1 v2 v v1 v2 h
Speed of escalator = = v 2 04 Two cars P and Q start from a point
v v + v2 t2
(c) = 1 (d) v = v 1v 2 at the same time in a straight line
2 2 Time taken when she walks over running and their positions are represented
Ans. (b) escalator by X P (t) = at + bt 2 and
h
For distance x, the person moves with ⇒ t= X Q (t) = ft − t 2 . At what time do the
constant velocity v 1 and for another x v1 + v2
cars have the same velocity?
distance, he moves with constant 1 v1 v2 1 1 [NEET 2016]
velocity of v 2 , then ⇒ = + = +
t h h t1 t2 a−f a+f
Total distance travelled, D = x + x = 2x (a) (b)
⇒
tt
t= 1 2 1+ b 2 (b − 1)
Total time-taken,T = t 1 + t 2 t1 + t2 a+f f −a
(c) (d)
x x ⎡ Distance ⎤ 2 (1 + b ) 2 (1 + b )
= + ⎢Q t = Velocity ⎥
v1 v2 ⎣ ⎦ 03 If the velocity of a particle is
Ans. (d)
v = At + Bt 2 , where A and B are
The average velocity, Velocity of each car is given by
constants, then the distance dx (t)
Vav =
total distance D
= travelled by it between 1s and 2s is VP = p = a + 2bt
total time T dt
[NEET 2016]
dx (t)
2x 2 3 7 and VQ = Q = f − 2t
v= = [Qv av = v] (a) 3A + 7B (b) A + B dt
x x 1 1 2 3
+ + It is given thatVP = VQ
v1 v2 v1 v2 A B 3
(c) + (d) A + 4B3 ⇒ a + 2bt = f − 2t
1 1 2 2 3 2 f −a
⇒ + = ⇒ t=
v1 v2 v Ans. (b) 2 (b + 1)
Velocity of the particle is given as
02 Preeti reached the metro station v = At + Bt 2 05 A particle of unit mass undergoes
and found that the escalator was where A and B are constants. one-dimensional motion such that
not working. She walked up the dx ⎡ dx ⎤ its velocity varies according to
⇒ = At + Bt 2 ⎢Q v = dt ⎥
stationary escalator in time t 1 . On dt ⎣ ⎦ v (x) = β x −2 n where, β and n are
other days, if she remains ⇒ dx = (At + Bt 2 ) dt constants and x is the position of
stationary on the moving escalator, Integrating both sides, we get the particle. The acceleration of
Motion in a Straight Line 9
1 1
the particle as a function of x, is 08 A particle moves a distance x in (a) f0T (b) f0T 2 (c) f0T 2 (d) f0T
given by 2 2
[CBSE AIPMT 2015] time t according to the equation
(a) −2nβ 2 x −2n − 1 (b) −2nβ 2 x −4 n − 1 x = (t + 5) −1 . The acceleration of Ans. (d)
(c) −2β 2 x −2 n + 1 (d) −2nβ 2 e −4n + 1 particle is proportional to Acceleration
f = f0 ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞⎟
Ans. (b) [CBSE AIPMT 2010] t
(a) (velocity)3/ 2 (b) (distance) 2 ⎝ T⎠
Given, v = β x −2 n
dv dx dv (c) (distance) – 2 (d) (velocity) 2/ 3 dv ⎡ dv ⎤
= f0 ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞⎟
a= = ⋅ t
or f= ⎢Qf = dt ⎥
dt dt dx Ans. (a) dt ⎝ T⎠ ⎣ ⎦
dv
⇒ a = v = (βx −2 n )(− 2nβx −2 n − 1 ) Given, distance x = (t + 5) −1 …(i)
or dv = f0 ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞⎟ dt
t
dx …(i)
− 4n − 1 Differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t. t, we get ⎝ T⎠
⇒ a = − 2nβ x 2
dx −1 Integrating Eq. (i) on both sides,

= (v) = …(ii)
06 The motion of a particle along a dt (t + 5) 2 ⎛ 1 − t ⎞ dt
straight line is described by equation Again, differentiating Eq. (ii) w.r.t.t, we get
∫ dv = ∫ f 0 ⎜
⎝ T⎠
⎟
x = 8 + 12t − t 3 d2 x
= (a) =
2
…(iii) ∴
f0 t 2
v = f0 t −
⋅ +c …(ii)
where, x is in metre and t in sec. dt 2 (t + 5) 3 T 2
where, c is constant of integration.
The retardation of the particle Comparing Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
when its velocity becomes zero, is (a) ∝ (v) 3 / 2 Now, whent = 0, v = 0.
[CBSE AIPMT 2012] So, from Eq. (ii), we get c = 0
(a) 24 ms −2 (b) zero 09 A bus is moving with a speed of f t2
∴ v = f0 t − 0 ⋅ …(iii)
(c) 6 ms −2 (d) 12 ms −2 10 ms −1 on a straight road. A T 2
scooterist wishes to overtake the
f = f0 ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞⎟
Ans. (d) t
As,
Concept Double differentiation of bus in 100 s. If the bus is at a ⎝ T⎠
displacement equation gives distance of 1 km from the
When,f = 0,
acceleration and single differentiation scooterist, with what speed should
0 = f0 ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞⎟
gives velocity of the body. t
the scooterist chase the bus? ⎝ T⎠
Given, x = 8 + 12t − t 3 [CBSE AIPMT 2009]
t
We know v =
dx (a) 20 ms −1 (b) 40 ms −1 As, f0 ≠ 0, so, 1 − =0
dt (c) 25 ms −1 (d) 10 ms −1 T
dv ∴ t =T
and accelerationa = Ans. (a)
dt
Let v be the relative velocity of Substituting,t = T in Eq. (iii), we get
So, v = 12 − 3t 2 and a = −6t scooter (s) w.r.t. bus (B), then f0 T 2 fT 1
At t = 2 s vx = f0T − ⋅ = f0T − 0 = f0T
v = vS − vB T 2 2 2
v = 0 and a = − 6 × 2
S B
a = − 12 m/s 2 11 A car moves from X to Y with a
So, retardation of the particle = 12 m/s . 2
1 km uniform speed v u and returns to X
u = 10 ms–1
with a uniform speed v d . The
07 A body is moving with velocity 30 ∴ vS = v + vB …(i) average speed for this round trip is
m/s towards East. After 10s, its Relative velocity = Displacement / Time [CBSE AIPMT 2007]
velocity becomes 40 m/s towards =
1000
= 10 ms −1
2 vd v u
(a) (b) v u vd
North. The average acceleration of 100 vd + v u
the body is [CBSE AIPMT 2011] Now, substituting the value of v in Eq. (i), vd v u v u + vd
(a) 7 m / s 2 (b) 7 m / s 2 we get (c) (d)
vd + v u 2
(c) 5 m / s 2 (d) 1 m / s 2 vS = 10 + 10 = 20 ms −1
Ans. (c) Ans. (a)
10 A particle moving along x-axis has Total distance travelled
Average acceleration Average speed =
Change in velocity acceleration f, at time t, given by Time taken
n= ⎛ t⎞ Let t 1 and t 2 be times taken by the car to
Total time f = f0 ⎜1 − ⎟ , where f0 andT are
⎝ T⎠ go from X to Y and then fromY to X
| vf − vi | 30 2 + 40 2 respectively.
a= = constants. The particle at t = 0 has
Δt 10 XY XY
zero velocity. In the time interval Then, t 1 + t 2 = +
900 + 1600 vu vd
= = 5 ms −2
between t = 0 and the instant when
10
f = 0, the particle’s velocity (v x ) is ⎛ v u + vd ⎞
[CBSE AIPMT 2007] = XY ⎜ ⎟
⎜ v v ⎟
⎝ u d ⎠
Total distance travelled = XY + XY = 2XY the value of timet in displacement Ans. (b)
Therefore, average speed of the car for equation we get the distance travelled Concept On double differentiation
this round trip is by the body when it comes to rest. of displacement equation gives
2 v u vd Distance travelled by the particle is acceleration of body
2XY
vav = or vav = x = 40 + 12 t – t 3 d 2x
⎛ v u + vd ⎞ v u + vd i.e. a= 2
XY ⎜ ⎟ We know that, velocity is the rate of dt
⎜ v v ⎟
⎝ u d ⎠ dx
change of distance i.e. v = . The displacement of a particle along a
dt straight line is
12 The position x of a particle w.r.t. d s = 3 t 3 + 7t 2 + 14 t + 5 ...(i)
∴ v = (40 + 12 t –t ) 3
time t along x-axis is given by dt Differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t. time, which
x = 9t 2 − t 3 , where x is in metre and = 0 + 12 – 3 t 2 gives the velocity
t in sec. What will be the position of ds d
but final velocity v = 0 v= = (3 t 3 + 7t 2 + 14 t + 5)
this particle when it achieves dt dt
∴ 12 –3 t 2 = 0
maximum speed along the + x d d d d
12
t2 = = 4 = (3 t 3 ) + (7t 2 ) + (14 t) + (5)
direction? [CBSE AIPMT 2007] or dt dt dt dt
3
(a) 32 m (b) 54 m d d d
(c) 81 m (d) 24 m or t =2s v = 3 (t 3 ) + 7 (t 2 ) + 14 (t) + 0 ...(ii)
dt dt dt
Hence, distance travelled by the particle
Ans. (b) (as differentiation of a constant is zero)
before coming to rest is given by
Given, the position x of a particle w.r.t.
x = 40 + 12 (2) – (2) 3 d
Now use (x n ) = nx n − 1
time t along x-axis
= 40 + 24 – 8 dt
x = 9t 2 − t 3 …(i) = 64 – 8 = 56 m So, v = 3 (3) t 3 − 1 + 7 (2) (t 2 – 1 ) + 14 (t 1 − 1 )
Differentiating Eq. (i), w.r.t. time, we get
⇒ v = 9 t 2 + 14 t + 14 ....(iii)
speed, i.e. 14. The displacement x of a particle
dx d (Q t 0 = 1)
v= = (9t 2 − t 3 ) varies with time t as Again differentiating Eq. (iii) w.r.t. time,
dt dt x = ae − αt + be βt , where a, b,α and β which gives the acceleration
or v = 18t − 3t 2
…(ii) are positive constants. The velocity dv d
Again differentiating Eq. (ii), with respect a = = (9t 2 + 14t + 14)
of the particle will dt dt
to time, we get acceleration, i.e. [CBSE AIPMT 2005] = 18 t + 14 + 0 = 18t + 14
dv d (a) decrease with time
a= = (18t − 3t 2 ) At t = 1 s,
dt dt (b) be independent of α and β a = 18(1) + 14 = 18 + 14 = 32 m/s 2
or a = 18 − 6t …(iii) (c) drop to zero when α = β
Now, when speed of particle is (d) increase with time 16. The position x of a particle varies
maximum, its acceleration is zero, i.e. Ans. (d) with time t, as x = at 2 − bt 3 . The
a =0 Given, x = ae − αt + be βt acceleration of the particle will be
i.e. 18 − 6t = 0 or t = 3 s dx zero at time t equals to
Velocity v = = − aαe − αt + bβe βt [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
Putting in Eq. (i), we obtain position of dt
particle at the time a
=A+ B (a) zero (b)
x = 9(3) − (3) = 9(9) − 27
2 3 3b
where, A = − aαe − αt 2a a
= 81 − 27 = 54 m (c) (d)
B = bβ e βt 3b b
The value of term A = − aαe − αt Ans. (b)
13 A particle moves along a straight decreases and of term B = bβe βt
dv d 2 x
line OX. At a time t (in second), the increases with time. As a result, velocity Acceleration,a = = ,
distance x (in metre) of the particle goes on increasing with time. dt dt 2
from O is given by dx
Velocity v = .
15. A particle moves along a straight dt
x = 40 + 12 t – t 3
line such that its displacement at The given equation is
How long would the particle travel any time t is given by
before coming to rest? x = at 2 − bt 3
s = 3 t 3 + 7 t 2 + 14 t + 5 .The dx
[CBSE AIPMT 2006] Velocity, v = = 2 at − 3bt 2
acceleration of the particle at dt
(a) 24 m (b) 40 m (c) 56 m (d) 16 m
t = 1s is [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
dv
Ans. (c) (a) 18 m /s 2 Accelerationa = = 2 a − 6bt
Concept First X by X differentiating dt
(b) 32 m /s 2
displacement equation we get velocity but a =0 (given)
(c) 29 m /s 2
of the body, since body comes to rest so 2a a
velocity becomes zero. Now by putting (d) 24 m /s 2 ∴ 2 a − 6bt = 0 or 6bt = 2a or t = =
6b 3b
17. A car accelerates from rest at a Accelerationa is given by =

s
constant rate α for some time, dv (s /3) (s /3) (s /3)
a= + +
after which it decelerates at a dt 10 20 60
s
constant rate β and comes to rest. ∴ a = 6t − 12 …(ii) = = 18 km/h
(s /18)
If the total time elapsed is t, then For a = 0, we have0 = 6t − 12
the maximum velocity acquired by t =2s
the car is [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
or 21. A car moves a distance of 200 m. It
Hence, att = 2 s the velocity will be covers the first-half of the distance
⎛α + β ⎞
2 2
⎛α −β ⎞
2 2
(a) ⎜ ⎟t (b) ⎜ ⎟t v = 3 × 22 − 12 × 2 + 3 = − 9ms−1 at speed 40 km/h and the
⎝ αβ ⎠ ⎝ αβ ⎠
second-half of distance at speed
(α + β) t ⎛ αβ t ⎞ 19. A train of 150 m length is going vkm / h. The average speed is
(c) (d) ⎜ ⎟
αβ ⎝ α + β⎠ towards North direction at a speed 48 km/h. Find the value of v.
of 10 m/s. A parrot flies at the [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
Ans. (d)
speed of 5 m/s towards South (a) 56 km/h (b) 60 km/h
This situation is plotted on (v-t) graph. In
(v-t) graph, OA represents the direction parallel to the railways (c) 50 km/h (d) 48 km/h
accelerated part and AB represents the track. The time taken by the parrot Ans. (b)
decelerated part. to cross the train is Total distance
v [CBSE AIPMT 1992]
Average speed =
Total time
(a) 12 s (b) 8 s (c) 15 s (d) 10 s Let t 1 , t 2 be time taken during first-half
A Ans. (d) and second-half respectively.
vmax
β Concept Velocity of A w.r.t. B is given by 100
a So, t1 = s
vAB = vA − vB . 40
A' t2 100
t Relative velocity of the parrot w.r.t. and t2 = s
O t1 B the train v
Let t 1 and t 2 be the times for part OA and = [10 − (− 5)] ms−1 = 15 ms−1 . So, according to average speed formula
AB respectively. Time taken by the parrot to cross the train 200
48 =
At point A velocity is maximum and let it 150 ⎛ 100 ⎞ + ⎛ 100 ⎞
= = 10 s ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
be vmax . 15 ⎝ 40 ⎠ ⎝ v ⎠
∴ vmax = αt 1 = βt 2 or
1
+ =
1 2
=
1
v
But t = t 1 + t 2 = max + max
v 20. A bus travelling the first one-third 40 v 48 24
α β distance at a speed of 10 km/h, the 1 2 1
or = =
⎛ 1 1⎞ ⎛α + β⎞ next one-third at 20 km/h and the v 120 60
= vmax ⎜ + ⎟ = vmax ⎜ ⎟
⎝α β⎠ ⎝ αβ ⎠ last one-third at 60 km/h. The ⇒ v = 60 km/h
⎛ αβ ⎞ average speed of the bus is
or vmax =t ⎜ ⎟ [CBSE AIPMT 1991] 22. A car covers the first-half of the
⎝α + β⎠
(a) 9 km/h (b) 16 km/h distance between two places at 40
Alternative (c) 18 km/h (d) 48 km/h km/h and other half at 60 km/h.
This problem can also be solved by The average speed of the car is
Ans. (c)
checking the dimensions on both sides. [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
On checking the dimensions we note Concept Average speed can be
that the dimensions of option (d) match calculated as the total distance travelled (a) 40 km/h (b) 48 km/h
with that of velocity. divided by the total time takn. (c) 50 km/h (d) 60 km/h
P R S Q
Ans. (b)
18. A particle moves along a straight s/3 s/3 s/3 Let the distance between two places be
line such that its displacement at s d and t 1 is time taken by car to travel
any time t is given by first-half length,t 2 is time taken by car to
travel second-half length. Time taken by
s = (t 3 − 6t 2 + 3t + 4) m Let t 1 , t 2 , t 3 be times taken in covering
car to travel first-half length,
distances PR, RS and SQ respectively.
The velocity when the (s /3) (s /3) ⎛d ⎞
acceleration is zero, is ∴ t1 = , t2 = ⎜ ⎟
10 20 ⎝ 2⎠ d
[CBSE AIPMT 1994] t1 = =
(s /3) 40 80
and t 3 =
(a) 3 ms −1 (b) −12 ms −1 60 Time taken by car to travel second-half
(c) 42 ms −1 (d) −9 ms −1 Total distance
∴ Average speed = length,
Ans. (d) Total time ⎛d ⎞
Given, s = t 3 − 6t 2 + 3t + 4 ⎜ ⎟
=
s ⎝ 2⎠ d
t2 = =
ds t1 + t2 + t3
∴ Velocity v = = 3t 2 − 12t + 3 …(i) 60 120
dt
∴ Total time = t 1 + t 2 and there is no acceleration in the Ans. (b)

d d x-direction, a x = 0 ms−2
= + According to question, time taken by the
80 120 In y-direction,a y = 10 ms−2 ball to cross the window,
⎛ 1 1 ⎞ d Now, we shall determine the net t = 0.1 s
=d ⎜ + ⎟= acceleration
⎝ 80 120 ⎠ 48 h = 1.5 m
at t = 6 s, a = a x2 + a y2
∴ Average speed u m/s
d d ⇒ a = (0) + (10) 2 ⇒ a = 10 ms−2
= = = 48 km/h Window
t1 + t2 ⎛ d ⎞ 1.5 m
⎜ ⎟
⎝ 48 ⎠ 24. A small block slides down on a
Alternative smooth inclined plane, starting
2v1 v2 2 × 40 × 60 from rest at time t = 0. Let s n be If u be the velocity at the top most point
vav = = = 48 km/h
v1 + v2 40 + 60 the distance travelled by the block of the window, then from equation of
in the interval t = n − 1 to t = n. Then, motion,
s 1
TOPIC 2 the ratio n is h = ut + gt 2
2
sn + 1
Kinematics Equations of [NEET 2021]
⇒
1
1.5 = u × 0.1 + × 10 × (0.1) 2
2n − 1 2n − 1 2n + 1 2n
Uniformly Accelerated Motion (a) (b) (c) (d) 2
2n 2n + 1 2n − 1 2n − 1
⇒ 1.5 = 0.1u + 0.05
1.5 − 0.05 145
.
23. A car starts from rest and Ans. (b) ⇒ u= = = 14.5 m/ s
Distance covered nth seconds is s n . 0.1 0.1
accelerates at
5 m/s 2 . At t = 4s, a ball is dropped Distance covers in (n+ 1) th seconds
is s n + 1 . 26. A ball is thrown vertically
out of a window by a person sitting
Initial velocity of small block, u = 0 downward with a velocity of 20 m/s
in the car. What is the velocity and
Distance cover in nth seconds, from the top of a tower. It hits the
acceleration of the ball at t = 6 s? a
s n = u + (2n − 1)
ground after some time with a
(Take, g = 10 m/s 2 ) [NEET 2021]
2 velocity of 80 m/s. The height of
(a) 20 m/s, 5 m/s 2 a the tower is (g =10 m/s 2 )
⇒ s n = 0 + (2n − 1)
(b) 20 m/s, 0 2 [NEET (Sep.) 2020]
(c) 20 2 m/s, 0 a (a) 340 m
⇒ s n = (2n − 1) …(i)
(d) 20 2 m/s,10 m/s 2 2 (b) 320 m
Distance cover in (n+ 1)th seconds, (c) 300 m
Ans. (d)
a (d) 360 m
Given, the initial velocity of a car, u = 0 s n + 1 = u + [2(n + 1) − 1]
2 Ans. (c)
The acceleration of a car,a = 5 m/s2
a Given, u = 20 m/s, v = 80 m/s and h = ?
At t = 4 s, v = u + at ⇒ s n + 1 = 0 + (2n + 2 − 1)
2 From kinematic equation of motion,
⇒ v = 0 + (5)4 ⇒ v = 20 m/s a
Thus, the final velocity of car at t = 4 s is ⇒ s n + 1 = (2n + 1) …(ii) v 2 = u 2 + 2gh
2 v2 − u2
20 m/s. ⇒ h=
On dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get 2g
At t = 4 s, the ball is dropped out of a
a
window by a person sitting in the car. (2n − 1) (80) 2 − (20) 2
sn
=2 = (Q given, g = 10 m/s 2 )
The velocity of the ball in the x-direction,
s n + 1 a (2n + 1) 2 × 10
v x = 20 m/s (due to the car) 2 = 300 m
Therefore, in the y-direction, the sn (2n − 1) Hence, correct option is (c).
acceleration is equal to the acceleration ⇒ =
s n + 1 (2n + 1)
due to gravity,
27. A person standing on the floor of
a y = g = 10 m/s2
25. A person sitting in the ground floor an elevator drops a coin. The coin
The velocity of the ball in the y-direction,
of a building notices through the reaches the floor in time t 1 if the
v y = u + a yt ⇒ v y = 0 + 10 × 2
window of height 1.5 m, a ball dropped elevator is at rest and in time t 2 if
⇒ v y = 20 m / s
from the roof of the building the elevator is moving uniformly.
Thus, the velocity of the ball in
crosses the window in 0.1 s. What is The which of the following option is
y-direction is 20 m/s.
the velocity of the ball when it is at correct? [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
The net velocity at t = 6s,
the topmost point of the window? (a) t 1 < t 2 or t 1 > t 2 depending upon
v = v x2 + v y2 ⇒ v = (20) 2 + (20) 2 whether the lift is going up or down
(g = 10 m/s 2 ) [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
⇒ v = 20 2 m/s (b) t1 < t2
(a) 15.5 m/s (b) 14.5 m/s
Thus, the velocity of the ball at t = 6 s is (c) t1 > t2
(c) 4.5 m/s (d) 20 m/s
20 2 m/s. (d) t1 = t2
Ans. (d) The displacement of the particle is given as (a) h1 = 2 h2 = 3h3

Let h be the height through which the 1 h h
s = ut + at 2 (b) h1 = 2 = 3
coin is dropped. Then, according to the 2 3 5
equation of motion, it is given as
For t = 0 to t = 1s, (c) h2 = 3h1 and h3 = 3h2
1 2 2h (d) h1 = h2 = h3
h = ut + gt ⇒ t = [Qu = 0] u = 0,a = + 6m/ s2
2 g 1 Ans. (b)
1 ⇒ s 1 = 0 + × 6 × (1) 2 = 3 m
⇒t ∝ 2 For free fall from a height, u = 0
g ∴ Distance covered by stone in first 5 s,
For t = 1sto t= 2s,
1 25
As the elevator is moving uniformly i.e. u = 6 ms−1 , a = −6 ms−2 h1 = 0 + g (5) 2 = g …(i)
its velocity is constant, so the 2 2
1
⇒ s 2 = 6 × 1 − × 6 × (1) 2 = 6 − 3 = 3m
acceleration is zero. 2 ∴ Distance covered in first 10 s,
∴Relative acceleration of the lift when it For t = 2sto t = 3 s,
1
s 2 = 0 + g (10) 2 =
100
g
is either moving upward or downward is 2 2
u = 0,a = −6ms−1
given as, g ′ = g ± a = g ± 0 = g ∴ Distance covered in second 5 s
1
Hence, the time for the coin to reach the ⇒ s 3 = 0 − × 6 × (1) 2 = −3m
100 25 72
2 h2 = s 2 − h1 = g − g = g …(ii)
floor will remains same i.e. t 1 = t 2 . 2 2 2
∴ Net displacement, s = s 1 + s 2 + s 3
28. A toy car with charge q moves on a = 3 m + 3 m − 3 m= 3 m Distance covered in first 15 s,
Hence, average velocity 1 225
frictionless horizontal plane s 3 = 0 + g (15) 2 = g
Net displacement 3 2 2
surface under the influence of a = = = 1m s−1
Total time 3 ∴ Distance covered in last 5 s,
uniform electric field E. Due to the
Total distance travelled,d = 9m 225 100 125
force qE, its velocity increases Total distance h3 = s 3 − s 2 = g− g= g …(iii)
from 0 to 6 m/s in one second Hence, average speed = 2 2 2
Total time
duration. At that instant, the From Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
9
direction of the field is reversed. = = 3 m s−1 25 75 125
3 h1 :h2 :h3 = g : g : g = 1 :3 : 5
The car continues to move for two 2 2 2
Alternative Method
more seconds under the influence h2 h3
Given condition can be represented ⇒ h1 = =
of this field. The average velocity through graph also as shown below. 3 5
and the average speed of the toy
car between 0 to 3 seconds are
v
A 30. A boy standing at the top of a tower
(ms–1)+6
respectively [NEET 2018] of 20 m height drops a stone.
(a) 1 m/s, 3.5 m/s Assuming,g = 10 ms −2 , the velocity
O¢ t=2 t=3
(b) 1 m/s, 3 m/s with which it hits the ground is
O t=1 B D t(s)
[CBSE AIPMT 2011]
(c) 2 m/s, 4 m/s
(d) 1.5 m/s, 3 m/s (a) 20 m/s (b) 40 m/s
–6 (c) 5 m/s (d) 10 m/s
Ans. (b) C
Ans. (a)
According to the question,
∴Displacement in three seconds Given, g = 10 m/s 2 and h = 20 m
For the time duration0 < t < 1 s,
= Area under the graph We have v = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 20
the velocity increase from 0 to 6 ms −1
As the direction of field has been = Area of ΔOAO′ + Area of ΔAO′B − Area = 400 = 20 m/s
reversed for, 1 < t < 2 s: the velocity firstly of ΔBCD
decreases from 6ms−1 to 0. 1 1 1 31. A ball is dropped from a high rise
= × 1 × 6 + × 1 × 6 − × 6 × 1 = 3m
Then, for 2 < t < 3 s;as the field strength is 2 2 2 platform at t = 0 starting from rest.
same; the magnitude of acceleration 3 After 6 s, another ball is thrown
would be same, but velocity increases ∴ Average velocity = = 1 ms−1 .
from 0 to − 6ms−1 .
3 downwards from the same
Total distance travelled,d = 9m platform with a speed v. The two
0<t<1s 1<t<2s
A
B 9
∴ Average speed = = 3ms−1 balls meet at t = 18 s. What is the
a −1 −a C
v=0 v = 6 ms v=0 3 value of v?
D
v = − 6 ms−1− a (Take g = 10ms −2 )
2 < t < 3s 29. A stone falls freely under gravity. It [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
covers distances h 1 , h2 and h3 in the (a) 74 ms −1
Acceleration of the car
first 5s, the next 5s and the next 5s (b) 55 ms −1
v−u 6−0
|a | = = = 6ms−2 respectively. The relation between (c) 40 ms −1
t 1
h 1 , h2 and h3 is [NEET 2013] (d) 60 ms −1
Ans. (a) 34. The distance travelled by a particle Ans. (c)

For first ball, u = 0 starting from rest and moving with From equation of motion time taken by
∴ s1 =
1 2 1
gt 1 = × g (18) 2 4 ball to reach maximum height v = u − gt
an acceleration ms −2 , in the
2 2 3 At maximum height,
For second ball, initial velocity = v third-second is [CBSE AIPMT 2008] final speed is zero i.e. v = 0
1 u
∴ s 2 = vt 2 + gt 2 So, u = gt or t =
2 (a) 6 m (b) 4 m g
t 2 = 18 − 6 = 12 s 10 19
(c) m (d) m In 2 s, u = 2 × 9.8 = 196
. m/s
1 3 3 If man throws the ball with velocity of
⇒ s 2 = v × 12 + g (12) 2
2 Ans. (c) 19.6 m/s then after 2 s it will reach the
Distance travelled in nth second is given maximum height. When he throws 2nd
Here, s1 = s2 ball, 1st is at top. When he throws third
1 1 by
g (18) 2 = 12v + g (12) 2 ball, 1st will come to ground and 2nd will
2 2 1
s n = u + a (2 n − 1) be at the top. Therefore, only 2 balls are
⇒ v = 74 ms −1 2 in air. If he wants to keep more than 2
4 balls in air he should throw the ball with a
Here, u = 0, a =
32. A particle starts its motion from rest 3 speed greater than 19.6 m/s.
under the action of a constant 1 4 10
∴ s 3 = 0 + × × (6 − 1) = m 37. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards
force. If the distance covered in first 2 3 3
with speed u, the distance covered
10 s is s 1 and that covered in the
35. Two bodies A (of mass 1 kg) andB (of during the lastt sec of its ascent is
first 20 s is s2 , then [CBSE AIPMT 2003]
[CBSE AIPMT 2009] mass 3 kg) are dropped from heights 1
(a) s 2 = 2 s 1 (b) s 2 = 3 s 1 of 16 m and 25 m, respectively. The (a) ut − gt 2 (b) (u + gt) t
2
(c) s 2 = 4 s 1 (d) s 2 = s 1 ratio of the time taken by them to 1 2
reach the ground is (c) ut (d) gt
Ans. (c) 2
[CBSE AIPMT 2006]
Since, the body starts from rest u = 0 Ans. (d)
1 (a) –5 /4 (b) 12 /5
∴ s = at 2 Let the ball takesT second to reach
2 (c) 5/12 (d) 4/5
maximum heightH. v = u − gT
Now,
1
s 1 = a (10) 2 …(i)
Ans. (d)
2 For free fall from a height, u = 0 (initial B
v=0
1 velocity).
and s 2 = a (20) 2 …(ii)
2 From second equation of motion
C
1
Dividing Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get h = ut + gt 2
s 1 (10) 2 2 H
= 1
s 2 (20) 2 or h = 0 + gt 2
2 u
⇒ s 2 = 4s 1 2
h1 ⎛ t 1 ⎞ A
∴ =⎜ ⎟
33. A particle moves in a straight line h2 ⎜⎝ t 2 ⎟⎠
put v = 0
with a constant acceleration. It
Given, h 1 = 16 m, h2 = 25 m (at heightH)
changes its velocity from 10 ms −1 to
20 ms −1 while passing through a ∴
t1
=
h1
=
16 4
=
∴ u = gT
u
distance 135 m in t sec. The value t2 h2 25 5 or T= …(i)
g
of t is [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
Velocity attained by the ball in (T − t) s is,
(a) 10 (b) 1.8 36. A man throws balls with the same
(c) 12 (d) 9 v ′= u − g (T − t) = u − gT + gt
speed vertically upwards one after u
Ans. (d) the other at an interval of 2 s. What = u − g + gt = u − u + gt
g
Using v2 − u 2 = 2as should be the speed of the throw
v ′= gt ...(ii)
(20) 2 − (10) 2 = 2 × a × 135 so that more than two balls are in
Hence, distance travelled in last t sec of
300 10 the sky at any time? (Take
⇒ =a = its ascent
270 9 g = 9.8 m / s2 ) [CBSE AIPMT 2003] 1 1
CB = v ′t − gt 2 = (gt) t − gt 2
Now, using v − u = at (a) Any speed less than 19.6 m/s 2 2
10
20 − 10 = ×t (b) Only with speed 19.6 m/s 1
= gt 2 − gt 2 [From Eq. (ii)]
9 (c) More than 19.6 m/s 2
⇒ t =9s (d) At least 9.8 m/s 1
= gt 2
2
38. A stone is thrown vertically s ∝ v2 41. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards

upwards. When stone is at a height ⎛v ⎞
2 2 with a velocity of 40 m /s, then
= ⎜ 2 ⎟ = ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ = 4
s2 80
half of its maximum height, its ∴ velocity of the ball after 2s will be
s 1 ⎝ v1 ⎠ ⎝ 40 ⎠
speed is 10 m/s, then the maximum (g = 10m / s2 ) [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
height attained by the stone is ∴ s 2 = 4s 1 = 4 × 2
(a) 15 m/s (b) 20 m/s
(g =10 m /s 2 ) [CBSE AIPMT 2001] =8m (c) 25 m/s (d) 28 m/s
(a) 8 m (b) 10 m Alternative Ans. (b)
(c) 15 m (d) 20 m Initial speed of car u = 40 km / h v
Ans. (b) 5 100
= 40 × m / s = m/s u = 40 m/s a=–g
Let u be the initial velocity and H be the 18 9
maximum height attained. From 3rd equation of motion,
H v2 = u 2 − 2as
At heighth = , we have v = v1 = 10 m/s
2 2 Here, initial velocity of ball u = 40 m/s
⎛ 100 ⎞
⇒ 0=⎜ ⎟ −2×a ×2
From third equation of motion, ⎝ 9 ⎠ Acceleration of ball a = − g m/s 2
v12 = u 2 − 2 gh 100 × 100 = − 10 m/s 2
⎛ Negative sign indicates that velocity and ⎞ 4a =
Time = 2 s
⎜ ⎟ 81
⎝ acceleration are in opposite direction ⎠ 2500 From first equation of motion,
H ⇒ a= m / s2
or (10) 2 = u 2 − 2g …(i) 81 v = u + at = 40 − 10 × 2
2
Final speed of car = 80 km/h ⇒ v = 20 m/s
At height H, v2 = 0
5 200
= 80 × = m/s 42. Three different objects of masses
v22 = u 2 − 2 gH or 0 = u 2 − 2 gH …(ii) 18 9
m 1 , m2 and m3 are allowed to fall
Subtract Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we get Suppose car stops for a distance s ′.
from rest and from the same point
H (10) 2 Then
(10) 2 = 2 g or H = O along three different frictionless
2 g v2 = u 2 − 2as ′
2 2
paths. The speeds of the three
(10) ⎛ 200 ⎞ 2500
or H= = 10 m 0=⎜ ⎟ −2× s′ objects on reaching the ground will
10 ⎝ 9 ⎠ 81 be in the ratio of [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
Alternative 200 × 200 × 81 (a) m1 : m2 : m3
⇒ s′ = =8m
Maximum height attained by the stone 9 × 9 × 2 × 2500 (b) m1 :2 m2 : 3 m3
u2
H= (c) 1 :1 :1
2g 40. If a car at rest, accelerates 1 1 1
H uniformly to a speed of 144 km / h (d) : :
When, H = , u = 10 m / s m1 m2 m3
2 in 20s, it covers a distance of
H (10) 2 100 [CBSE AIPMT 1997] Ans. (c)
= or H = = 10 m When an object falls freely under gravity,
2 2g 10 (a) 2880 m (b) 1440 m
(c) 400 m (d) 20 m then its speed depends only on its height
of fall and is independent of the mass of
39. A car moving with a speed of Ans. (c) the object. As all objects are falling
40 km/h can be stopped after 2 m Concept First of all find acceleration through the same height, therefore their
by applying brakes. If the same car from the given values and then using speeds on reaching the ground will be in
equation of motion calculate distance the ratio of 1 : 1 : 1.
is moving with a speed of 80 km/h, travelled.
what is the minimum stopping Given,
distance? [CBSE AIPMT 1998]
Initial velocity u = 0, time t = 20s h u=0
(a) 8 m (b) 2 m
(c) 4 m (d) 6 m Final velocity v = 144 km/h = 40 m/s
v
From 1st equation of motion,
Ans. (a)
According to conservation of energy, the v = u + at Alternative
kinetic energy of car = work done in v − u 40 – 0 The vertical displacement for all the three
⇒ a= = = 2 m/s 2
stopping the car t 20 is same and paths are frictionless. So, by
1 conservation of mechanical energy,
i.e. mv2 = Fs Now, from 2nd equation of motion,
1
2 1 mv2 = mgl
distance covered, s = ut + at 2 2
where, F is the retarding force and s is 2
the stopping distance. 1 ⇒ v = 2gl
= 0 + × 2 × (20) 2 = 400 m
For same retarding force, 2 So, v1 : v2 : v3 = 1 : 1 : 1
43. The water drops fall at regular ⎛ As motion of body is along

⎜
⎞
⎟
48. What will be the ratio of the
intervals from a tap 5 m above the ⎝ the acceleration due to gravity.⎠ distance moved by a freely falling
ground. The third drop is leaving ∴ Height of tower body from rest in 4th and 5th second
the tap at an instant when the first 1 1
of journey? [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
drop touches the ground. How far h = ut + gt 2 = (0 × 4) + × 10 × 42 (a) 4 : 5 (b) 7 : 9
2 2
above the ground is the second (c) 16 : 25 (d) 1 : 1
= 80 m
drop at that instant ? (Take Ans. (b)
g = 10m / s2 ) [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
46. A body starts from rest, what is the As distance travelled in nth sec is given by
(a) 1.25 m ratio of the distance travelled by 1
s n = u + a (2 n − 1)
(b) 2.50 m the body during the 4th and 3rd s? 2
(c) 3.75 m [CBSE AIPMT 1993] Here, u = 0, acceleration due to gravity
(d) 5.00 m 7 5 7 3 a = 9.8 m/s2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ans. (c) 5 7 3 7 1
∴ For 4 s, s 4 = × 9.8 (2 × 4 − 1)
th
Let t be the time interval of two drops. Ans. (a) 2

For third drop to fall 1
1
Distance travelled by the body in and for 5th s, s 5 = × 9.8 (2 × 5 − 1)
5 = g (2t) 2 [As u = 0] nth second is given by 2
2 a s4 7
1 2 5 s n = u + (2n − 1) ∴ =
or gt = …(i) 2 s5 9
2 4
Here, u =0
Let x be the distance through which
a 49. A car is moving along a straight road
second drop falls for timet, then ∴ For 4th s, s 4 =
(2 × 4 − 1) with a uniform acceleration. It
1 5 2
x = gt 2 = m [from Eq. (i)] passes through two points P and Q
2 4 a separated by a distance with
and For 3th s, s 3 = (2 × 3 − 1)
Thus, height of second drop from ground 2 velocity 30 km/h and 40 km/h
5 15 s 4 (2 × 4 − 1) 7 respectively. The velocity of the car
=5− = = 3.75 m Hence, = =
4 4 s 3 (2 × 3 − 1) 5 midway between P and Q is
[CBSE AIPMT 1988]
44. A body is thrown vertically upwards 47. A body dropped from top of a (a) 33.3 km/h (b) 20 2 km/h
from the ground. It reaches a tower fall through 40 m during the (c) 25 2 km/h (d) 0.35 km/h
maximum height of 20 m in 5 s. last two seconds of its fall. The Ans. (c)
After what time it will reach the height of tower is (g = 10 m /s 2 ) Let x be the total distance between
ground from its maximum height [CBSE AIPMT 1991] points P and Q and v be the velocity of
position ? [CBSE AIPMT 1995] (a) 60 m (b) 45 m car while passing a certain middle point
(c) 80 m (d) 50 m of PQ. If a is the acceleration of the car,
(a) 2.5 s (b) 5 s
then
(c) 10 s (d) 25 s Ans. (b) 30 km/h 40 km/h
Ans. (b) Let the body falls through the height of v
Time taken by the body to reach the tower in t seconds. P R x/2 Q
ground from some height is the same as a
From s n = u + (2 n − 1), we have x
taken to reach that height. Hence, time 2
to reach the ground from its maximum For part PQ,
Total distance travelled in last 2 s of fall is
height is 5 s. 40 2 − 30 2 = 2ax
s = s t + s (t − 1 ) 350
or a= ...(i)
45. A stone released with zero velocity ⎡ g ⎤ ⎡ g ⎤ x
= 0 + (2t − 1) + 0 + (2 (t − 1) − 1)
from the top of a tower, reaches ⎣⎢ 2 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 2 ⎦⎥ For part RQ,
the ground in 4 s. The height of the g g 40 2 − v2 =
2ax
= (2 t − 1) + (2 t − 3) …(ii)
tower is (g = 10 m /s 2 ) 2 2 2
[CBSE AIPMT 1995] g 10 Putting value of a from Eq. (i) in Eq. (ii),
= (4t − 4) = × 4 (t − 1)
(a) 20 m (b) 40 m 2 2 we have
(c) 80 m (d) 160 m or 40 = 20 (t − 1) or t = 2 + 1 = 3 s ⎛ 350 ⎞ x
Ans. (c) 40 2 − v2 = 2 ⎜ ⎟
Distance travelled in t sec is ⎝ x ⎠2
Initial velocity of stone u = 0 s = ut + at 2
1
Time to reach at groundt = 4 s 2 or 40 2 − v2 = 350 or
v2 = 1250
Accelerationa = + g = 10 m / s 2 1
= 0 + × 10 × 32 = 45 m
2 ⇒ v = 25 2 km/h
51. The displacement-time graph of 52. Which of the following curves does
TOPIC 3 moving particle is shown below. not represent motion in one
Graphs in Motion s dimension? [CBSE AIPMT 1992]
v
50. A particle shows distance-time
Displacement
curve as given in this figure. The (a)
maximum instantaneous velocity of t
D E F
the particle is around the point C v
[CBSE AIPMT 2008] t
Time
(b)
D The instantaneous velocity of the
Distance
C particle is negative at the point t

[CBSE AIPMT 1994] v
B (a) D
A
(b) F (c)
Time
(c) C
(a) B (b) C t
(d) E
v
(c) D (d) A
Ans. (d)
Ans. (b) Instantaneous velocity is the slope of (d)
Maximum velocity point means, the point displacement-time graph. At point E, the
dx slope is negative so instantaneous
at which i.e. the slope of the graph is t
dt velocity of the particle is negative. At
maximum. points C and F, the slope is positive and Ans. (c)
At point C, slope is maximum. at D, the slope is zero.
In option (c), particle have two velocities
at a particular instant of time, which is
impossible.
03
Motion in a Plane
TOPIC 1 ⎛ ωt ⎞
⇒ cos ⎜ ωt − ⎟ = 0 ⇒ cos
ωt
=0
⎝ 2⎠ 2 (a) 60° (b) 45° (c) 30° (d) 90°
Vectors ω π π Ans. (a)
⇒ = ⇒ t=
2 2 ω Given, | A × B | = 3 (A ⋅B)
01 If the magnitude of sum of two
Thus, time taken by vectors which are ⇒ AB sin θ = 3 AB cos θ
vectors is equal to the magnitude π
orthogonal to each other is . ⇒ tanθ = 3
of difference of the two vectors, ω
the angle between these vectors is ∴ θ = 60 °
[NEET 2016, CBSE AIPMT 1991] 03 Six vectors a to f have the
(a) 90° (b) 45° magnitudes and directions 05 If a vector 2$i + 3$j + 8k$ is
(c) 180° (d) 0° indicated in the figure. Which of perpendicular to the vector
Ans. (a) the following statements is true? 4$j − 4 $i + α k$ , then the value of α is
Suppose two vectors areP and Q. [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
[CBSE AIPMT 2005]
It is given that 1 1
b (a) –1 (b) (c) − (d) 1
|P + Q | = | P − Q | a c 2 2
Let angle betweenP and Q is φ.
f Ans. (c)
∴ d
Concept If two vectors are
P 2 + Q 2 + 2PQ cos φ = P 2 + Q 2 − 2PQ cos φ e
perpendicular to each other than their
(a) b + c = f (b) d + c = f dot product is always equal to zero.
⇒ 4PQ cos φ = 0
(c) d + e = f (d) b + e = f Let, a = 2$i + 3$j + 8 k$
⇒ cos φ = 0 [Q P, Q ≠ 0]
π b = 4$j –4$i + αk$ = − 4$i + 4$j + αk$
⇒ φ = = 90 ° Ans. (c)
2 According to the above hypothesis
If two non-zero vectors are represented
by the two adjacent sides of a a ⊥b
02 If vectors A = cos ωt $i + sin ωt $j and parallelogram, then the resultant is given ⇒ a⋅b =0
ωt $ ωt by the diagonal of the parallelogram ⇒ (2$i + 3$j + 8k$ ) ⋅ (− 4$i + 4$j + αk$ ) = 0
B = cos i + sin $j are functions passing through the point of intersection
2 2 of the two vectors ⇒ − 8 + 12 + 8α = 0
of time, then the value oft at which ∴ d+ e = f ⇒ 8α = − 4
they are orthogonal to each other, is 4 1
∴ α=− =−
[CBSE AIPMT 2015] 8 2
π π
(a) t = (b) t =
4ω 2ω 06 If|A × B | = 3 A ⋅ B, then the value
π
(c) t = (d) t = 0 f d of|A + B|is [CBSE AIPMT 2004]
ω
(a) (A2 + B 2 + AB) 1/2
Ans. (c) ⎛ AB ⎞
1/2
(b) ⎜ A2 + B 2 + ⎟
For perpendicular vector, we have ⎝ 3⎠
A ⋅B = 0 e
⎡ ωt sinωt $ ⎤ (c) A + B
[cos ωt$i + sinωt$j] cos $i + j =0
⎢⎣ ⎥⎦ (d) (A2 + B 2 + 3 AB) 1/2
2 2 04 A and B are two vectors and θ is the
ωt ωt Ans. (a)
⇒ cos ωt cos + sinωt sin = 0 angle between them. If
2 2 | A × B|= 3 A ⋅ B
| A × B | = 3 (A ⋅ B), then the value of Given, ...(i)
[Qcos (A − B) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B] but |A × B | = | A| |B | sinθ = AB sinθ
θ is [CBSE AIPMT 2007]
Motion in a Plane 19
and A ⋅ B = | A | |B | cosθ = AB cosθ 09 Which of the following is not a (a) A2B (b) zero
Substituting these values in Eq. (i), we get vector quantity? [CBSE AIPMT 1995] (c) A2B sinθ (d) A2B cosθ
AB sin θ = 3 AB cos θ (a) Speed (b) Velocity Ans. (b)
or tanθ = 3 (c) Torque (d) Displacement In scalar triple product of vectors, the
positions of dot and cross can be
∴ θ = 60 ° Ans. (a)
interchanged, i.e.
The addition of vectors A and B can be Speed is a scalar quantity. It gives no
A ⋅ (B × A) = (A × B) ⋅ A = (A × A) ⋅ B
given by the law of parallelogram. idea about the direction of motion of the
object. Velocity is a vector quantity, as it but A × A =0
∴ | A + B | = A 2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos 60 ° has both magnitude and direction. ∴ A ⋅ (B × A) = 0
1 Displacement is a vector as it possesses Alternative
= A 2 + B 2 + 2 AB ×
2 both magnitude and direction. When an
A ⋅ (B × A)
object goes on the path ABC(in figure),
= (A 2 + B 2 + AB) 1/2 then the displacement of the object is Let A ×B=C
AC.The arrow head atC shows that the The direction ofC is ⊥ to A and B from
07 The vector sum of two forces is object is displaced from A to C. cross product formula
perpendicular to their vector B So, A ⋅C = 0
differences. In that case, the ( since, A and C are ⊥ to each other)
forces [CBSE AIPMT 2003]
(a) are not equal to each other in 13 The magnitudes of vectors A, B and
magnitude C are 3, 4 and 5 units respectively.
(b) cannot be predicted A C If A + B = C , the angle between A
(c) are equal to each other Torque is turning effect of force which is
(d) are equal to each other in magnitude and B is [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
a vector quantity.
π
Ans. (d) (a) (b) cos−1 (0.6)
10 The angle between the two vectors 2
Let A and B be two forces. The sum of ⎛ 7⎞ π
the two forces. A = 3$i + 4$j + 5k$ and B = 3$i + 4$j − 5k$ (c) tan−1 ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 5⎠
(d)
4
F1 = A + B …(i) will be [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
The difference of the two forces, Ans. (a)
(a) 0° (b) 45° (c) 90° (d) 180°
F2 = A − B …(ii) In figure shown, A + B = C
Ans. (c)
Since, sum of the two forces is
Angle between two vectors is given as
perpendicular to their differences as from dot product A ⋅B = | A| |B| cosθ
given, so A ⋅B C B
cosθ =
F1 ⋅ F2 = 0 AB
or (A + B) ⋅ (A − B) = 0 Here, A = 3$i + 4$j + 5k$
or A 2 − A ⋅ B + B ⋅ A − B 2 = 0
B = 3$i + 4$j − 5k$ A
or A 2 = B 2 or | A | = | B |
∴ A = (3) 2 + (4) 2 + (5) 2 = 50 Also, | A | = 3, | B | = 4, | C | = 5
Thus, the forces are equal to each other
in magnitude. B = (3) 2 + (4) 2 + (− 5) 2 = 50 As A + B=C
and A ⋅B = (3$i + 4$j + 5k$ ) ⋅ (3$i + 4$j − 5k$ ) So, 52 = 32 + 42 + 2⋅4⋅3 cosθ
08 If a unit vector is represented by π
= 9 + 16 − 25 = 0 cosθ = 0 ⇒ θ =
0.5$i + 0.8 $j + c k$ , then the value of c
2
0
∴ cosθ = =0 ⇒ A is perpendicular to B.
is [CBSE AIPMT 1999] 50 ⋅ 50
(a) 1 (b) 0.11 (c) 0.01 (d) 0.39 ⇒ θ = 90 ° TOPIC 2
Ans. (b)
11 The resultant of A × 0 will be equal Motion in a Plane and
Concept Unit vector can be found by
dividing a vector with its magnitude i.e. to [CBSE AIPMT 1992]
Projectile Motion
A
A= (a) zero (b) A
|B| (c) zero vector (d) unit vector 14 Two bullets are fired horizontally
Let we represent the unit vector by n$ . and simultaneously towards each
Ans. (c)
We also know that the modulus of unit
From the properties of vector product,
other from roof tops of two
vector is 1 i.e., | n$ | = 1 the cross product of any vector with zero buildings 100 m apart and of same
∴ | n$ | = |0.5$i + 0.8$j + ck$ | = 1 is a null vector or zero vector. height of 200 m with the same
or (0.5) 2 + (0.8) 2 + c 2 = 1 velocity of 25 m/s. When and where
12 The angle between A and B is θ. will the two bullets collides.
or 0.25 + 0.64 + c 2 = 1
or 0.89 + c 2 = 1 The value of the triple product (g = 10 m/s 2 ) [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
or c 2 = 1 − 0.89 = 0.11 ⇒ c = 0.11 A ⋅ (B × A) is [CBSE AIPMT 1989] (a) After 2s at a height 180 m
(b) After 2s at a height of 20 m The motion of object shot in two cases dv y

∴ Acceleration a y = =0
(c) After 4s at a height of 120 m can be depicted as below dt
(d) They will not collide ∴ Net acceleration of the particle,
Ans. (a) anet = a x $i + a y $j = (−4 ms−2 ) $i
Given, distance between the two or a = − 4 $i ms−2
net
buildings
u
d = 100 m 60° 17 A ship A is moving Westwards with
height of each tower,h = 200 m a speed of 10 km h –1 and a ship B
speed of each bullet,v = 25 ms−1 60° g cos 60°
g sin 60° 100 km South of A, is moving
g
The situation can be shown as below Case I Northwards with a speed of
x 25 m/s
10 km h –1 . The time after which the
u distance between them becomes
200 m 200 m 30° shortest is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
30° g cos 30° (a) 0 h (b) 5 h
g sin 30°
g (c) 5 2 h (d) 10 2 h
100 m Case II Ans. (b)
where, x be the vertical distance Using third equation of motion, It is clear from the diagram that the
travelled from the top of the building and v 2 = u 2 − 2gh … (i) shortest distance between the ship A
t be the time at which they collide. As the object stops finally, so and B is PQ.
As two bullets are fired toward each v =0 N
other, For inclined motion,
So, their relative velocity will be g = g sinθ and h = x
v rel = 25 − (−25) = 50 ms−1 Substituting these values in Eq. (i),
d 100 vA =10 km/h
Then, timet = = = 2s we get
W E
v rel 50 u2 O
⇒ u 2 = 2g sinθ x ⇒x = 45°
The distance or height at which they 2g sinθ P
collide is calculated from equation of 100 km
u2
motion, For case (I), x 1 = vB =10 km/h
2g sin60 °
1
x = ut + at 2 u2 Q
2 For case (II), x 2 =
2g sin30 °
The bullet is initially a rest i.e. u = 0 and Here, sin45º =
PQ
⇒ PQ = 100 ×
1
as it is moving under the effect of gravity x1 u2 2g sin30 °
⇒ = × OQ 2
a = − g, so x 2 2g sin60 ° u2 = 50 2 m
1
x = − gt 2 =
1 2
× =
1
or 1 : 3 Also, v AB = v A2 + v B2 = 10 2 + 10 2
2 2 3 3
1 = 10 2 km/h
x = − × 10 (2) 2 = −20 m
So, time taken for them to reach
2 16 The x and y coordinates of the shortest path is
The negative sign shows that the bullets particle at any time are x = 5t − 2t 2
will collide 20 m below the top of tower PQ 50 2
and y = 10t respectively, where x t= = = 5h
i.e. at a height of (200 − 20 ) = 180 m from v AB 10 2
the ground after 2 s. and y are in metres and t in
seconds. The acceleration of the
15 When an object is shot from the particle at t = 2s is [NEET 2017]
18 The position vector of a particle R
2 as a function of time is given by
bottom of a long smooth inclined (a) 0 (b) 5 m/s
plane kept at an angle 60º with (c) −4 m/s 2 (d) −8 m/s 2 R = 4 sin (2πt ) $i + 4 cos (2πt )$j
horizontal, it can travel a distance Ans. (c) where R is in metre, t is in seconds
x 1 along the plane. But when the Given, x = 5t − 2t 2 and $i and $j denote unit vectors
inclination is decreased to 30º and Velocity of the particle,
dx d
along x and y-directions,
the same object is shot with the v x = = (5t − 2t 2 ) = 5 − 4t respectively. Which one of the
same velocity, it can travel x 2 dt dt
d following statements is wrong for
distance. Acceleration, a x = v x = − 4 ms −2
dt the motion of particle?
Then x 1 : x 2 will be [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
[NEET (National) 2019] Also, y = 10t
(a) Acceleration is along − R
(a) 2:1 (b) 1: 3 dy
Velocity, vy = = 10 (b) Magnitude of acceleration vector is
(c) 1:2 3 (d) 1: 2 dt v2
, wherev is the velocity of particle
Ans. (b) R
u 2 (2 sinθ cosθ)
(c) Magnitude of the velocity of particle 20 A particle is moving such that its Range, R =
is 8 m/s g
position co-ordinates (x, y) are (2m,
(d) Path of the particle is a circle of
3m) at time t = 0, (6m, 7m) at time u 2 sin2 θ
radius 4 m Height, H =
t = 2 s and (13m, 14m) at time t = 5 s. 2g
Ans. (c) u 2 (2 sinθ cosθ) u 2 sin2 θ
Average velocity vector (v av ) from Hence, =
(i) The position vector of a particleR as a g 2g
function of time is given by t = 0to t = 5s is [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
sinθ
R = 4 sin (2 πt ) $i + 4 cos (2 πt )$j
1 $ 7 $ $ 2 cosθ =
(a) (13i + 14 $j ) (b) (i + j ) 2
5 3
x-axis component, x =4 sin 2 πt …(i) tanθ = 4 ⇒ θ = tan−1 (4)
11
y-axis component, (c) 2 ($i + $j ) (d) ($i + $j )
y = 4 cos2 πt …(ii) 5 23 A missile is fired for maximum
Squaring and adding both equations, Ans. (d) range with an initial velocity of 20
we get m/s. If g = 10 m/s 2 , the range of the
Given, position vector of the particle at
x 2 + y 2 = 42 [sin2 (2 πt) + cos2 (2 πt)] missile is [CBSE AIPMT 2011]
i.e. x 2 + y 2 = 42 i.e. equation of circle t = 0 is (2$i + 3$j ) and t = 5 s is (13$i + 14$j )
(a) 50 m (b) 60 m (c) 20 m (d) 40 m
and radius is 4 m. Average velocity vector
v2 Ans. (d)
(ii) Acceleration vector,a = (−R), Net displacement
v av = For maximum range of projectile,θ will
R Time taken
be 45° by the law of projectile motion.
(13 − 2) $i + (14 − 3) $j
whilev is velocity of a particle.
= u2
(iii) Magnitude of acceleration vector, So, maximum range, R max =
v2 5 g
a= 11 $i + 11 $j 11 $ $ Given, u = 20 ms −1 and g = 10 ms −2
R = = (i + j )
(iv) As, we havev x = + 4 (cos2 πt) 2 π and 5 5 (20) 2 400
R max = =
v y = −4 (sin 2 πt) 2 π 10 10
Net resultant velocity, 21 The velocity of a projectile at the R max = 40 m
initial point A is (2i$ + 3$j) m/s. Its
v= v +v 24 A particle has initial velocity (3$i + 4$j)
2 2
x y
velocity (in m/s) at point B is
= (8 π) (cos 2 π t + sin 2 π t) and has acceleration (0.4 $i + 0.3 $j) .
2 2 2
[NEET 2013]
v = 8π [Qcos2 2 πt + sin2 2 πt = 1] Y
Its speed after 10 s is
So, option (c) is incorrect. [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
(a) 7 unit (b) 7 2 unit
19 A projectile is fired from the B (c) 8.5 unit (d) 10 unit
A X
surface of the earth with a velocity
Ans. (b)
of 5 ms −1 at angle θ with the (a) − 2 $i − 3 $j (b) − 2 $i + 3 $j Given, initial velocity (u) = 3$i + 4$j
horizontal. Another projectile fired
from another planet with a velocity (c) 2 $i − 3 $j (d) 2 $i + 3 $j Final velocity (v) = ?
of 3ms −1 at the same angle follows Ans. (c) Acceleration (a) = (0.4 $i + 0.3$j )
a trajectory which is identical with Concept As we know that in projectile Time (t) = 10 s
the trajectory of the projectile fired motion only velocity of y component From first equation of motion, v = u + at
from the earth. The value of the change, whereas velocity of x v = 3$i + 4$j + 10 (0.4$i + 0.3$j )
acceleration due to gravity on the component remains constant. v = 7 $i + 7 $j ⇒ | v | = 7 2
planet is (in ms −2 ) is (given, From the figure, the x-component
g = 9.8 ms −2 ) [CBSE AIPMT 2014] remains unchanged, while the 25 A particle of mass m is projected
(a) 3.5 (b) 5.9 (c) 16.3 (d) 110.8 y-component is reversed. Thus, the with velocity v making an angle of
velocity at point B is (2$i − 3$j ) ms −1 . 45° with the horizontal. When the
Ans. (a)
The trajectory of a projectile projected
particle lands on the level ground,
at some angleθ with the horizontal 22 The horizontal range and the the magnitude of the change in its
direction from ground is given by maximum height of a projectile are momentum will be
equal. The angle of projection of [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
gx 2
y = x tanθ − the projectile is [CBSE AIPMT 2012] (a) 2mv (b)
mv
(c) mv 2 (d) zero
2u cos2 θ
2
2
⎛ 1⎞
For equal trajectories for same angle of (a) θ = tan−1 ⎜ ⎟ (b) θ = tan−1 (4)
⎝ 4⎠ Ans. (c)
projection,
g 9. 8 g ′ (c) θ = tan−1 (2) (d) θ = 45 ° Δp = m(v − u)
= constant ⇒ =
u2 52 32 Ans. (b) | Δp | = | mv [cos 45$i − sin 45$j ]
9.8 × 9 − mv [cos 45$i + sin 45$j ]|
g′ = = 3.5 ms −2 Given, horizontal range
25
R = vertical maximum heightH = 2 mv sin 45° = 2 mv
Alternative Alternative Alternative

The α component of velocity will remain Horizontal range of projectile In this problem, it is given that two
constant. u 2 sin 2α particles are projected at angles 30° and
R=
v ⎛ −v ⎞ g 60° which are complementary angles. We
⇒ Δvy = −⎜ ⎟
2 ⎝ 2⎠ For α = (45° – θ),
know that horizontal range will be same
2v for complementary angles. Hence, their
= = 2v u 2 sin2 (45° – θ)
R1 = ranges will be equal.
2 g
⇒ So, ΔPy = m 2v= 2mv u 2 sin (90 ° – 2θ) u 2 cos 2θ 29 Two particles A and B are
= =
g g connected by a rigid rod AB. The
26 A particle starting from the origin
For α = (45° + θ), rod slides along perpendicular rails
(0, 0) moves in a straight line in the
u 2 sin 2 (45° + θ) as shown here. The velocity of A to
(x, y) plane. Its co-ordinates at a R2 =
g the right is 10m/s. What is the
later time are ( 3, 3). The path of
=
u 2 sin (90 ° + θ) velocity of B when angle α = 60° ?
the particle makes with the x-axis [CBSE AIPMT 1998]
g
an angle of [CBSE AIPMT 2007] B
u 2 cos 2θ
(a) 30° (c) 45° (c) 60° (d) 0° =
g
Ans. (c) R1 1
Hence, = or R 1 : R 2 = 1 : 1 y
Draw the situation as given in questions. R2 1
OA represents the path of the particle
starting from origin O(0, 0). Draw a 28 Two particles are projected with α = 60°
perpendicular from point A to x-axis. Let same initial velocities at an angle O x A
path of the particle makes an angleθ 30° and 60° with the horizontal. (a) 9.8 m/s (b) 10 m/s
with the x-axis, then Then, [CBSE AIPMT 2000] (c) 5.8 m/s (d) 17.3 m/s
y (a) their heights will be equal Ans. (d)
(b) their ranges will be equal Let the velocity along x and y-axes be vx
A and vy respectively.
(c) their time of flights will be equal
( 3, 3) (d) their ranges will be different dx dy
∴ vx = and vy =
dt dt
Ans. (b) From figure,
y
q B (a) Maximum height in case of projectile tanα = ⇒ y = x tanα
x is given by x
O (0, 0)
u 2 sin2 θ H sin2 θ1 Differentiating Eq. (i), w.r.t. t, we get
H= ⇒ 1 =
tanθ = slope of line OA 2g H2 sin2 θ2 dy dx
= tanα
= path of the particle 1 making angleθ 2 dt dt
⎛ 1⎞
3−0 ⎜ ⎟ ⇒ vy = vx tanα
tanθ = = 3 sin 30 °
2
⎝ 2⎠ 1
3 −0 = = =
sin2 60 ° ⎛ 3 ⎞ 2 3 Here, vx = 10 m/s, α = 60 °
θ = 60° ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ ∴ vy = 10 tan 60 °
⎝ 2 ⎠
= 10 3 = 17.3 m/s
27 For angles of projection of a (b) Range R =
u 2 sin 2θ
projectile at angles (45° − θ) and g 30 A bullet is fired from a gun with a
(45° + θ), the horizontal ranges ⇒
R 1 sin (2 × 30 ° )
= speed of 1000 m/s in order to hit a
described by the projectile are in R 2 sin (2 × 60 ° ) target 100 m away. At what height
the ratio of [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
3 above the target should the gun be
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 3 sin 60 ° 2 aimed? (The resistance of air is
(c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1 = = = 1 ⇒ R1 = R2
sin 120 ° 3 negligible and g = 10 m/s2 )
Ans. (a) 2 [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
We know that, horizontal ranges for (c) Time of flight (a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 20 cm
complementary angles of projection 2 u sinθ T sin θ1 Ans. (a)
will be same. T= ⇒ 1 =
g T2 sin θ2 Horizontal distance of the target is 100
The projectiles are projected at angles
sin 30 ° 1 /2 1 m. Speed of bullet = 1000 m/s
(45° – θ) and (45° +θ) which are = = =
complementary to each other i.e. two sin 60 ° 3 /2 3 Time taken by bullet to cover the
horizontal distance,
angles add up to give 90°. Hence, Hence, their horizontal ranges will be 100 1
horizontal ranges will be equal. Thus, the t= = s
equal. 1000 10
required ratio is 1 : 1.
1 Ans. (a) along the shortest path the angle

During s, the bullet will fall down
10 When an object is projected with velocity at which he should make his
vertically due to gravitational u making an angleθ with the horizontal strokes w.r.t. north is given by
acceleration. direction,then horizontal range will be [NEET (National) 2019]
u 2 sin2θ
Therefore, height above the target, so R1 = …(i) (a) 0º (b) 60° west
g
that the bullet hit the target is (c) 45º west (d) 30º west
when an object is projected with velocity
h = ut + gt 2 = ⎛⎜ 0 × ⎞⎟ + × 10 × (0.1) 2
1 1 1 Ans. (d)
u making an angle (90° − θ) with the
2 ⎝ 10 ⎠ 2 Given,
horizontal direction, then horizontal
= 0.05 m = 5 cm range will be speed of river,v R = 10 m/s
u 2 sin2 (90 ° − θ) speed of swimmer in still water and
31 The position vector of a particle is R2 =
g v SN = 20 m/s.
r = (a cos ωt) i$ + (a sin ωt) $j. The u2 vR
= sin (180 ° − 2θ) River flow
velocity of the particle is g
[CBSE AIPMT 1995] u 2 N
= sin2θ …(ii) vSN vS
(a) directed towards the origin g
W E
(b) directed away from the origin From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we note that q
(c) parallel to the position vector R1 = R2 S
(d) perpendicular to the position vector Here, the projection angle is 30° and
Ans. (d) 60 ° = (90 ° − 30 ° ), so horizontal range is
Velocity is rate of change of position For the shortest path to cross the river,
same for both angles.
vector, i.e., he should swim at an angle (90° + θ) with
R1
dr ∴ =1 the stream flow. From the figure above,
v= R2 vSN = vR + vS
dt
So, angleθ is given by
where,r is the position vector. 33 The maximum range of a gun of vR 10 1
∴ v = [(a cos ωt) $i + (a sin ωt) $j] sinθ = = =
d
horizontal terrain is 16 km. If vSN 20 2
dt
g = 10ms −2 , then muzzle velocity of
= (− aω sin ωt) $i + (aω cos ωt) $j a shell must be [CBSE AIPMT 1990] ⇒ θ = 30 °
= ω[(−a sin ωt) $i + (a cos ωt) $j ] (a) 160 ms −1
(b) 200 2 ms −1 As the river is flowing in East direction,
so he should swim towards West.
Slope of position vector (c) 400 ms −1 (d) 800 ms −1
a sin ωt
= = tan ωt Ans. (c) 35 Two particles A and B, move with
a cos ωt
Range of projectile is given by constant velocities v 1 and v2 . At
−a cos ωt
and slope of velocity vector = u 2 sin2θ the initial moment, their position
a sin ωt R=
g vectors are r1 and r2 respectively.
1
=− For range to be maximum, angleθ should
tanωt The condition for particles A and B
be of 45°. for their collision is
∴ Velocity is perpendicular to the
u 2 sin2 × 45° u 2 sin90 ° [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
displacement. ∴ R max = = r −r v − v1
g g (a) 1 2 = 2
Alternative
u2 | r1 − r2 | | v 2 − v 1 |
Velocity vector and position vector are or R max =
perpendicular to each other if their g (b) r1 ⋅ v 1 = r2 ⋅ v 2
scalar product is zero, i.e. u2 (c) r1 × v 1 = r2 × v 2
Here, R max = = 16 km = 16000 m (d) r1 − r2 = v 1 − v 2
v⋅ r = 0 g
Now, v⋅r = [(− aω sinωt) $i + (aω cosωt) $j ] or u = 16000 g = 16000 × 10 Ans. (a)
[(a cosωt) $i + (a sin ωt) $j ] −1
For two particles A and B move with
= 400 ms constant velocities v1 and v2 . Such that
= − a 2 ω sinωt cosωt
two particles to collide, the direction of
+ a 2 ω sinωt cosωt = 0 TOPIC 3 the relative velocity of one with respect
⇒Velocity vector is perpendicular to to other should be directed towards the
position vector. Relative Velocity relative position of the other particle.
r −r
32 Two bodies of same mass are i.e. 1 2 ⎯→ direction of relative
34 The speed of a swimmer in still |r1 − r2 |
projected with the same velocity at position of 1 w.r.t. 2.
water is 20 m/s. The speed of river
an angle 30° and 60° respectively. v − v2
water is 10 m/s and is flowing due Similarly, 1 ⎯→ direction of
The ratio of their horizontal ranges | v1 − v2 |
east. If he is standing on the south
will be [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
velocity of 2 w.r.t. 1.
bank and wishes to cross the river
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 2 : 2
So, for collision of A and B, we get Ans. (c) Ans. (b)

r1 − r2 v − v1 C vr B
= 2 The situation is depicted in figure.
|r1 − r2 | | v2 − v1 | vr
A B
Alternate Method As resultant vb
displacement of a particle, vbr
θ
v2t vb
vrb
A
r1 R Let vr = velocity of river
v 1t O
A
vbr = velocity of boat in still water and Let vb be the velocity of boat, vr be the
w = width of river velocity of river and vrb be the resultant
O B r2 Time taken to cross the river = 15 min
velocity of boat.
15 1
R = r1 − v1t = r2 − v2 t = h= h From figure and concept of relative
60 4
i.e. r1 − r2 = (v2 − v1 ) t velocity
r −r ( v − v1 ) t Shortest path is taken whenv b is along vrb2 = vr2 + vb2
So, 1 2 = 2
| r1 − r2 | | v2 − v1 | t AB. In this case, ∴ vr = vrb2 − vb2
r1 − r2 ( v2 − v1 ) vbr2 = vr2 + vb2
= w w = 10 2 − 82 = 6 km h −1
| r1 − r2 | | v2 − v1 | Now, t= =
vb vbr2 − vr2
36 A person swims in a river aiming to 1 1 39 A bus is moving on a straight road
∴ = towards North with a uniform
reach exactly opposite point on the 4 5 − vr2
2
speed of 50 km/h.
bank of a river. His speed of ⇒ 52 − vr2 = 16
swimming is 0.5 m/s at an angle If the speed remains unchanged
⇒ vr2 = 25 − 16 = 9
120° with the direction of flow of after turning through 90°, the
∴ vr = 9 = 3 km/h
water. The speed of water in increase in the velocity of bus in
Alternative the turning process is
stream is [CBSE AIPMT 1999] y
[CBSE AIPMT 1989]
(a) 1.0 m/s (b) 0.5 m/s vr
C B (a) 70.7 km/h along South-West direction
(c) 0.25 m/s (d) 0.43 m/s
(b) zero
Ans. (c) (c) 50 km/h along West
vb cosθ
Let u be the speed of stream and v be vb (d) 70.7 km/h along North-West direction
θ
the speed of person started from A. He Ans. (a)
wants to reach at point B directed The situation is depicted in figure.
vb sinθ A vn
opposite to A.
C B +α +x v2
15 1
t= = λs
60 4 v1 N
y
⇒Motion along theY- axis t =
v vb cosθ W E
θ O
120° 1 1 4
⇒ = ⇒ cosθ =
A u 4 5 cosθ 5 S
As given, v makes an angle of 120° with 3 – v1
So , sinθ =
direction of flow u, the resultant of v and 5
u is along AB. From figure ⇒Motion is along the x-axis. Here, v 1 = 50 km/h due North
u = v sin θ = v sin 30 ° For the boat to reach at B v 2 = 50 km/h due West
v 0.5
∴ u= = (Qv = 0.5 m/s) 3
vb sinθ = vr ⇒ 5 × = vr From figure it indicates that angle
2 2 5 between v 1 and v2 is 90°.
= 0.25 m/s ⇒ vr = 3 km/ h
Now, − v1 = 50 km/h due South
37 The speed of a boat is 5 km/h in 38 A boat is sent across a river with a ∴ Change in velocity
still water. It crosses a river of
velocity of 8 km h −1 . If the resultant = | v2 − v1 | = | v2 + ( − v1 ) |
width 1.0 km along the shortest
velocity of boat is 10 km h −1 , then
possible path in 15 min. The velocity = v22 + v12
velocity of river is [CBSE AIPMT 1993]
of the river water is (in km/h) = 50 2 + 50 2
(a) 12.8 km h −1 (b) 6 km h −1
[CBSE AIPMT 1998]
(c) 8 km h −1 (d) 10 km h −1 = 70.7 km/h
(a) 5 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 4
direction in a circle of radius R = 2.5 ⇒

2m (v )2 m (nv )2
=
TOPIC 4 m at a given instant of time. The (r /2) r
Uniform Circular Motion speed of the particle is [NEET 2016] ⇒ n2 = 4 ⇒ n =2
43 A particle moves in a circle of

40 A particle moving in a circle of radius 5 cm with constant speed
radius R with a uniform speed takes R 30° a
and time period 0.2ps. The
a timeT to complete one O acceleration of the particle is
revolution. If this particle were [CBSE AIPMT 2011]
projected with the same speed at (a) 25 m/s 2 (b) 36 m/s 2
an angle θ to the horizontal, the (c) 5 m/s 2 (d) 15 m/s 2
maximum height attained by it (a) 4.5 m/s (b) 5.0 m/s
(c) 5.7 m/s (d) 6.2 m/s Ans.(c)
equals 4R. The angle of projection θ Given, r = 5 cm = 5 × 10 −2 m
is then given by [NEET 2021] Ans. (c)
1 Centripetal acceleration of a particle T = 0.2 πs
⎛ gT 2 ⎞ 2
−1 moving on a circular path is given by We know that acceleration is given by
(a) θ = cos ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ π R⎠ v2 4π2 4 × π 2 × 5 × 10 −2
ac = a = rω2 = 2 r =
1 R T (0.2 π) 2
⎛ π 2 R⎞ 2 In the given figure,
(b) θ = cos− 1 ⎜ 2 ⎟ = 5 m/s 2
⎝ gT ⎠ a c = a cos 30 ° = 15 cos 30 ° m/s 2
1
⇒
v2
= 15 cos 30 ° 44 A car runs at a constant speed on a
⎛ π 2 R⎞ 2
−1
(c) θ = sin ⎜ 2 ⎟ R circular track of radius 100 m,
⎝ gT ⎠
1 ⇒ v 2 = R × 15 ×
3
= 2.5 × 15 ×
3 taking 62.8 s for every circular lap.
⎛ 2gT 2 ⎞ 2 2 2 The average velocity and average
(d) θ = sin− 1 ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ π R⎠ ∴ v = 5.7 m/s speed for each circular lap
respectively is [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
Ans. (d) 42 Two stones of masses m and 2m (a) 0, 0 (b) 0, 10 m/s
Given, the radius of the circular path = R are whirled in horizontal circles, the (c) 10 m/s, 10 m/s (d) 10 m/s, 0
The time taken by the particle to r
heavier one in a radius and the Ans. (b)
complete one revolution = T 2
When the particle is projected with the Concept Average velocity is defined as
lighter one in radius r. The the ratio of displacement to time taken
same speed (by which it is moving in
circular orbit) at angleθ to the horizontal,
tangential speed of lighter stone is while the average speed of a particle in a
the maximum height attained it is given n times that of the value of heavier given interval of time is defined as the
as stone when they experience same ratio of distance travelled to the time
taken. On a circular path in completing
u 2 sin2 θ centripetal forces. The value of n is
Hmax = …(i) one turn, the distance travelled is 2πr
2g [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
while displacement is zero.
Hmax = 4R (given) (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 1 Displacement
Hence, average velocity =
Also, we know that, Ans. (a) Time- interval
speed of the particle in circular path, Given, that two stones of masses m and 0
= =0
2πR 2 m are whirled in horizontal circles, the t
u= r Distance
T heavier one in a radius and lighter one Average speed =
2 Time - interval
Substituting the values in the Eq. (i),
in radius r as shown in figure. 2 πr 2 × 3 .14 × 100
we get = =
2
⎛ 2 πR ⎞ sin2 θ v2 t 62 .8
⎜ ⎟
⎝ T ⎠ = 10 ms−1
4R =
2g r/2 2m
1/2 45 A stone tied to the end of a string
⎛ 2gT 2 ⎞
⇒ sin θ = ⎜ 2 ⎟ r of 1 m long is whirled in a horizontal
⎝ π R⎠ circle with a constant speed. If the
1/2 m
⎛ 2gT 2 ⎞ v1 stone makes 22 revolutions in 44 s,
⇒ θ = sin−1 ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ π R⎠ what is the magnitude and direction
As, lighter stone is n times that of the of acceleration of the stone?
value of heavier stone when they
41 In the given figure, a = 15 m/s 2
experience same centripetal forces,
[CBSE AIPMT 2005]
π2
represents the total acceleration of we get (a) ms −2 and direction along the
4
a particle moving in the clockwise (Fc ) heavier = (Fc ) lighter
radius towards the centre
(b) π 2 ms −2 and direction along the v 80

ω= = 49 A particle of mass M is revolving
radius away from centre r 20/π
along a circle of radius R and
(c) π 2 ms −2 and direction along the = 4π rad/s
radius towards the centre
another particle of mass m is
θ = 2 × 2 π rad revolving in a circle of radius r. If
(d) π 2 ms −2 and direction along the
tangent to the circle So, angular acceleration time periods of both particles are
ω2 (4 π) 2 16 π 2 same, then the ratio of their
Ans. (c) α= = = = 2π
2θ 2 × (2 × 2 π) 8π angular velocities is
Since, speed is constant throughout the [CBSE AIPMT 2001]
Hence, from Eq. (i), we have
motion, so, it is a uniform circular 20 R
aT = rα = × 2 π = 40 m/s 2 (a) 1 (b)
motion. Therefore, its radial π r
acceleration is given by Alternative r R
(c) (d)
a r = rω2 Initial velocity, u = 0 R r
2
2 πn ⎞ 4 π 2 n2
= r ⎛⎜ ⎟ =r×
Final velocity, v = 80 m/s Ans. (a)
⎝ t ⎠
Radius of circle r = ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ m
t2 20
Angular velocity of particle is given by
1 × 4 × π × (22)
2 2 ⎝ 11 ⎠ 2π
= ω=
(44) 2 Distance travelled, S = 2 × (2 πr) T
= π 2 m/s 2
= 2 × ⎛⎜ 2 π × ⎞⎟
20 1
or ω∝
This acceleration is directed along ⎝ π⎠ T
radius of circle.
= 80 m [T = time period of the particle]
Now, by applying third equation of It simply implies thatω does not
46 The circular motion of a particle
motion, depend on mass of the body and radius
with constant speed is
v 2 = u 2 + 2as of the circle.
[CBSE AIPMT 2005] ω1 T2
(80) 2 = 0 + 2 × a f × 80 ∴ =
(a) simple harmonic but not periodic ω2 T1
a f = 40 m/s 2
(b) periodic and simple harmonic
(c) neither periodic nor simple but given time period is same, i.e.T1 = T2
48 P is the point of contact of a wheel ω1 1
harmonic Hence, =
(d) periodic but not simple harmonic and the ground. The radius of ω2 1
wheel is 1m. The wheel rolls on the
Ans. (d)
In a circular motion, particle repeats its
ground without slipping. The 50 What is the linear velocity, if
motion after equal intervals of time. So,
displacement of point P when angular velocity vector
particle moving on a circular path is wheel completes half rotation is ω = 3$i − 4$j + k$ and position vector
[CBSE AIPMT 2002]
r = 5$i – 6$j + 6k$ ? [CBSE AIPMT 1999]
periodic but not simple harmonic as it
does not execute to and fro motion (a) 2 m (b) π 2 + 4 m
about a fixed point. (a) 6 $i + 2 $j – 3k$
(c) π m (d) π 2 + 2 m
(b) –18 $i – 13$j + 2 k$
47 A particle moves along a circle of Ans. (b)
(c) 18 $i + 13k$ – 2k$
radius ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ m with constant
20 When the wheel rolls on the ground
⎝ π⎠ without slipping and completes half (d) 6 $i – 2 $j + 8 k$
tangential acceleration. If the rotation, point P takes new position as P′
Ans. (b)
as shown in figure.
velocity of the particle is 80 m/s at P′ The relation between linear velocity v,
the end of the second revolution angular velocity ω and position vectorr is
after motion has begin, the s 2R given by
tangential acceleration is v=ω ×r
P
[CBSE AIPMT 2003] = (3$i − 4$j + k$ ) × (5$i − 6$j + 6k$ )
πR
(a) 160 π m /s2
(b) 40 m /s2
⏐ $i $j k$ ⏐
(c) 40 π m /s 2 (d) 640 π m /s 2 Horizontal displacement, x = πR ⏐ ⏐
= 3 –4 1
Vertical displacement, y = 2 R ⏐ ⏐
Ans. (b) ⏐5 –6 6⏐
The tangential acceleration is given by
Thus, displacement of the point P when ⏐ ⏐
wheel completes half rotation, – 4 1 3 1 $ 3 –4
aT = rα …(i) = $i – $j +k
s = x 2 + y 2 = ( πR) 2 + (2 R) 2 –6 6 5 6 5 –6
From 2nd equation of motion for
rotational motion, = π 2 R 2 + 4R 2 = (− 24 + 6) i − (18 − 5) j + (− 18 + 20) k$
$ $
ω2 = ω20 + 2αθ but R = 1m (given) = − 18$i − 13$j + 2k$
Here, initial angular velocity, ω0 = 0, ∴ s= π (1) + 4(1) =
2 2 2
π +4m
2
Final angular velocity,

Alternative Ans. (b) As a result, cream move towards the axis

v=ω ×r Linear speed = radius × angular speed of rotation under the effect of the net
= (3$i − 4$j + k$ ) × (5$i − 6$j + 6k$ ) force (m − m′) rω2 . When the centrifuge
or v = rω is stopped , the cream is found at the
= (3 × 5) ($i × $i) + [3 × (− 6)] ($i × $j) Here, r = 20 cm = 0.20 m top and milk at the bottom.
+ (3 × 6) ($i × k$ ) + (− 4 × 5) ($j × $i) ω = 10 rad /s
+ (− 4 × − 6) ($j × $j) + (− 4 × 6) ($j × k$ ) ∴ v = 0.20 × 10
53 An electric fan has blades of length
+ (1 × 5) (k$ × $i) + (1 × − 6) (k$ × $j) ⇒ v = 2 m/s
30 cm measured from the axis of
+ (1 × 6) (k$ × k$ ) rotation. If the fan is rotating at 120
Use i × j = − $j × $i = k$
$ $ 52 When milk is churned, cream gets rev/min, the acceleration of a point
$j × k$ = − k$ × $j = $i separated due to [CBSE AIPMT 1991] on the tip of the blade is
and k$ × $i = − $i × k$ = $j (a) centripetal force [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
Thus, v = 0 + (− 18) (k$ ) + (18) (− $j ) (b) centrifugal force (a) 1600 ms −2 (b) 47.4 ms −2
+ (− 20) (− k$ ) + 0 + (− 24) ($i) + (5) ($j ) (c) frictional force (c) 23.7 ms −2 (d) 50.55 ms −2
+ (− 6) (− $i) + 0 (d) gravitational force Ans. (b)
= − 18k − 18 j + 20k − 24$i + 5$j + 6$i
$ $ $
Ans. (b) Centripetal acceleration of rotating body
= − 18$i − 13$j + 2k$ By the concept of centrifugal force is given by
cream is separated from milk. A mass m v2 r 2 ω 2
ac = = = rω2 (as v = rω)
51 A body is whirled in a horizontal of milk revolving at a distance r from the r r
axis of rotation of the centrifuge Where,ω is angular frequency, but
circle of radius 20 cm. It has an requires a centripetal force mrω2 , where ω = 2 πν, where ν is frequency of rotation.
angular velocity of 10 rad/s. What is ω is the angular speed of the centrifuge. ∴ a c = r (2 πν) 2 = r4 π 2 ν2
its linear velocity at any point on If in place of this mass of milk, lighter
circular path? [CBSE AIPMT 1996] particles of mass (cream) m′(m′ < m) are Here, r = 30 cm = 30 × 10 −2 m = 0.30 m
present, then the centripetal force 120
(a) 2 m/s v = 120 rev / m = rev / s= 2 rev / s
(mrω2 ) on the milk will be greater than 60
(b) 2 m/s the centripetal force (m′ rω2 ) on the ∴ a c = (0.30 × 4 × 3.14 × 3.14 × 2 × 2)
(c) 10 m/s cream.
= 47.4ms−2
(d) 20 m/s
04
Laws of Motion
TOPIC 1 Now, magnitude of the impulse imparted
to the ball, From the above diagram (b) as the string
Newtons Laws of Motion and
|Impulse | = m | Δv | moves by an angle ofθ with the vertical
Conservation of Momentum
= 0.15 | 10 2 − (−10 2) | then the tangent angle is
= 0.15|2 × 10 2 | ma ⎛a⎞
01 A ball of mass 0.15 kg is dropped tanθ = ⇒ θ = tan−1 ⎜ ⎟
= 4.2 kg -m / s mg ⎝g⎠
from a height 10 m, strikes the
ground and rebounds to the same 02 A truck is stationary and has a bob 03 A particle moving with velocity v is
height. The magnitude of impulse suspended by a light string, in a acted by three forces shown by the
imparted to the ball is nearly frame attached to the truck. The vector triangle PQR.
(g = 10 m/s 2 ) [NEET 2021] truck, suddenly moves to the right The velocity of the particle will
(a) 0 (b) 4.2 kg-m/s with an acceleration of a. The [NEET (National) 2019]
(c) 2.1 kg-m/s (d) 1.4 kg-m/s pendulum will tilt P
Ans. (b) [NEET (Odisha) 2020]
Given, the mass of the ball dropped from (a) to the left and the angle of inclination
the height, m = 0.15 kg of the pendulum with the vertical is
sin−1 ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟
g
The height from the ball dropped,
⎝a⎠
h = 10 m R Q
We know that, (b) to the left and angle of inclination of
the pendulum with the vertical is (a) decrease
| Impulse | = m | Δv | ⎛a⎞
where, Δv = v 2 − v 1 tan−1 ⎜ ⎟ (b) remain constant
⎝g⎠ (c) change according to the smallest
Here, v 2 is velocity reaches to the same force QR
(c) to the left and angle of inclination of
height, (d) increase
the pendulum with the vertical is
v 1 is velocity just before striking to the ⎛a⎞
ground. sin1 − ⎜ ⎟ Ans. (b)
⎝g⎠
For case (1), ball dropped from the 10m As the three forces are represented by
(d) to the left and angle of inclination of three sides of a triangle taken in order,
height and strikes to the ground.
the pendulum with the vertical is then they will be in equilibrium.
tan−1 ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟
Now, the velocity of the ball just before g
P
striking to the ground is ⎝a⎠
v 1 = − 2gh
Ans. (b)
⇒ v 1 = − 2(10)(10) As the truck move to the right, so the
⇒ v 1 = − 10 2 m/s bob will move to the left due to inertia of
For case (2), ball rebounds to the same rest with acceleration a.
height. Thus, the given situation can be drawn R Q
The velocity with which the ball just as
⇒Fnet = FPQ + FQR + FRP = 0
reaches to the same height,
ma θ dv dv
v 2 = 2gh a ⇒ Fnet = m × a = m = 0 ⇒ = 0
θ dt dt
⇒ v 2 = 2(10)(10) mg or v = constant
⇒ v 2 = 10 2 m/s So, the velocity of particle remain
(a) (b)
constant.
Laws of Motion 29
04 A rigid ball of mass m strikes a rigid Ans. (c)

wall at 60° and gets reflected The area underF- t graph gives change in
momentum. a
without loss of speed as shown in B
the figure. The value of impulse 1
For 0 to 2 s, Δ p1 = × 2 × 6
imparted by the wall on the ball will 2 m′g
be [NEET 2016] = 6 kg - m/s So, mass removed = m − m′
m For 2 to 4 s, Δ p2 = 2 × − 3 = − 6 kg - m/s ⎡ (g − a) ⎤
⇒ m ⎢1 − ⎥
v For 4 to 8 s, Δ p3 = 4 × 3 = 12 kg - m/s ⎣ (g + a) ⎦
So, total change in momentum for 0 to 8 s ⎡ (g + a) − (g − a) ⎤
60° =m ⎢ ⎥
Δ pnet = Δ p1 + Δ p2 + Δ p3 ⎣ (g + a) ⎦
60°
= (+ 6 − 6 + 12) ⎡g +a − g +a ⎤ 2ma
⇒ m⎢ ⎥ ⇒ Δm = g + a
v = 12 kg - m /s= 12 N-s g+a
⎣ ⎦
NOTE
Graphs on negative axis gives − ve
(a) mv (b) 2mv (c) mv /2 (d) mv /3 momentum. 08 An explosion breaks a rock into
Ans. (a) three parts in a horizontal plane.
As we know that, impulse is imparted 07 A balloon with mass m is Two of them go off at right angles
due to change in perpendicular descending down with an to each other. The first part of
components of momentum of ball. acceleration a (where, a < g). How mass 1 kg moves with a speed of 12
J = Δp = mv f − mv i much mass should be removed ms −1 and the second part of mass
= mv cos60 °− (− mv cos60 ° ) from it so that it starts moving up 2 kg moves with 8 ms −1 speed. If
1
= 2mv cos 60 ° = 2mv × = mv with an acceleration a? the third part flies off with 4 ms −1
2 [CBSE AIPMT 2014] speed, then its mass is [NEET 2013]
2ma 2ma ma ma
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) 3 kg (b) 5 kg
05 A bullet of mass 10 g moving g+a g −a g+a g −a
(c) 7 kg (d)17 kg
horizontal with a velocity of 400 m/s
Ans. (a) Ans. (b)
strikes a wood block of mass 2 kg
When, the balloon is descending down Concept Momentum is conserved
which is suspended by light with acceleration a before and after collision.
inextensible string of length 5 m. As B
result, the centre of gravity of the We have, p1 + p2 + p3 = 0 [Qp = mv]
block found to rise a vertical ∴ 1 × 12 i + 2 × 8 j + p3 = 0
distance of 10 cm. The speed of the ⇒ 12 $i + 16$j + p = 0
3
bullet after it emerges of a
⇒ p 3 = − (12 i + 16 j)
horizontally from the block will be
mg ∴ p 3 = (12) 2 + (16) 2
[NEET 2016]
(a) 100 m/s (b) 80 m/s So, from free body diagram = 144 + 256
(c) 120 m/s (d) 160 m/s mg − B = m × a …(i)
= 20 kg-m/s
Ans. (c) [B → Buoyant force]
According to the law of conservation of Now, p 3 = m3 v3
Here, we should assume that while
momentum, pi = p f p 20
removing same mass the volume of ⇒ m3 = 3 = = 5 kg
v3 4
⇒ (0.01) × 400 + 0 = 2v + (0.01) v ′ ...(i) balloon and hence,buoyant force will not
change.
Also velocity v of the block just after the
collision is Let the new mass of the balloon be m′. 09 Two spheres A and B of masses m 1
So, mass removed (m − m′) and m2 respectively collide. A is at
v = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 0.1= 2 ...(ii)
So, B − m′ g = m′ × a …(ii) rest initially and B is moving with
⇒ From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), velocity v along x-axis. After
v′ ≈ 120 m/s v
mg − B = m × a collision, B has a velocity in a
2
06 The force F acting on a particle of B − m′g = m′ × a
direction perpendicular to the
mass m is indicated by the mg − m′g = ma + m′ a
original direction. The mass A
force-time graph shown below. (mg − ma) = m′ (g + a) moves after collision in the
The change in momentum of the ⇒ m (g − a) = m′ (g + a) direction [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
particle over the time interval m(g − a)
m′ = (a) same as that of B
from 0 to 8 s is [CBSE AIPMT 2014] g+a (b) opposite to that of B
(a) 24 N-s (b) 20 N-s (c) 12 N-s (d) 6 N-s
⎛ 1⎞ a = 1ms−2 Given, m = 0.5 kg, v = 12 m/s, t = 0.25 s

(c) θ = tan−1 ⎜ ⎟ to the x-axis
⎝ 2⎠ 10 2 θ = 30 °
∴ m= [QF = ma]
−1 ⎛ −1⎞ 1 2 × 0.5 × 12 sin 30 °
(d) θ = tan ⎜ ⎟ to the x-axis Hence,F = = 24 N
⎝2⎠ 0.25
= 10 2 kg
Ans. (c)
12 A 0.5 kg ball moving with a speed 13 A block of mass m is placed on a
Here, p i = m2 vi + m1 × 0
of 12 m/s strikes a hard wall at an smooth wedge of inclination θ. The
v$
p f = m2 j + m1 × v1 angle of 30° with the wall. It is whole system is accelerated
2 horizontally, so that the block does
reflected with the same speed and
Law of conservation of momentum at the same angle. If the ball is in not slip on the wedge. The force
pi = pf contact with the wall for 0.25 s, exerted by the wedge on the block
v
m2 v$i = m2 $j + m1 × v1 the average force acting on the (g is acceleration due to gravity)
2 will be
wall is [CBSE AIPMT 2006] [CBSE AIPMT 2004]
m m v
v1 = 2 v $i + 2 $j (a) mg cos θ (b) mg sinθ
m1 m1 2 mgsinθ
y
(c) mg (d)
cos θ
30°
v/2
B Ans. (d)
v Let an acceleration to the wedge be
θ x
B A (m1) 30° given towards left, then the block (being
( m2 ) rest A u in non-inertial frame) has a pseudo
( m 1) acceleration to the right because of
From this equation, we can find which the block is not slipping
∴ mg sin θ = apseudo cos θ
tanθ = = , θ = tan−1 ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ to the x-axis.
y 1 1 (a) 48 N (b) 24 N (c) 12 N (d) 96 N
x 2 ⎝ 2⎠ mg sin θ
Ans. (b) ⇒ apseudo =
cos θ
The vectorOA represents the
10 A man of 50 kg mass is standing in momentum of the object before the
a gravity free space at a height of collision, and the vectorOB that after the 14 An object of mass 3 kg is at rest. If
10 m above the floor. He throws a collision. The vector AB represents the a force F = (6 t 2 $i + 4t $j) N is applied
change in momentum of the object Δp.
stone of 0.5 kg mass downwards on the object, then the velocity of
with a speed 2 ms −1 . When the B
the object at t = 3 s is
stone reaches the floor, the [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
30°
distance of the man above the floor (a) 18 $i + 3$j (b) 18 $i + 6 $j

will be
(c) 3$i + 18 $j (d) 18 $i + 4 $j
[CBSE AIPMT 2010] 60°
(a) 9.9 m (b) 10.1 m (c) 10 m (d) 20 m O
60°
Ans. (b) Ans. (b)
30°
As, mr = constant According to Newton’s 2nd law, force

applied on an object is equal to rate of
m1 r1 = m2 r2 A change of momentum.
mr 0.5 × 10 dp
⇒ r2 = 1 1 = = 0.1 i.e. F=
m2 50 As the magnitudes ofOA and OB are dt
equal, the components ofOA and OB dv
So, distance travelled by the man will be along the wall are equal and in the same or F=m …(i)
10 + 0.1 = 10.1 m direction, while those perpendicular to dt
the wall are equal and opposite. Thus, Given, m = 3 kg, t = 3 s,F = (6 t 2 $i + 4t $j) N
11 A body, under the action of a force the change in momentum is only due to
F = 6i$ − 8$j + 10 k$ , acquires an
the change in direction of the Substituting these values in Eq. (i), we get
(6 t 2 $i + 4 t $j) = 3
perpendicular components. dv
acceleration of 1 ms −2 . The mass of Hence, dt
this body must be Δp = OB sin 30 ° – (– OA sin 30 ° ) dv = (6 t 2 $i + 4 t$j) dt
1
or
[CBSE AIPMT 2009] 3
= mv sin 30 ° – (–mv sin 30 ° )
(a) 2 10 kg (b) 10 kg Now, taking integration of both sides, we
= 2 mv sin 30 °
(c) 20 kg (d) 10 2 kg get
Its time rate will appear in the form of
2$ $
t 1
Ans. (d) average force acting on the wall. ∫ dv = ∫ 0 3 (6t i + 4 tj ) dt
Here, F = 6$i − 8$j + 10k$ ∴ F × t = 2mv sin 30 ° or
v = ∫ (6t 2 $i + 4 t$j ) dt
1 t
2mv sin 30 °
|F | = 36 + 64 + 100 = 10 2 N F= 3 0
t
Laws of Motion 31
t =3s Equating the momentum of the system 60

but (given) or 0.6 v2 = 60 or v2 = = 100 m/s
0.6
v = ∫ (6 t 2 $i + 4 t$j ) dt
1 3 along OA and OB to zero, we get
∴
3 0 m × 30 − 3 m × v cosθ = 0 ...(i) As v2 is positive, therefore the other
part will move upwards with a velocity of
and m × 30 − 3 m × v sinθ = 0
3
1 ⎡6 t 3 $ 4 t 2 $j ⎤
...(ii)
100 m/s.
or v= ⎢ i+ ⎥
3⎣ 3 2 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⎦0
3 mv cos θ = 3 mv sin θ or cos θ = sin θ
18 A ball of mass 3 kg moving with a
[2(3) 3 $i + 2(3) 2 $j ]
1 speed of 100 m/s, strikes a wall at
or v= ∴ θ = 45°
3 an angle 60° (as shown in figure).
Thus, ∠AOC = ∠BOC
v = [54$i + 18$j ]
1 The ball rebounds at the same
or = 180 ° − 45° = 135°
3 speed and remains in contact with
or v = 18$i + 6$j Putting the value ofθ in Eq. (i), we get
the wall for 0.2 s, the force exerted
3 mv
30 m = 3 mv cos 45° = by the ball on the wall is
15 A player takes 0.1 s in catching a 2 [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
ball of mass 150 g moving with ∴ v = 10 2 m/s
velocity of 20 m/s. The force The third piece will go with a velocity of
10 2 m/s in a direction making an angle
imparted by the ball on the hands 60°
of 135° with either piece.
of the player is [CBSE AIPMT 2001] Alternative
(a) 0.3 N (b) 3 N (c) 30 N (d) 300 N
The square of momentum of third piece
Ans. (c) 60°
is equal to sum of squares of momentum
Force imparted = rate of change of first and second pieces.
momentum p2 = p12 + p22
Δp p − p2 m(v1 − v2 ) 3
p = p12 + p22 (a) 1500 3 N (b) 1500 N
F= or F = 1 or F = or
3
Δt Δt Δt (c) 300 3 N (d) 300 N
or 3 mv3 = (m × 30) 2 + (m × 30) 2
Here, mass of body m = 150 g = 0.150 kg, Ans. (a)
v1 = 20 m/s, or v3 =
30 2
= 10 2 m/s Concept Apply 2nd law of motion i.e.,
v2 = 0 3 rate of change of momentum is equal to
force applied.
Time taken, Δt = 0.1 s
17 A particle of mass 1 kg is thrown The vectorOA represents the
0.150 × (20 − 0)
∴ F= = 30 N vertically upwards with speed momentum of the wall, before the
0.1 100 m/s. After 5 s, it explodes into collision and the vectorOB that after the
collision. The vector AB represents the
two parts. One part of mass 400 g change in momentum of the ball ΔP.
16 1 kg body explodes into three comes back with speed 25 m/s, what
fragments. The ratio of their As, the magnitude ofOA and OB are
is the speed of other part just after equal the components ofOA and AB
masses is 1 : 1 : 3. The fragments of explosion? [CBSE AIPMT 2000] along the wall are equal and in the same
same mass move perpendicular to (a) 100 m/s upwards direction, while those perpendicular to
each other with speeds 30 m/s, (b) 600 m/s upwards the wall are equal and opposite. Thus,
while the heavier part remains in (c) 100 m/s downwards the change in momentum is only due to
the initial direction. The speed of (d) 300 m/s upwards the change in direction of the
perpendicular components.
heavier part is [CBSE AIPMT 2001] Ans. (a)
10 A
(a) m/s (b) 10 2 m/s According to 1st equation of motion,
2 velocity of particle after 5 s
60°
(c) 20 2 m/s (d) 30 2 m/s v = u − gt 60°
Ans. (b) v = 100 − 10 × 5 O
Concept Apply conservation of = 100 − 50 = 50 m/s (upwards) 60°
momentum with direction.
Applying conservation of linear
Let u be the velocity andθ the direction B
momentum gives
of the third piece as shown. Mv = m1 v1 + m2 v2 …(i) Hence, ΔP = OA sin60 ° − (− OB sin 60 ° )
Taking upward direction positive, the = mv sin 60 ° + mv sin 60 °
m B velocity v1 will be negative.
3
∴ v1 = − 25 m/s, v = 50 m/s = 2 mv sin 60 ° = 2 × 3 × 100 ×
2
Also, M = 1 kg, m1 = 400 g = 0.4 kg
θ A = 300 3 kg-m/s
and m2 = (M − m1 ) = 1 − 0.4 = 0.6 kg
O m
Thus, Eq. (i) becomes, The force exerted on the wall
C 1 × 50 = 0.4 × (− 25) + 0.6 v2 ΔP 300 3
3m F= = = 1500 3 N
or 50 = − 10 + 0.6 v2 Δt 02
.
19 The force on a rocket moving with becomes zero as soon as it leaves multiplying mass of the body and the
the barrel. What is the average acceleration produced in it.
a velocity 300 m/s is 210 N. The
rate of consumption of fuel of impulse imparted to the bullet? or force F = ma
rocket is [CBSE AIPMT 1999] [CBSE AIPMT 1998] Here, F = 10 N
(a) 8 N-s (b) Zero F 10
(a) 0.7 kg/s (b) 1.4 kg/s a = 1m / s2 ⇒ ∴ m = = = 10 kg
(c) 0.9 N-s (d) 1.8 N-s a 1
(c) 0.07 kg/s (d) 10.7 kg/s
Ans. (c)
Ans. (a) 23 A ball of mass 150 g moving with an
Concept To calculate impulse first of all
Concept Whenever there is change in
calculate the time during which force acceleration 20 m/s2 is hit by a
dm
the mass w.r.t. time, applyF = − v becomes zero. force, which acts on it for 0.1 s. The
dt
We have given, impulsive force is
Thrust force on the rocket F = 600 − 2 × 10 5 t [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
Ft = vr ⎛⎜ −
dm ⎞ When, bullet leaves the barrel, the force (a) 0.5 N-s (b) 0.1 N-s
⎟ (upwards)
⎝ dt ⎠ on the bullet becomes zero. (c) 0.3 N-s (d) 1.2 N-s
600
Rate of combustion of fuel So, 600 − 2 × 10 5 t = 0 ⇒ t = Ans. (c)
dm Ft 2 × 10 5 Impulse of a force, which is the product
− =
dt v r = 3 × 10 −3 s of average force during impact and the
time for, which the impact lasts is
Given, Ft = 210 N Then, average impulse imparted to the
measured by the total change in linear
bullet
vr = 300 m/s momentum produced during the impact.
t
dm 210 I = ∫ Fdt Impulse I = Fav × t = p 2 − p 1
∴ − = = 0.7 kg/s 0
dt 300 −3 150
=∫
3 × 10
(600 − 2 × 10 5 t) dt Here, Mass = 150 g = kg
0 1000
20 A 5000 kg rocket is set for vertical 150
⎡ 2 × 10 5 t 2 ⎤
3 × 10 –3
∴ F= × 20 = 3 N
firing. The exhaust speed is = ⎢600 t − 1000
⎥
800 ms −1 . To give an initial upward ⎣ 2 ⎦0 ∴ I = F ⋅Δt = 3 × 0.1 = 0.3 N-s
acceleration of 20 m/s 2 , the = 600 × 3 × 10 −3 − 10 5 × (3 × 10 −3 ) 2
amount of gas ejected per second 24 If the force on a rocket moving with
= 1.8 − 0.9 = 0.9 N-s
to supply the needed thrust will be a velocity of 300 m/s is 345 N, then
Alternative
(g = 10 ms −2 ) [CBSE AIPMT 1998] the rate of combustion of the fuel
(a) 127.5kg s–1 (b) 187.5kg s–1 As obtained in previous method, the is [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
(c) 185.5kg s–1 (d) 137.5kg s–1 time taken by bullet when it leaves the (a) 0.55 kg/s (b) 0.75 kg/s
barrel (c) 1.15 kg/s (d) 2.25 kg/s
Ans. (b)
t = 3 × 10 −3 s
Thrust force on the rocket Ans. (c)
Let F1 and F2 denote the forces at the Thrust on the rocket is the force with
Ft = vr ⎛⎜ −
dm ⎞
⎟ (upwards) time of firing of bullets i.e. at t = 0 and at which the rocket moves upwards. Thrust
⎝ dt ⎠
the time of leaving the bullet i.e. at dm
on rocket at timet is given by F = − u
Weight of the rocket t = 3 × 10 −3 s. dt
w = mg (downwards) F1 = 600 − 2 × 10 5 × 0 = 600 N The negative sign indicates that thrust
Net force on the rocket F2 = 600 − 2 × 10 5 × 3 × 10 −3 = 0 on the rocket is in a direction opposite to
Fnet = Ft − w Mean value of force the direction of escaping gases.
−dm ⎞
⇒ ma = vr ⎛⎜ ⎟ − mg
1
F = (F1 + F2 ) =
600 + 0
= 300 N
Here, velocity of the rocket u = 300 m/s
⎝ dt ⎠ 2 2 and force F = 345 N
⇒ ⎛ −dm ⎞ = m (g + a) Thus, impulse = F × t ∴ Rate of combustion of fuel
⎜ ⎟
⎝ dt ⎠ vr
− ⎛⎜
= 300 × 3 × 10 −3 = 0.9 N - s dm ⎞ F 345
⎟= = = 1.15 kg/s
∴ Rate of gas ejected per second ⎝ dt ⎠ u 300
=
5000 (10 + 20) 5000 × 30
=
22 A 10 N force is applied on a body
800 800 produces an acceleration of 25 A satellite in a force free space
= 187.5 kg s–1 1 m /s2 . The mass of the body is sweeps stationary interplanetary
dust at a rate. ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ = αv. The
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] dM
21 A bullet is fired from a gun. The (a) 5 kg (b) 10 kg ⎝ dt ⎠
force on the bullet is given by (c) 15 kg (d) 20 kg acceleration of satellite is
F = 600 − 2 × 10 5 t Ans. (b) [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
where, F is in newton and t in According to second law of motion, 2αv2 αv2 αv2
(a) − (b) − (c) − (d) − αv2
second. The force on the bullet magnitude of force can be calculated by M M 2M
Laws of Motion 33
Ans. (b) 28 A 600 kg rocket is set for a vertical From the above free body diagram, the
relation for acceleration of the given
Thrust on the satellite is the force with firing. If the exhaust speed is 1000
system can be given as
which the satellite moves upwards in ms −1 , the mass of the gas ejected
space. It is given by ⎛ m − m1 ⎞
per second to supply the thrust a=⎜ 2 ⎟ ⋅g
dm
F =− u needed to overcome the weight of ⎝ m1 + m2 ⎠
dt
rocket is [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
⎛ 6 − 4⎞ g
Here, initial velocity (a) 117.6kg s−1 (b) 58.6kg s−1 =⎜ ⎟ ×g=
u = v, rate of change of mass (c) 6kg s−1 (d) 76.4kg s−1 ⎝ 4 + 6⎠ 5
dm Hence, correct option is (b).
= αv Ans. (c)
dt Thrust on the rocket is the force with
As we know that, which the rocket moves upwards.
30 A block of mass m is placed on a
dm Thrust on the rocket at timet is given by
smooth inclined wedge ABC of
F = −v = − v (αv) = − αv2 inclination θ as shown in the figure.
dt dm
F =−u The wedge is given an acceleration
F αv2 dt
Acceleration = = − a towards the right. The relation
M M where, u is relative velocity of exhaust
dm
between a and θ for the block to
gases with respect to the rocket. is
26 Physical independence of force is a dt
remain stationary on the wedge is
[NEET 2018]
consequence of [CBSE AIPMT 1991] rate of combustion of fuel at that instant.
(a) third law of motion A
dm dm mg m
(b) second law of motion ∴ F =−u = mg ⇒ − =
dt dt u
(c) first law of motion
(d) All of these Here, m = 600 kg, u = 1000 ms−1 a
dm 600 × 10 q
Ans. (c) ∴ − = = 6 kg s−1 C B
dt 1000
According to Newton’s first law of g
motion, a body continues to be in a state (a) a = g cos θ (b) a =
of rest or of uniform motion, unless it is TOPIC 2 g
sinθ
acted upon by an external force to (c) a = (d) a = g tanθ
change the state. Hence, Newton’s first Equilibrium of a Particle and cosec θ
law of motion is related to physical Common Forces in Mechanics Ans. (d)
independence of force.
According to the question, the FBD of
27 A particle of mass m is moving with 29 Two bodies of mass 4 kg and 6 kg the given condition will be
a uniform velocity v 1 . It is given an are tied to the ends of a massless A
string. The string passes over a R cosq
impulse such that its velocity R
becomes v2 . The impulse is equal pulley which is frictionless q
to [CBSE AIPMT 1990] (see figure). The acceleration of the ma R sinq
1 system in terms of acceleration (Pseudo
(a) m [| v2 | − | v1 |] (b) m (v22 − v12 ) q
force)
2 due to gravity g is mg q a
(c) m (v1 + v2 ) (d) m (v2 − v1 ) [NEET (Sep.) 2020] B C
Ans. (d)
Since, the wedge is accelerating towards
Concept Impulse of a force can be
right witha, thus a pseudo force acts in
calculated as the product of large force
the left direction in order to keep the
applied to the small time to which force
4 kg block stationary. As, the system is in
act.
equilibrium.
dp 6 kg
i.e. F= ∴ ΣFx = 0
dt
(a) g/2 (b) g/5 (c) g/10 (d) g or ΣFy = 0
⇒ F ⋅dt = dp ⇒ R sinθ = ma
Ans. (b)
⇒ impulse = p 2 = p1 or mg sinθ = ma …(i)
Given, m1 = 4 kg, m2 = 6 kg and a = ?
Impulse of a force, which is the product Similarly, R cosθ = mg
of average force during impact and the a or mg cosθ = mg …(ii)
time for which the impact lasts, is
measured by the total change in linear Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq (ii), we get
momentum produced during the impact. 4 kg mg sin θ ma
=
Here, p 1 = mv1 , p 2 = mv2 mg cos θ mg
m 1g a
6 kg a
Impulse, I = mv2 − mv1 = m ( v2 − v1 ) ⇒ tanθ =
m2 g g
or a = g tanθ 32 Three blocks A, B and C of masses 4 34 The mass of a lift is 2000 kg. When
∴The relation betweena and g for the the tension in the supporting cable
block to remain stationary on the wedge
kg, 2 kg and 1 kg respectively, are in
contact on a frictionless surface, is 28000 N, then its acceleration is
is a = g tanθ.
[CBSE AIPMT 2009]
as shown. If a force of 14 N is
(a) 30 ms−2 downwards
31 Two blocks A and B of masses 3m applied on the 4 kg block, then the
(b) 4 ms−2 upwards
and m respectively are connected contact force between A and B is
(c) 4 ms−2 downwards
by a massless and inextensible [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
(d) 14 ms−2 upwards
string. The whole system is
A Ans. (b)
suspended by a massless spring as B C
Here, lift is accelerating upward at the
shown in figure. The magnitudes of rate of a.
acceleration of A and B (a) 2 N (b) 6 N (c) 8 N (d) 18 N
immediately after the string is cut, Ans. (b)
R
are respectively [NEET 2017] Given, mA = 4 kg a
mB = 2 kg ⇒ mC = 1 kg
a
A 3m mg
F
B m A B C
Hence, equation of motion is
g g g g written as
(a) g, (b) , g (c) g, g (d) ,
So, total mass (M) = 4 + 2 + 1 = 7 kg
3 3 3 3 R − mg = ma
Now, F = Ma ⇒ 14 = 7a ⇒a = 2 m/s 2
Ans. (b) 28000 − 20000 = 2000a
Initially system, is in equilibrium with a FBDof block A, [Qg = 10 ms −2 ]
a
total weight of 4mg over spring. 8000
F F′
⇒ a= = 4ms−2 upwards
4 kg 2000
kx
35 Three forces acting on a body are
(3m+m) F − F ′ = 4a
shown in the figure. To have the
A 3m ⇒ F ′ = 14 − 4 × 2 ⇒ F ′ = 6 N
Cutting resultant force only along the
4 mg plane y-direction, the magnitude of the
B m 33 A person of mass 60 kg is inside a
lift of mass 940 kg and presses the minimum additional force needed
∴ kx = 4mg
button on control panel. The lift is [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
When string is cut at the location as y
shown above. starts moving upwards with an 1N
Free body diagram for m is m acceleration 1.0 m/s 2 . Ifg = 10m / s2 , 4N
the tension in the supporting 30°
So,force on mass m = mg
mg cable is [CBSE AIPMT 2011] 60°
∴ Acceleration of mass, m = g x
(a) 9680 N (b) 11000 N
For mass 3m; free body diagram is (c) 1200 N (d) 8600 N
30°
kx=4mg Ans. (b) 2N
Total mass (m) 3
(a) 0.5 N (b) 1.5 N (c) N (d) 3 N
a 3m
= Mass of lift + Mass of person 4
= 940 + 60 = 1000 kg Ans. (a)
So, from the free body diagram y 4 cos 30° + 1 sin 60°
3 mg
T − mg = ma 1N
If a = acceleration of block of mass 4N
3m, then a = 1 m/s2 30°
Fnet = 4mg − 3mg 60°
g x' x
⇒ 3m⋅a A = mg or a A = m = 1000 kg
3 1 cos 60° + 2 sin 30°
30°
So, accelerations for blocks A and B are 2N
mg
g
aA = and a B = g y'
3 Hence, T − 1000 × 10 = 1000 × 1
T = 11000 N
Laws of Motion 35
Breaking all the forces in x-y axis. Taking, T = 250 N 39 Two masses M 1 = 5 kg,M2 = 10 kg
otal force along (+ x) axis 250 − 20 × 10 50
Hence, a = = are connected at the ends of an
= (1 cos60 ° + 2 sin30 ° ) 20 20
inextensible string passing over a
along (−x) axis = (4 sin30 ° ) along (+ y) = 2 .5 m/s 2
frictionless pulley as shown. When
axis = (4 cos30 ° + 1 sin60 ° ) along (−y) masses are released, then
axis = (2 cos30 ° ) 37 A man weighs 80 kg. He stands on
acceleration of masses will be
⇒ Net force along x-axis a weighing scale in a lift which is [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
= − (1 cos60 ° + 2 sin30 ° ) + 4 sin30 ° moving upwards with a uniform
acceleration of 5 m / s2. What
⇒ − ⎛⎜ + 2 × ⎞⎟ + 4 ×
1 1 1
⎝2 2⎠ 2 would be the reading on the scale?
−3 1
(Take g = 10 m / s2 )
⇒ + 2= + M1
[CBSE AIPMT 2003]
2 2
(a) 800 N (b) 1200 N M2
Net force along y-axis (c) Zero (d) 400 N
g g g
= 4 cos30 ° + 1 sin60 ° − 2 cos30 ° (a) g (b) (c) (d)
Ans. (b) 2 3 4
3 3 3 5 3 2 3 Mass of man M = 80 kg
⇒ 4× + −2× = − Ans. (c)
2 2 2 2 2
Acceleration of lift,a = 5 m/s 2 Concept In the case of masses hanging
3 3
= When, lift is moving upwards, the reading from a pulley by a string, the tension in
2 of weighing scale will be equal to R. whole string is same, say equal to T.
To have, resultant only in y-axis we must
1 g
have N force towards +x-axis, so that
2
it can compensate the net force of −x axis.
R a T T
36 A monkey of mass 20 kg is holding a a
M1
a vertical rope. The rope will not
break, when a mass of 25 kg is
M1 g M2
suspended from it but will break, if
the mass exceeds 25 kg. What is M2g
the maximum acceleration with Mg
As M2 > M1 , so mass M2 moves down and
which the monkey can climb up The equation of motion gives mass M1 moves up with the same
along the rope? (Take g = 10 m / s2 ) R − Mg = Ma or acceleration a (say). The arrangement of
[CBSE AIPMT 2003] the motion is represented in the figure.
R = Mg + Ma = M (g + a)
(a) 25 m/s 2 (b) 2 .5 m/s 2 According to free body diagram of mass
∴ R = 80 (10 + 5) = 80 × 15 = 1200 N
(c) 5 m/s 2 (d) 10 m/s 2 M2 , is
Ans. (b) 38 A lift of mass 1000 kg is moving M2 g − T = M2 a …(i)
Maximum bearable tension in the rope upwards with an acceleration of 1 According to free body diagram of mass
T = 25 × 10 = 250 N m / s 2 . The tension developed in M1 , is
the string, which is connected to T − M1 g = M1a …(ii)
lift is (g = 9.8 m / s2 )
T Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
[CBSE AIPMT 2002]
(M2 g − T ) + (T − M1 g) = (M1 + M2 ) a
Monkey (a) 9800 N (b) 10800 N
(c) 11000 N (d) 10000 N (M2 − M1 ) g = (M1 + M2 ) a
a ⎛ M − M1 ⎞
Ans. (b) ⇒ a=⎜ 2 ⎟g
⎝ M1 + M2 ⎠
When, lift move upwards
with same acceleration, T Given, M1 = 5 kg, M2 = 10 kg
mg then according to free
⎛ 10 − 5 ⎞ 5 g
body diagram of the left Hence,a = ⎜ ⎟ g = g = m/s
2
a ⎝ 5 + 10 ⎠ 15 3
T − mg = ma
From the figure, or T = m (g + a) Alternative
T − mg Given, mg Acceleration,
T − mg = ma or accelerationa = (F ) system (10 − 5) × g g
m m = 1000 kg, a = 1 m /s 2 , a = net = = m/s 2
Net mass 5 + 10 3
Given, mass m = 20 kg, g = 9.8 m /s 2
In a mass-pulley system, the tension
g = 10 m / s2 , Thus, T = 1000 (9.8 + 1) = 1000 × 10.8 in the string is always towards the pulley.
= 10800 N
Trolly
40 A mass of 1 kg is suspended by a 2π
For particle A,ωA =
10 kg TA
thread. It is
2π
1. lifted up with an acceleration For particle B,ωB =
TB
4.9 m/s 2 ,
ωA 2 π TB TB
2. lowered with an acceleration ∴ = × =
ωB TA 2 π TA
4.9 m/s 2 . 2 kg
1
The ratio of the tensions is Block = or 1 : 1 [QTA = TB (given)]
1
[CBSE AIPMT 1998] (a) 1.25 m/s 2 (b) 1.50 m/s 2
(a) 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 3 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1 (c) 1.66 m/s 2 (d) 1.00 m/s 2 43 A body of mass m is kept on a
Ans. (a) Ans. (a) rough horizontal surface (coefficient
(i) When, mass is lifted upwards with an The given situation is shown in the of friction = μ). Horizontal force is
acceleration a, then according to free following diagram. applied on the body, but it does not
body diagram a
move. The resultant of normal
T1 10 kg reaction and the frictional force
T
acting on the object is given F,
a
where F is [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
T a (a) |F | = mg + μ mg
(b) |F | = μmg
mg (c) |F | ≤ mg 1 + μ 2
2 kg
T1 − mg = ma ⇒ T1 = mg + ma (d) |F | = mg
T1 = m(g + a) If ‘a’ be the acceleration of the system Ans. (c)
Substituting the values, we obtain then, equation of motion of 10 kg trolly, The situation can be drawn as
∴ T1 = (1) (9.8 + 49
. ) = 14.7 N T − μR = 10a F N
(ii) When, mass is lowered downwards ⇒ T − 0.05 × 10 g = 10a
with an acceleration a, then [Qμ = 0.05, R = 10 g]
f FH
mg − T2 = ma ⇒ T − 0.05 × 10 × 10 = 10a
⇒ T2 = mg − ma = m(g − a) ⇒ T − 5 = 10a … (i)
Substituting the values, we have Equation of motion of 2kg block,
mg
T2 2g − T = 2a
2 × 10 − T = 2a The frictional force,f = μN = μ mg
20 − T = 2a … (ii) [QN = mg]
a
Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have From Free body diagram (FBD), the
20 − 5 = 12a resultant force is
mg ⇒ 15 = 12a |F | = N 2 + f 2
15 5
T2 = (1) (9.8 − 49
. ) = 49
. N ⇒ a = = = 125 . ms− 2
12 4 = (mg) 2 + (μmg) 2
Then, ratio of tensions
= mg 1 + μ 2
T1 14.7 3
= = ⇒ T1 :T2 = 3 : 1 42 Two particles A and B are moving in
T2 49
. 1 uniform circular motion in concentric This is the minimum force required to move
circles of radii rA and rB with speed the object. But as the body is not moving
∴ |F | ≤ mg 1 − μ 2
TOPIC 3 v A and v B respectively. Their time
period of rotation is the same. The
Friction ratio of angular speed of A to that 44 Which one of the following
of B will be [NEET (National) 2019] statements is incorrect?
41 Calculate the acceleration of the (a) v A :v B (b) rB : rA (c) 1 : 1 (d) rA: rB [NEET 2018]
block and trolly system shown in Ans. (c)
(a) Frictional force opposes the relative
the figure. The coefficient of motion
The angular speed of a particle in a (b) Limiting value of static friction is
kinetic friction between the trolly uniform circular motion is given by directly proportional to normal
and the surface is 0.05. (g = 10 angle of circle
ω= reaction
m/s 2 , mass of the string is Time (c) Rolling friction is smaller than sliding
negligible and no other friction 2π friction
ω = , whereT is the time period
exists). [NEET (Oct.) 2020] T (d) Coefficient of sliding friction has
of rotation dimensions of length
Laws of Motion 37
Ans. (d) From Eq. (ii), T = m2 (g − a) 47 A system consists of three masses

The opposing force that comes into play ⎡ (m − μ k m1 ) ⎤ m 1 , m2 and m3 connected by a
when one body is actually sliding over = m2 ⎢ 1 − 2 ⎥g
m1 + m2 ⎦ string passing over a pulley P. The
the surface of the other body is called ⎣
m m (1 + μ k )
mass m 1 hangs freely and m2 and
sliding friction.
T= 1 2 g m3 are on a rough horizontal table
The coefficient of sliding is given as m1 + m2
N (the coefficient of friction = μ). The
μS =
Fsliding pulley is frictionless and of
46 A plank with a box on it at one end negligible mass. The downward
where,N is the normal reaction andFsliding is gradually raised about the other acceleration of mass m 1 is (Assume,
is the sliding force. end. As the angle of inclination with m 1 = m2 = m3 = m)
As, the dimensions ofN and Fsliding are the horizontal reaches 30°, the box [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
same. Thus,μ S is a dimensionless starts to slip and slides 4.0 m down
quantity. P m2 m3
the plank in 4.0 s. The coefficients
Hence, statement(d) is incorrect.
of static and kinetic friction
45 A block A of mass m 1 rests on a between the box and the plank will
be, respectively [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
horizontal table. A light string
connected to it passes over a
frictionless pulley at the edge of m1
table and from its other end g (1 − gμ) 2 gμ
another block B of mass m2 is mg (a) (b)
9 3
suspended. The coefficient of θ g(1 − 2 μ) g (1 − 2 μ)
(c) (d)
kinetic friction between the block 3 2
and the table is μ k . When the block (a) 0.6 and 0.6 (b) 0.6 and 0.5
Ans. (c)
A is sliding on the table, the tension (c) 0.5 and 0.6 (d) 0.4 and 0.3
First of all consider the forces on the
in the string is [CBSE AIPMT 2015] Ans. (b) blocks
(m2 + μ k m1 )g (m 2 − μ k m 1 )g Given a plank with a box on its one end is a
(a) (b)
(m1 + m2 ) (m 1 + m 2 ) gradually raised about the end having
T1 2 T2 T3 3
m1 m 2 (1 + μ k ) g m1 m 2 (1 − μ k ) g angle of inclination is 30°, the box starts
(c) (d) to slip and slides down 4 m the plank in 4 m m
(m 1 + m 2 ) (m 1 + m 2 ) s as shown in figure.
μmg μmg
Ans. (c) a T1
FBDof block A, m 1
a
mg mg
T m1
θ For the Ist block, [Qm1 = m2 = m3 ]
fk
mg − T1 = m × a …(i)
T − m1a = fk …(i) The coefficient of static friction, Let us consider 2nd and 3rd block as a
FBDof block B, 1
μ s = tan30 ° = = 0.6 system.
T 3
So, T1 − 2μmg = 2m × a …(ii)
So, distance covered by a plank,
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii),
1
m2
s = ut + at 2 ⇒ mg − T1 = m × a
a 2
⇒ T1 − 2μmg = 2m × a
Here, u = 0 and a = g (sinθ − μ cos θ)
1 Addiing Eqs. (i) and (ii)
∴ 4 = g (sin30 ° − μ k cos 30 ° ) (4) 2 g
m 2g 2 mg (1 − 2μ ) = 3m × a ⇒ a = (1 − 2μ )
1 3 3
m2 g − T = m2 a …(ii) ⇒ 0.5 = 10 × − μ K × 10 ×
2 2
Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 48 Three blocks with masses m,2m
⇒ 5 3 μ K = 4.5
m2 g − m1a = m2 a + fk and 3m are connected by strings,
⇒ μ K = 0.51 as shown in the figure. After an
⇒ m2 g − m1a = m2 a + μ k m1 g
(m − μ k m1 ) g Thus, coefficient of kinetic friction upward force F is applied on block
⇒ a= 2 between the box and the plank is 0.51.
m1 + m2 m, the masses move upward at
constant speed v. What is the net
force on the block of mass 2m ? 50 A block of mass m is in contact i.e. μmg = ma

μmg = m ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ or t =
(g is the acceleration due to with the cart C as shown in the v v
or
gravity). [NEET 2013] figure. ⎝t⎠ μg
F v
52 The coefficient of static friction,
m μ s , between block A of mass 2 kg
C m
and the table as shown in the
2m
figure, is 0.2. What would be the
3m maximum mass value of block B, so
The coefficient of static friction that the two blocks do not move ?
(a) Zero (b) 2 mg between the block and the cart is The string and the pulley are
(c) 3 mg (d) 6 mg μ. The acceleration α of the cart assumed to be smooth and
Ans. (a) that will prevent the block from massless (g = 10 m/s 2 )
[CBSE AIPMT 2004]
Since, all the blocks are moving with falling satisfies [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
constant velocity and we know that, if mg g
(a) α > (b) α >
velocity is constant, acceleration of the μ μm
body becomes zero. Hence, the net g g
force on all the blocks will be zero. (c) α ≥ (d) α <
μ μ
49 The upper half of an inclined plane Ans. (c)
of inclination θ is perfectly smooth When, a cart moves with some (a) 2.0 kg (b) 4.0 kg
while lower half is rough. A block acceleration towards right, then a (c) 0.2 kg (d) 0.4 kg
pseudo force (mα) acts on block towards
starting from rest at the top of the left. This force (mα) is action force by a Ans. (d)
plane will again come to rest at the block on cart Let the mass of the block B be M.
bottom, if the coefficient of friction F r = μR
between the block and lower half
of the plane is given by [NEET 2013] Fs =
ma m R
1
(a) μ =
tan θ
2
(b) μ = mg
tan θ
Now, block will remain static w.r.t. cart, Mg
(c) μ = 2 tan θ if frictional force μR ≥ mg
(d) μ = tan θ In equilibrium,
⇒ μ mα ≥ mg [as R = mα]
Ans. (c) g T − Mg = 0 ⇒ T = Mg …(i)
⇒ α≥
Concept Net work done by the block in μ If blocks do not move, then
going from top to bottom of the inclined T = fs
plane, must be equal to the work done by
51 A block B is pushed momentarily where,fs = frictional force
frictional force.
along a horizontal surface with an = μ s R = μ s mg
initial velocity v. If μ is the ∴ T = μ s mg …(ii)
2
R L/ coefficient of sliding friction
Thus, from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
between B and the surface, block B
2 Mg = μ s mg or M = μ s m
L / in θ will come to rest after a time
mg
s
θ [CBSE AIPMT 2007] Given, μ s = 0.2, m = 2 kg
mg cos θ
θ ∴ M = 0.2 × 2 = 0.4 kg
mg v
The block may be stationary, when
53 A block of mass 10 kg is placed on a
L
rough horizontal surface having
mg sin θ⋅L = μ mg cosθ v gμ g v coefficient of friction μ = 0.5 . If a
2 (a) (b) (c) (d)
mg sin θ⋅L gμ v v g horizontal force of 100 N is applied
or μ= on it, then the acceleration of the
L Ans. (a)
mg cos θ⋅
2 block will be (Takeg = 10 m/s 2 )
Block B will come to rest, if force applied
[CBSE AIPMT 2002]
sin θ to it will vanish due to frictional force
=2 = 2 tan θ (a) 15 m/s 2 (b) 10 m/s 2
cos θ acting between block B and surface, i.e.
frictional force = force applied
(c) 5 m/s 2 . m/s 2
(d) 05
μ = 2 tan θ
Laws of Motion 39
Ans. (c) NOTE (a) 0.80 (b) 0.75

Coefficient of kinetic friction between any (c) 0.25 (d) 0.33
Free body diagram of block is
N two surfaces in contact is equal to the
tangent of the angle of inclination between Ans. (b)
a
them. When, a plane is inclined to the
horizontal at an angleθ, which is greater
F
f = mN 55 Consider, a car moving along a than the angle of repose, the body
straight horizontal road with a placed on the inclined plane slides down
mg
with an accelerationa.
Y
speed of 72 km/h. If the coefficient
of static friction between the tyres e)
lf orc
X and the road is 0.5, the shortest R na
ctio
distance in which the car can be (fri B
From Newton’s second law along X-axis f
stopped is (Take g = 10m / s2 )
ΣFx = ma [CBSE AIPMT 1992]
i.e. F − f = ma (a) 30 m (b) 40 m (c) 72 m (d) 20 m
mg sin θ θ
or F − μmg = ma
Ans. (b) mg cos θ
F − μmg θ mg
or a= When, static friction is present, then A C
m
acceleration of body is given bya = − μg
Given, F = 100 N,μ = 0.5, m = 10 kg, Here, initial velocity As, it is clear from figure
g = 10 m /s 2 5 R = mg cosθ …(i)
u = 72 km h−1 = 72 × = 20 m / s
Substituting, the values in the above 18 Net force on the body down the inclined
relation for acceleration of block, plane which means it is sliding
Final velocity v = 0
(100) − (0.5) (10) (10) downwards
a= = 5 m /s 2 ∴ a = − μg = − 0.5 × 10 = − 5 m / s2
(10) F = mg sinθ − f …(ii)
Now, from third equation of motion,
i.e. F = ma = mg sinθ − μR (f = μR)
i.e. v2 = u 2 + 2as
54 A block has been placed on an ∴ ma = mg sinθ − μ mg cosθ
v2 − u 2 0 − (20) 2
inclined plane with the slope angle s= = = 40 m = mg (sinθ − μ cosθ)
2a 2 × (− 5)
θ, block slides down the plane at Hence, a = g (sinθ − μ cosθ)
constant speed. The coefficient of ∴Time taken by body to slide down the
kinetic friction is equal to 56 A heavy uniform chain lies on
plane
[CBSE AIPMT 1993]
horizontal table top. If the coefficient
2s 2s
of friction between the chain and t1 = =
(a) sin θ (b) cos θ a g (sinθ − μ cosθ)
(c) g (d) tan θ the table surface is 0.25, then the
maximum friction of the length of When friction is absent, then time taken
Ans. (d) the chain that can hang over one to slide down the plane
Angle of repose or angle of sliding is edge of the table is 2s
defined as the minimum angle of t2 = ⇒ Q t 1 = 2t 2 (given)
[CBSE AIPMT 1991] g sinθ
inclination of a plane with the horizontal,
(a) 20% (b) 25% (c) 35% (d) 15%
such that a body placed on the plane just ∴ t 12 = 4t 22
begins to slide down. Ans. (a) 2s 2s × 4
or =
e) The force of friction should balance the g (sinθ − μ cosθ) g sinθ
f orc
R
tio nal weight of chain hanging. If M is the mass
(fric f B of whole chain of lengthL and x is the or sinθ = 4 sinθ − 4μ cosθ
length of chain hanging to balance, then 3 3
or μ = tanθ = tan45°
M M 4 4
μ (L − x) g = xg
mg sin θ θ L L 3
∴ μ = = 0.75
mg cos θ or μ (L − x) = x 4
θ mg
μL 0.25 L
A C or x=
μ+1
=
125
.
(As, μ = 0.25) TOPIC 4
AB is an inclined plane such that a body
placed on it just begins to slide down ∴
L x 1 1
x = or = = × 100 = 20%
Dynamics of Circular Motion
∠BAC = θ = angle of repose 5 L 5 5
In equilibrium,
57 Starting from rest, a body slides 58 A block of mass 10 kg is in contact
f = mg sinθ down a 45° inclined plane in twice against the inner wall of a hollow
and R = mg cosθ the time it takes to slide down the cylindrical drum of radius 1 m. The
f mg sinθ same distance in the absence of coefficient of friction between the
∴ = = tanθ block and the inner wall of the
R mg cosθ friction. The coefficient of friction
between the body and the inclined cylinder is 0.1. The minimum
i.e. μ = tanθ
plane is [CBSE AIPMT 1988] angular velocity needed for the
cylinder to keep the block mv 2 a = a c2 + a t2

(a)T (b)T +
stationary when the cylinder is l
mv 2 a = (8) 2 + (1) 2 = 65 ⇒ a ≈ 8 m/s 2
vertical and rotating about its axis, (c)T − (d) Zero
will be (g = 10 m/s 2 ) l
[NEET (National) 2019] Ans. (a) 61 A car is negotiating a curved road
10 Consider the string of length l connected of radius R. The road is banked at
(a) rad/s (b) 10 rad/s
2π to a particle as shown in the figure. angle θ. The coefficient of friction
(c) 10π rad/s (d) 10 rad/s peg particle between the tyres of the car and
Ans. (b) v the road is μ s . The maximum safe
l velocity on this road is [NEET 2016]
Given, mass of cylinder m = 10 kg,
Speed of the particle is v. As the particle ⎛ μ + tanθ ⎞
radius of cylinder, r = 1 m (a) gR ⎜ s ⎟
is in uniform circular motion, net force
coefficient of friction,μ = 0.1. on the particle must be equal to
⎝ 1 − μ s tanθ ⎠
The given situation can be as shown in centripetal force which is provided by g ⎛ μ s + tanθ ⎞
the figure given below. (b) ⎜ ⎟
the tension (T ). R ⎝ 1 − μ s tanθ ⎠
ω ∴ Net force = Centripetal force
g ⎛ μ s + tanθ ⎞
mv 2 (c) ⎜ ⎟
⇒ =T R2 ⎝ 1 − μ s tanθ ⎠
l
fl
⎛ μ + tanθ ⎞
mrω2 N 60 A uniform circular disc of radius 50 (d) gR 2 ⎜ s ⎟
⎝ 1 − μ s tanθ ⎠
cm at rest is free to turn about an
mg
axis which is perpendicular to its Ans. (a)
plane and passes through its According to question, a car is
centre. It is subjected to a torque negotiating a curved road of radius R.
The road is banked at angleθ and the
From the above figure, it can be which produces a constant angular
coefficient of friction between the tyres
concluded that the block will be acceleration of 2.0 rad s −2 . Its net of car and the road isμ s .So, this given
stationary when the limiting friction (fl ) is acceleration in ms −2 at the end of situation can be drawn as shown in
equal to or greater than the downward 2.0 s is a approximately [NEET 2016] figure below.
force or weight of block, i.e. (a) 7.0 (b) 6.0 Ncosθ
fl ≥ mg …(i) (c) 3.0 (d) 8.0
Also, the magnitude of limiting friction θ
Ans. (d) Nsinθ
between two bodies is directly According to given question, a uniform Fl cosθ
proportional to the normal reaction (N) circular disc of radius 50 cm at rest is θ
fl
between them, i.e. free to turn about an axis having fl sinθ
perpendicular to its plane and passes θ
fl ∝ N or fl = μ N …(ii)
through its centre. This situation can be mg
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get shown by the figure given below:
μN ≥ mg or μ( mrω2 ) ≥ mg Considering the case of vertical
[QN = mrω2 ] equilibrium
0.5m
g N cos θ = mg + fl sin θ
⇒ ω≥
rμ ⇒ mg = N cos θ − fl sin θ …(i)
Thus, the minimum angular velocity is Considering the case of horizontal
g 10 equilibrium,
ωmin = = = 10 rad/s
rμ 1 × 0.1 ∴ Angular acceleration,α = 2 rad s −2 mv 2
N sin θ + fl cos θ = …(ii)
(given) R
59 One end of the string of length l is Angular speed,ω = αt = 4 rad s −1 Divide eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
connected to a particle of mass m Q Centripetal acceleration,a c = ω2 r v 2 sin θ + μ s cos θ
= [fl ∝μ s ]
and the other end is connected to a = (4) 2 × 0.5 Rg cos θ − μ s sin θ
small peg on a smooth horizontal = 16 × 0.5
⎛ sinθ + μ s cos θ ⎞
table. If the particle moves in circle a c = 8 m/s 2 ⇒ v = Rg ⎜ ⎟
⎝ cos θ − μ s sin θ ⎠
with speed v, the net force on the Q Linear acceleration at the end of2s,
particle (directed towards center) will ⎛ tan θ + μ s ⎞
a t = αr = 2 × 0.5 ⇒ a t = 1 m/s 2 ⇒ v = Rg ⎜ ⎟
be (T represents the tension in the ⎝ 1 − μ s tan θ ⎠
Therefore, the net acceleration at the
string) [NEET 2017]
end of 2.0 s is given by
Laws of Motion 41
62 A car of mass 1000 kg negotiates a Ffrictional ≥ Fcentripetal Ans. (a)

banked curve of radius 90 m on a i.e. μ mg ≥ mω2 r When a vehicle goes round a curved
frictionless road. If the banking μg road, it requires some centripetal force.
≥ ω2
angle is 45°, the speed of the car is r While rounding the curve, the wheels of
[CBSE AIPMT 2012] the vehicle have a tendency to leave the
(a) 20 ms −1 64 A ball of mass 0.25 kg attached to curved path and regain the straight line
path. Force of friction between the
(b) 30 ms −1 the end of a string of length 1.96 m
wheels and the road opposes this
(c) 5 ms −1 is moving in a horizontal circle. The tendency of the wheels. This force (of
(d) 10 ms −1 string will break if the tension is friction) therefore, acts towards the
Ans. (b) more than 25 N. What is the centre of the circular track and provides
The angle of banking maximum speed with which the the necessary centripetal force.
v2 ball can be moved ? If v is the velocity of the vehicle while
tanθ = [CBSE AIPMT 1998] rounding the curve, the centripetal force
rg mv2
(a) 14 m/s (b) 3 m/s required =
Given, θ = 45° (c) 3.92 m/s (d) 5 m/s r
Radius of banked curve road As, this force is provided only by the
Ans. (a) force of friction,
r = 90 m and g = 10 m/s 2 For a ball to move in horizontal circle, the
mv2
ball should satisfy the condition ≤ μmg ⇒ v2 ≤ μrg ⇒ v≤ μrg
v2 r
⇒ tan45° = Tension in the string = Centripetal force
90 × 10 ∴ vmax = μrg
Mv2
⇒ Tmax = max
v = 90 × 10 × tan45° R Here, radius of curved road r = 30 m,
T ⋅R coefficient of friction μ = 0.4
= 90 × 10 × 1 = 30 m/s ⇒ vmax = max ...(i)
M ∴ vmax = 0.4 × 30 × 9.8
Making substitution, we obtain
63 A gramophone record is revolving = 10.84 m/s
with an angular velocity ω. A coin is 25 × 196
.
vmax = = 196 = 14 m/s
placed at a distance r from the 0.25 66 Two racing cars of masses m and
In a vertical circle, the tension at the 4m are moving in circles of radii r
centre of the record. The static
highest point is zero and at lowest point is
coefficient of friction is μ. The coin maximum. and 2r respectively. If their speeds
will revolve with the record if are such that each makes a
[CBSE AIPMT 2010] 65 What will be the maximum speed complete circle in the same time,
ω2 of a car on a road turn of radius 30 then the ratio of the angular
(a) r = μgω 2
(b) r <
μg m, if the coefficient of friction speeds of the first to the second
μg μg between the tyres and the road is car is [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
(c) r ≤ (d) r ≥ 2
ω2 ω 0.4 ? (Take g = 9.8 m / s2 ) (a) 8 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 1
Ans. (c) [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
Ans. (d)
When the disc spins, the frictional force (a) 10.84 m/s As both cars take the same time to
between the gramophone record and (b) 9.84 m/s 2π
complete the circle and asω = ,
coin is μ mg. (c) 8.84 m/s t
The coin will revolve with record, if (d) 6.84 m/s therefore ratio of angular speeds of the
cars will be 1 : 1.
05
Work, Energy
and Power
TOPIC 1 Now, we shall determine the speed of
the particle at this height. Here, force,F = 20 + 10 y, y 1 = 0
Work and Energy As, KE =3 × mgx and y2 = 1 m
S
KE =3 × mg [from Eq. (i)] Substituting the given values in Eq. (i),
01 A particle is released from height S 4
we get
from the surface of the Earth. At a 1 3
mv 2 = mgS ⎡
1
10 y 2 ⎤
1
certain height its kinetic energy is 2 4 ⇒W = ∫ (20 + 10 y)dy = ⎢20 y +
3 ⎣ 2 ⎥⎦ 0
three times its potential energy. ⇒ v= gS
0
The height from the surface of 2 = 20 (1 − 0) + 5(1 − 0) 2 = 25 J

earth and the speed of the particle ∴Work done will be 25 J.
at that instant are respectively 02 The energy required to break one
[NEET 2021] bond in DNA is 10 −20 J. This value 04 A particle of mass 10 g moves along
S 3gS S 3gS (in eV) is nearly [NEET (Sep.) 2020] a circle of radius 6.4 cm with a
(a) , (b) ,
4 2 4 2 (a) 0.6 (b) 0.06 constant tangential acceleration.
S 3gS S 3gS (c) 0.006 (d) 6 What is the magnitude of this
(c) , (d) ,
2 2 4 2 Ans. (b) acceleration, if the kinetic energy
Ans. (d) Given, E = 10 −20 J of the particle becomes equal to
Let the particle at height S from the In terms of eV, we get 8 × 10 −4 J by the end of the second
surface of the Earth is as shown. revolution after the beginning of
10 −20
Given, at height x, kinetic energy E= eV = 0.06 eV the motion? [NEET 2016]
. × 10 −19
16
= 3 (potential energy) (a) 0.15 m/s 2 . m/s 2
(b) 018
Hence, correct option is (b). (c) 0.2 m/s 2 (d) 0.1 m/s 2
⇒ KE = 3 mgx
At height S, total energy, TE = PE + KE
03 A force F = 20 + 10y acts on a Ans. (d)
TE = mgS + 0= mgS Given, mass of particle m = 0.01 kg.
At height x, total energy,
particle in y-direction, where F is in
newton and y in meter. Radius of circle along which particle is
Work done by this force to move moving,
the particle from y = 0 to y = 1 m is r = 6.4 cm.
S [NEET (National) 2019] Q Kinetic energy of particle,
(a) 5 J (b) 25 J KE = 8 × 10 −4 J
x (c) 20 J (d) 30 J 1
⇒ mv 2 = 8 × 10 −4 J
Ans. (b) 2
TE = PE + KE Work done by a forceF, which is variable 16 × 10 −4
⇒ v2 = = 16 × 10 −2 …(i)
TE = mgx + 3mgx in nature in moving a particle from y 1 to 0.01
y 2 is given by
mgS = 4mgx y2 As it is given that KE of particle is equal
⇒ x=
S
…(i) W = ∫ F ⋅dy … (i) to 8 × 10 −4 J by the end of second
4 y1 revolution after the beginning of motion
Work, Energy and Power 43
of particle. It means, its initial velocity (u) F F

So, x1 = , x2 = Ans. (c)
is 0 m/s at this moment. KP KQ 1 1
Total initial energy = m1 u 1 + m2 u 22
2
Q By Newton’s 3rd equation of motion, 1 1 F2 1 F2 2 2

∴ WP = K P x 12 = K P 2 =
v = u + 2a t s
2 2
2 2 KP 2KP Since, after collision one particle absorb
⇒ v = 2a t S or v = 2a t (4 πr)
2 2
1 1 F 1F 2 2 energy ε.
and WQ = K Q x 22 = K Q ⋅ 2 = 1 1
(Q particle covers 2 revolutions) 2 2 KQ 2KQ ∴Total final energy = m1v 12 + m2 v 12 + ε
2 2
v2 16 × 10 −2 WP K Q
⇒at = = ∴ = <1 From conservation of energy,
8πr 8 × 3.14 × 64. × 10 −2 WQ K P
1 1 1 1
(Qfrom Eq. (i), v 2 = 16 × 10 −2 ) m1 u 12 + m2 u 22 = m1v 12 + m2 v 22 + ε
⇒ WP < WQ 2 2 2 2
∴a t = 01
. m/s 2 1 1 1 1
⇒ m1 u 12 + m2 u 22 − ε = m1v 12 + m2 v 22
07 A block of mass 10 kg, moving in 2 2 2 2
05 A particle moves from a point x-direction with a constant speed
(–2 i$ + 5 $j) to (4 $j + 3k$ ) when a force of 10 ms −1 , is subjected to a 09 A mass m moves in a circle on a
of (4 i$ + 3 $j) N is applied. How much retarding force F = 0.1 x J/m during smooth horizontal plane with
work has been done by the force? its travel from x = 20 m to 30 m. Its velocity v 0 at a radius R 0 . The mass
[NEET 2016] final KE will be [CBSE AIPMT 2015] is attached to a string which
(a) 8 J (b) 11 J (c) 5 J (d) 2 J (a) 475 J (b) 450 J (c) 275 J (d) 250 J passes through a smooth hole in
the plane as shown.
Ans. (c) Ans. (a)
Position vectors of the particles are From work-energy theorem, v0
r1 = −2$i + 5$j and r2 = 4$j + 3 k$ Work done = Change in KE m
R0
∴ Displacement of the particle, ⇒ W =Kf −Ki
Δs = r − r1
x2 1
2
⇒ K f = W + K i = ∫ Fxdx + mv 2
x1 2
= 4$j + 3k$ − (−2$i + 5$j ) = 2 $i − $j + 3k$ 30 1
=∫ − 0.1.xdx + × 10 × 10 2 The tension in the string is
Force on the particle,F = 4$i + 3$j N 20 2 increased gradually and finally m
30
∴ Work done, W = F ⋅ Δs ⎡ x2 ⎤ R
= − 0.1 ⎢ ⎥ + 500 moves in a circle of radius 0 . The
= (4$i + 3$j) ⋅ (2$i − $j + 3k$ ) = 8 − 3 = 5 J ⎣ 2 ⎦ 20 2
= − 0.05 [30 2 − 20 2 ] + 500 final value of the kinetic energy is
06 Two similar springs P and Q have = − 0.05 [900 − 400] + 500
[CBSE AIPMT 2015]
1 1
spring constants K P and K Q , such (a) mv 20 (b) mv 20 (c) 2 mv 20 (d) mv 20
⇒ K f = − 25 + 500 = 475 J 4 2
that K P > K Q . They are stretched,
first by the same amount (case a), 08 Two particles of masses m 1 , m2 Ans. (c)
then by the same force (case b). move with initial velocities u 1 and Conserving angular momentum
The work done by the springs W P u 2 . On collision, one of the particles Li = Lf
and W Q are related as, in case (a) get excited to higher level, after ⎛R ⎞
⇒ mv 0 R 0 = mv ′ ⎜ 0 ⎟ ⇒ v ′ = 2v 0
and case (b), respectively absorbing energy ε. If final ⎝ 2 ⎠
[CBSE AIPMT 2015]
velocities of particles be v 1 and v 2 , So, final kinetic energy of the particle is
(a) WP = WQ ; WP > WQ
(b) WP = WQ ; WP = WQ
then we must have 1 1
K f = mv ′2 = m(2v 0 ) 2
[CBSE AIPMT 2015] 2 2
(c) WP > WQ ; WQ > WP
(a) m12 u1 + m22 u2 − ε = m12 v1 + m22 v 2 1
(d) WP < WQ ; WQ < WP = 4 mv 02 = 2 mv 02
1 1 1 2
Ans. (c) (b) m1 u 12 + m2 u 22 = m1 v 12
2 2 2 10 A ball is thrown vertically
Given, K P > K Q 1
+ m2v 22 − ε downwards from a height of 20m
In case (a), the elongation is same 2 with an initial velocity v 0 . It collides
1 1
i.e. x1 = x2 = x (c) m1 u 12 + m2 u 22 − ε with the ground, loses 50% of its
1 1 2 2
So, WP = K P x 2 and WQ = K Q x 2 1 1 energy in collision and rebounds to
2 2 = m1 v 12 + m2v 22 the same height. The initial velocity
2 2
∴
WP K P
= > 1 ⇒WP > WQ 1 1 1 v 0 is (Take, g = 10ms −2 )
WQ K Q (d) m12 u 12 + m22 u 22 + ε = m12 v 12 [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
2 2 2
1 (a) 14 ms− 1 (b) 20 ms− 1
In case (b), the spring force is same + m22v 22 (c) 28 ms− 1 (d) 10 ms− 1
i.e. F1 = F2 = F 2
Ans. (b) 2A B ⎛ −dU ⎞ mass is released from rest with the

0=− + ⎜ As = 0⎟
Suppose a ball rebounds with speedv, r3 r2 ⎝ dr ⎠ spring initially unstretched. The
v = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 20 or
2A
=B
maximum extension produced in
r the length of the spring will be
= 20 m/s The distance of particle from the centre [CBSE AIPMT 2009]
Energy of a ball just after rebound, of the field (a) Mg/k (b) 2 Mg/k
1 2A (c) 4 Mg/k (d) Mg/2k
E = mv 2 = 200 m r=
2 B
Ans. (b)
As, 50% of energy loses in collision Let x be the extension in the spring.
means just before collision energy is
13 The potential energy of a system
Applying conservation of energy
400 m.
increases, if work is done 1
[CBSE AIPMT 2011] Mgx − kx 2 = 0 − 0
According to law of conservation of 2
(a) by the system against a conservative
2 Mg
energy, we have force ⇒ x=
1 (b) by the system against a k
mv 02 + mgh = 400 m
2 non-conservative force
1 (c) upon the system by a conservative 16 A body of mass 1 kg is thrown
⇒ mv 02 + m × 10 × 20 = 400 m upwards with a velocity 20 ms −1 . It
2 force
⇒ v 0 = 20 m/s (d) upon the system by a momentarily comes to rest after
non-conservative force attaining a height of 18 m. How
11 A uniform force of (3i$ + $j ) N acts on Ans. (a) much energy is lost due to air
a particle of mass 2 kg. Hence, the The potential energy of a system friction? (Take g = 10 ms − 2 )
particle is displaced from position increases, if work is done by the system [CBSE AIPMT 2009]
(2i$ + k$ ) m to position (4$i + 3$j − k$ ) m.

against a conservative force. (a) 20 J (b) 30 J (c) 40 J (d) 10 J
The work done by the force on the − ΔU = Wconservative force Ans. (a)
particle is [NEET 2013] Concept Apply conservation of energy.
14 Force F on a particle moving in a Initially body posseses only kinetic
(a) 9 J (b) 6 J (c) 13 J (d) 15 J
straight line varies with distance d energy and after attaining a height, the
Ans. (a) as shown in the figure. The work kinetic energy is zero.
Given, forceF = 3 $i + $j done on the particle during its Therefore, loss of energy = KE – PE
r1 = (2 $i + k$ ) m and r2 = (4$i + 3$j − k$ ) m displacement of 12 m is 1
= mv2 − mgh
[CBSE AIPMT 2011] 2
∴ s = r2 − r1 = (4$i + 3$j − k$ ) − (2 $i + k$ ) 1
F (N) = × 1 × 400 − 1 × 18 × 10
= (2$i + 3$j − 2k$ ) m 2
∴ W = F ⋅s = (3 $i + $j) ⋅ (2$i + 3$j − 2k$ ) = 200 − 180 = 20 J
2
=3×2+ 3+ 0 =6+ 3=9J 17 300 J of work is done in sliding a
2 kg block up an inclined plane of
12 The potential energy of a particle in height 10 m. Taking g = 10 m/s2 ,
A B
a force field is U = 2 − , where A O 3 7 12 d (m) work done against friction is
r r [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
and B are positive constants and r (a) 21 J (b) 26 J (a) 200 J (b) 100 J
is the distance of particle from the (c) 13 J (d) 18 J (c) zero (d) 1000 J
centre of the field. For stable Ans. (c) Ans. (b)
equilibrium, the distance of the Concept Work done is equal to area Net work done in sliding a body up to a
particle is [CBSE AIPMT 2012] under the curve in F-d graph. height h on inclined plane
(a) B/2A (b) 2A/B Work done = Area under (F -d) graph = Work done against gravitational force
(c) A/B (d) B/A 1
= 2 × ( 7 − 3) + × 2 × (12 − 7) + Work done against frictional force
Ans. (b) 2
1 ⇒ W = W g + Wf ...(i)
Given, the potential energy of a particle = 8 + × 10 = 8 + 5 = 13 J
A B 2 but W = 300 J
in a force field, U = 2 − 1
r r W g = mgh
For stable equilibrium,F = −
dU
=0
15 A block of mass M is attached to = 2 × 10 × 10 = 200 J
dr the lower end of a vertical spring. Putting in Eq. (i), we get
dU The spring is hung from a ceiling 300 = 200 + Wf
= = − 2Ar −3 + Br −2
dr and has force constant value k. The ⇒ Wf = 300 – 200 = 100 J
18 A body of mass 3 kg is under a Ans. (b) but it is given that, p1 = p2

constant force, which causes a Work done in moving the object from ∴ m1 E 1 = m2 E 2
displacement s in metre in it, given x = 0 to x =6 m, is given by area under the E 1 m2
1 curve. or = ...(i)
by the relation s = t 2 , where t is in E 2 m1
3 W = Area of square + area of triangle
1 Now, m1 > m2
second. Work done by the force in =3×3+ ×3×3
2 m1
2 s is [CBSE AIPMT 2006] or >1 ...(ii)
m2
5 3 = 9 + 4.5 = 13 .5 J
(a) J (b) J
19 8 Thus, from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
8 19 20 A bomb of mass 30 kg at rest E1
< 1 or E 1 < E 2
(c) J (d) J
3 5 explodes into two pieces of masses E2
18 kg and 12 kg. The velocity of 18
Ans. (c) 22 A ball of mass 2 kg and another of
Work done by the force = force × kg mass is 6 ms −1 . The kinetic
mass 4 kg are dropped together
displacement energy of the other mass is from a 60 ft tall building. After, a
[CBSE AIPMT 2005]
or W =F × s ...(i) fall of 30 ft each towards earth,
(a) 256 J (b) 486 J
But from Newton’s 2nd law, we have their respective kinetic energies
(c) 524 J (d) 324 J
Force = mass × acceleration will be in the ratio of
Ans. (b) [CBSE AIPMT 2004]
i.e. F = ma ...(ii)
Applying conservation of linear (a) 2 :1 (b) 1 : 4
Hence, from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get momentum, we write, (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 2
⎛d2 s ⎞ ⎛ d2 s ⎞ m1 u 1 = m2 u 2
W = mas = m ⎜ 2 ⎟ s ⎜Qa = 2 ⎟ ...(iii) Ans. (c)
⎝ dt ⎠ ⎝ dt ⎠ Here, m1 = 18 kg, m2 = 12 kg Concept Velocity of free falling body
Now, we have, u 1 = 6 ms −1 , u 2 = ? does not depend on its mass, it depends
1 ∴ 18 × 6 = 12 u 2 on the height from which it has been
s = t2
3 18 × 6 dropped.
⇒ u2 = = 9 ms −1 v1 = v2 = v at a 30 ft height
d2 s d ⎡ d ⎛ 1 2 ⎞ ⎤ 12
∴ = ⎜ t ⎟
dt 2 dt ⎢⎣ dt ⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎥⎦ Thus, kinetic energy of 12 kg mass
from falling point.
Here, m1 = 2 kg, m2 = 4 kg
= × ⎛⎜ t ⎞⎟
d 2 1
K 2 = m2 u 22 1
dt ⎝ 3 ⎠ 2 m v2
K1 2 1 m 2 1
2 dt 2 1 Thus, = = 1 = =
== = × 12 × (9) 2 K 2 1 m v2 m2 4 2
3 dt 3 2 2
2
Hence, Eq. (iii) becomes = 6 × 81 = 486 J

2 2 1 2
W = ms = m × t 2 = mt 2 21 A particle of mass m 1 is moving 23 If kinetic energy of a body is
3 3 3 9 increased by 300%, then
with a velocity v 1 and another
We have, m = 3 kg, t = 2 s percentage change in momentum
2 8
particle of mass m2 is moving with
∴ W= × 3 × (2) 2 = J will be [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
9 3
a velocity v2 . Both of them have
(a) 100% (b) 150%
the same momentum, but their (c) 265% (d) 73.2%
19 A force F acting on an object varies different kinetic energies are E 1
Ans. (a)
with distance x as shown here. The and E 2 respectively. If m 1 > m2 ,
Kinetic energy
force is in newton and x is in metre. then [CBSE AIPMT 2004]
1
E1 m1 K= ( p2 ) or p = 2 mK
The work done by the force in (a) E1 < E2 (b) = 2m
moving the object from E2 m2
(c) E1 > E2 (d) E1 = E2 If kinetic energy of a body is increased by
x = 0 to x = 6 m is 300%, let its momentum becomes p′.
[CBSE AIPMT 2005] Ans. (a) New kinetic energy
F(N) Kinetic energy is given by ⎛ initial KE = K ⎞
300
3 1 1 K′=K + K = 4K ⎜ ⎟
E = mv2 = (mv) 2 100 ⎝ final KE = K ′ ⎠
2 2 2m
Therefore, momentum is given by
1 but, mv = momentum of the particle = p
p′ = 2m × 4K
0 x (m) p2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ∴ E= or p = 2 mE ⎛ initial momentum = p⎞
2m ⎜ ⎟
⎝ Final momentum = p′ ⎠
(a) 4.5 J (b) 13.5 J
p1 m1 E 1 = 2 2mK = 2p
(c) 9.0 J (d) 18.0 J Therefore, =
p2 m2 E 2
Hence, percentage change (increase) in ∴

1
mvmax
2
= mg (2 − 0.75) 28 A rubber ball is dropped from a
momentum 2 height of 5 m on a planet where the
Δp p′ − p
× 100 = × 100 or vmax = 2 × 10 × 125
. acceleration due to gravity is not
p p
= 25 = 5 m/s known. On bouncing it rises to 1.8 m.
⎛ p′ ⎞
= ⎜ − 1⎟ × 100 The ball loses its velocity on
⎝p ⎠
26 Two bodies with kinetic energies in bouncing by a factor of
⎛ 2p ⎞
= ⎜ − 1⎟ × 100 the ratio 4 : 1 are moving with equal [CBSE AIPMT 1998]
⎝ p ⎠ (a) 16/25 (b) 2/5
linear momentum. The ratio of
= 100% their masses is [CBSE AIPMT 1999] (c) 3/5 (d) 9/25
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 4 : 1 (d) 1 : 4 Ans. (b)
24 A stone is thrown at an angle of 45° Potential energy = Kinetic energy
to the horizontal with kinetic Ans. (d)
1
energy K. The kinetic energy at the As we know that, relation between i.e. mgh = mv 2 ⇒ v = 2 gh
kinetic energy and momentum is given by 2
highest point is
p2 Ifh1 andh2 are the initial and final heights,
[CBSE AIPMT 2001] KE =
K K 2m then
(a) (b)
2 2 If p1 = p2 for two bodies v 1 = 2 gh1 , v 2 = 2 gh2
(c) K (d) zero 1 Loss in velocity
So, KE1 ∝
Ans. (a) m1 Δv = v 1 − v 2 = 2 gh1 − 2 gh2
At the highest point 1 ∴ Fractional loss in velocity
and KE2 ∝
vx = u cosθ m2 2 gh 1 − 2 gh 2
Δv h
= = = 1− 2
vy = 0 Therefore, ratio of two masses is given v1 2 gh 1 h1
1 by
K H = mvx2
2 m1 KE2 1 ⎡ KE1 4 ⎤ Substituting the values, we have
= = ⎢Q = ⎥
1
K H = mu 2 cos2 θ m2 KE1 4 ⎣ KE2 1 ⎦ Δv 1.8
or ...(i) ∴ = 1− = 1 − 0.36 = 1 − 0.6
2 v1 5
Initial kinetic energy is 27 A force acts on a 3.0 g particle in = 04
. =
2
1 such a way that the position of the 5
K = mu 2 ...(ii)
2 particle as a function of time is
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get given by x = 3 t − 4 t 2 + t 3 , where x is 29 If the momentum of a body is
in metre and t in second. The work increased by 50%, then the
K H = K cos2 θ
done during the first 4 s is percentage increase in its kinetic
= K cos2 45° [CBSE AIPMT 1998] energy is [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
2
⎛ 1 ⎞ K (a) 570 mJ (b) 450 mJ
=K × ⎜ ⎟ = (a) 50% (b) 100% (c) 125% (d) 200%
⎝ 2⎠ 2 (c) 490 mJ (d) 528 mJ
Ans. (c)
25 A child is swinging a swing. Ans. (d) Let p1 be the initial momentum and p2 be
Minimum and maximum heights of Given, x = 3 t − 4 t 2 + t 3 the inversed momentum
swing from the earth's surface are So, velocity
So, p2 =
150
p1
0.75 m and 2 m respectively. The dx 100
v= = 3 − 8t + 3t2
maximum velocity of this swing is dt 15 ⎛ p1 = mv1 ⎞
i.e. mv2 = mv1 ⎜ ⎟
[CBSE AIPMT 2001] At t = 0 s, v1 = 3 − 0 + 0 = 3 m/s 10 ⎝ p2 = mv2 ⎠
(a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s At t = 4 s, v2 = 3 − 8 × 4 + 3 × 42
15
(c) 15 m/s (d) 20 m/s = 3 − 32 + 48 = 19 m/s or v2 =
v1
10
Ans. (a) Now, work done duringt = 0 to t = 4s 1
From energy conservation mv22 2
= gain in kinetic energy ⎛v ⎞
2
E ⎛ 15 ⎞ 225
1 Now, 2 = 2 =⎜ 2⎟ =⎜ ⎟ =
mvmax
2
= mg (H2 − H1 ) 1 1 1
= mv22 − mv12 = m (v22 − v12 ) E 1 1 mv2 ⎝ v1 ⎠ ⎝ 10 ⎠ 100
2 2 2 2 2
1
Here, H1 = minimum height of swing from 1 E2 > E1

= × 3 × 10 −3 [(19) 2 − (3) 2 ] Clearly,
the earth's surface 2
So, percentage increase in KE
= 0.75 m [Using, a 2 − b 2 = (a + b) (a − b)] (E − E 1 )
H2 = maximum height of swing from = 2 × 100
= 1.5 × 10 −3 × [(19 + 3) (19 − 3)] E1
earth's surface = 1.5 × 10 −3 × 22 × 16
⎛ 225 ⎞
=2m = 528 × 10 −3 J = 528 mJ =⎜ − 1⎟ × 100 = 125%
⎝ 100 ⎠
30 The KE acquired by a mass m in Alternative Putting the values of m1 u 1 v

travelling a certain distance d, 1
The relation between KE and pis given by ∴ W = × 0.01 [(1000) 2 − (500) 2 ]
starting from rest, under the action p2 2
KE =
of a constant force is directly 2m = 3750 J
proportional to [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
⇒ p = 2 mKE
2
TOPIC 2
(a) m
⇒ p = 2 mKE
(b) m
1 If KE of two bodies are equal.
Work Energy Theorem,
(c)
m So, p1 ∝ m1 Power and Verticle Circle
(d) Independent of m and p2 ∝ m2
34 Water falls from a height of 60 m at
Ans. (d) p1 m1 1 1
⇒ = = = the rate of 15 kg/s to operate a
Kinetic energy acquired by the body p2 m2 9 3
turbine. The losses due to frictional
1
= mv2 . force are 10% of the input energy.
2 32 A position dependent force How much power is generated by the
If body starts from rest, then final F = (7 − 2 x + 3x 2 ) N, turbine? (g = 10 m/s 2 ) [NEET 2021]
velocity achieved by body in acts on a small body of mass 2 kg (a) 10.2 kW (b) 8.1 kW
displacementd is and displaces it from x = 0 to x = 5 (c) 12.3 kW (d) 7.0 kW
v2 = 0 + 2ad = 2ad m. Work done in joule is
Ans. (b)
[CBSE AIPMT 1992]
F
but a= (a) 35 (b) 70 Given, the flow rate of the water,
m m
(c) 135 (d) 270 =15 kg/s
⎛F ⎞ t
∴ v =2⎜ ⎟ d
2
⎝ m⎠ Ans. (c) The height of the water fall, h = 60 m

1 ⎛F ⎞ Work done by a variable forceF in Loss due to frictional force = 10%
Hence, KE = m × 2 ⎜ ⎟ d = Fd displacement from x = x 1 to x = x 2 is
2 ⎝ m⎠ The power used in the turbine
given by = (100 – 10) % = 90%
or KE acquired = Work done x2
W = ∫ F (dx) The acceleration due to gravity,
= F × d = constant
x1
g =10 m/s 2
So, KE acquired is independent of mass m. Given, x 1 = 0, x 2 = 5 We know that, power generated by the
F = ( 7 − 2 x + 3x 2 ) N turbine
mgh
31 Two masses 1 g and 9 g are moving ∴
5
W = ∫ (7 − 2 x + 3x 2 ) dx = change in potential energy = 0.90
with equal kinetic energies. The 0 t
= [7 x − x 2 + x 3 ] 50 = 0.90 × 15 × 10 × 60 = 8100 W = 8. 1 kW
ratio of the magnitudes of their
respective linear momenta is = [7 × 5 − (5) 2 + (5) 3 ]
[CBSE AIPMT 1993]
35 A point mass m is moved in a
= [35 − 25 + 125] = 135 J
(a) 1 :9 (b) 9 :1 vertical circle of radius r with the
(c) 1 : 3 (d) 3 :1 33 A bullet of mass 10 g leaves a rifle help of a string. The velocity of the
at an initial velocity of 1000 m/s and mass is 7gr at the lowest point.
Ans. (c)
The tension in the string at the
Given, KE1 = KE2 strikes the earth at the same level
1 1 with a velocity of 500 m/s. The lowest point is [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
m1 v12 = m2 v22 (a) 6 mg (b) 7 mg (c) 8 mg (d) 1 mg
2 2 work done in joule to overcome the
v2
m1 v m1 resistance of air will be Ans. (c)
or 2
= or 2 = [CBSE AIPMT 1989] Velocity of point mass in vertical circle at
v2
m2 v1 m2
1
(a) 375 (b) 3750 (c) 5000 (d) 500 lowest point,Vl = 7 gr
As, p2 = m2 v2 and p1 = m1 v1 ∴ Vl = 7 gr > 5gr
Ans. (b)
p2 m2 v2 m2 m1 m22 m1 According to work-energy theorem, work Hence, point mass will have completed
∴ = = =
p1 m1 v1 m1 m2 m12 m2 done by a force in displacing a body the vertical circular path.
measures the change in kinetic energy of We know that,
p2 m2 the body or work done by a force is equal
=
p1 m1 to change in KE of the body.
or W = ΔE
p1 m1
or = = final KE − initial KE
p2 m2 Tbottom
1 1
= mv2 − mu 2
Here, m1 = 1 g, m2 = 9 g 2 2
√7gr
p1 1 1 Given, v = 1000 m / s, m = 10 g
∴ = =
p2 9 3 u = 500 m/s, = 0.01kg
mv 2 m W = Area ABDO + Area CEFD + Area mv 2

Tbottom − mg = = ( 7 gr ) 2 At D,θ = 90 ° ⇒ TD = TB =
r r FGHIJ + Area KLMJ l
⇒ Tbottom − mg = 7 mg W = 20 × 5 + 10 × 3 + (−20 × 2) So, from the above analysis, it can be
⇒ Tbottom = 8mg ⎛1 ⎞ concluded that the tension is maximum
+ ⎜ × − 5 × 2⎟ + 10 × 2
⎝2 ⎠ at A i.e. the lowest point of circle, So
36 An object of mass 500 g, initially at [QArea FGHIJ = Area chance of breaking is maximum.
rest acted upon by a variable force FGIJ + Area GHI]
whose X component varies with X in
= 100 + 30 − 40 − 5 + 20 = 105 J 38 A body initially at rest and sliding
the manner shown. The velocities along a frictionless track from a
Using Eq. (i)
of the object a pointX = 8 m and height h (as shown in the figure)
1 1
X = 12 m, would be the respective ∴ 105 = × × v2 just completes a vertical circle of
2 2
values of (nearly) diameter AB = D. The height h is
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] ⇒ v = 2 105 ~− 20.6 ms−1 equal to [NEET 2018]
F (N)
37 A mass m is attached to a thin wire
20 and whirled in a vertical circle. h B
The wire is most likely to break
10 when: [NEET (National) 2019]
A
x (m) (a) the wire is horizontal
7
4 5 8 10 12 (b) the mass is at the lowest point (a) D (b) D
5
–10 (c) inclined at an angle of 60° from
3 5
vertical (c) D (d) D
–20 (d) the mass is at the highest point 2 4
–25 Ans. (b) Ans. (d)
Let the mass m which is attached to a If a body is moving on a frictionless
(a) 18 m/s and 24.4 m/s thin wire and is whirled in a vertical circle surface, then its total mechanical energy
(b) 23 m/s and 24.4 m/s is shown in the figure below. remains conserved.
(c) 23 m/s and 20.6 m/s C According to the conservation of
(d) 18 m/s and 20.6 m/s mechanical energy,
Ans. (c) (TE) initial = (TE) final
The area under the force displacement ⇒ (KE) i + (PE) i = (KE) f + (PE) f
curve give the amount of work done. D B 1
T 0 + mgh = mv A2 + 0
From work-energy theorem, m 2
l
W = ΔKE P
…(i) v A2 v A2
θ mg cos θ ⇒ gh = or h = …(i)
∴At x = 8 m, A 2 2g
mg
W = Area ABDO + Area CEFD In order to complete the vertical circle,
The tension in the string at any point P
= 20 × 5 + 10 × 3 = 130 J the velocity of the body at point A
beT.
should be
A B According to Newton’s law of motion, In
20 v A = v min = 5gR
equilibrium, net force towards the centre
C E K L = centripetal force where, R is the radius of the body.
10 AB D
mv 2 R= =
O D F J M ⇒ T − mg cosθ = Here,
0 x(m) l 2 2
4 5 8 10 12
–10 Here, l = length of wire and v = linear ⇒ v min = v A =
5
gD
velocity of the particle whirling in a 2
G circle.
–20 I Substituting the value ofv A in Eq. (i), we
–25 mv 2 get
H ⇒ T = mg cosθ +
l 2
⎛ ⎛5 ⎞⎞
Using Eq. (i) mv 2 ⎜ ⎜ gD ⎟ ⎟
At A,θ = 0 ° ⇒ TA = mg + ⎜ ⎝2 ⎠⎟
1 1 500 2 l ⎝ ⎠
⇒ 130 = mv 2 = × v h=
2 2 1000 mv 2 2g
At B,θ = 90 ° ⇒ TB =
⇒ v = 2 130 = 22.8 ms−1 ≈ 23 ms−1 l 5 gD 5
= = D
mv 2 2 × 2g 4
At C,θ = 180 ° ⇒ TC = − mg +
At x = 12 m l
39 Consider a drop of rain water having Integrating both sides, we get 42 A particle of mass m is driven by a
mass 1 g falling from a height of 1 km. dv = a dt = (2t$i + 3t 2 $j ) dt
∫ ∫ ∫ machine that delivers a constant
It hits the ground with a speed of 50 power k watts. If the particle starts
m/s. Take g constant with a value of v = t $i + t 3 $j
2
from rest, the force on the particle
10 m/s 2 . The work done by the (i) Q Power developed by the force at the at time t is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
gravitational force and the (ii) resistive time t will be given as mk −1 2 −1
force of air is (a) t (b) mk t 2
P = F . v = (2t$i + 3t 2 $j ) . (t 2 $i + t 3 $j )
[NEET 2017] 2
(a) (i) −10 J, (ii) − 8.25 J −1 1 −1
= (2t.t 2 + 3t 2 .t 3 ) (c) 2 mk t (d) mk t 2

2
(b) (i) 1.25 J, (ii) − 8.25 J 2

(c) (i) 100 J, (ii) 8.75 J P = (2t 3 + 3t 5 ) W
(d) (i) 10 J, (ii) − 8.75 J Ans. (a)
41 What is the minimum velocity with As the machine delivers a constant power
Ans. (d)
which a body of mass m must enter So F .v = constant = k (watts)
By work-KE theorem, we have change in
KE = work done by all of the forces.
a vertical loop of radius R so that it dv
⇒ m ⋅v = k ⇒ ∫ vdv = ∫ dt
k
can complete the loop? [NEET 2016] dt m
Work done by gravitational force,
(a) 2gR (b) 3gR (c) 5gR (d) gR v2 k 2k
W g = mgh = 10 −3 × 10 × 1 × 10 3 = 10 J ⇒ = t ⇒v = t
2 m m
Now, from work-KE theorem, we have Ans. (c)
According to question, we have Now, force on the particle is given by
ΔK = Wgravity + Wair resistance 1
1 Let the tension at point A beTA .So, from dv d ⎛ 2kt ⎞ 2

⇒ × mv 2 = mgh + Wair resistance F =m =m ⎜ ⎟
2 Newton’s second law dt dt ⎝ m ⎠
mv c2 ⎛1 −1⎞ 1
1 TA − mg = mk − 2
⇒ Wair resistance = mv 2 − mgh R = 2km. ⎜ t 2 ⎟ = ⋅t
2 ⎜2 ⎟ 2
1 ⎝ ⎠
⎛1 ⎞ Energy at point A = mv 02 …(i)
= 10 −3 ⎜ × 50 × 50 − 10 × 10 3 ⎟ 2
⎝2 ⎠ 43 The heart of a man pumps 5 L of
Energy at pointC is
= −8.75 J blood through the arteries per
1
mv c2 + mg × 2R …(ii) minute at a pressure of 150 mm of
2
40 A body of mass 1 kg begins to move mercury. If the density of mercury
under the action of a time C be 13.6 × 103 kg / m3 and
dependent force F = (2t $i + 3t 2 $j) N, R TC
g = 10 m / s2 , then the power of
heart in watt is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
where $i and $j are unit vectors B
TB (a) 1.70 (b) 2.35 (c) 3.0 (d) 1.50
along X and Y axes. What power
Ans. (a)
will be developed by the force at v0
A Given, pressure = 150 mm of Hg
the time (t)? [NEET 2016]
(a) (2 t 2 + 4 t 4) W (b) (2 t 3 + 3 t 4) W mg Pumping rate of heart of a man
(c) (2 t 3 + 3 t 5 ) W (d) (2 t + 3 t 3 ) W dV 5 × 10 −3 3
Applying Newton’s 2nd law at pointC = = m /s
dt 60
Ans. (c) mv c2
According to question, a body of mass 1 Tc + mg = Power of heart = P ⋅
dV
= ρgh⋅
dV
R dt dt
kg begins to move under the action of
time dependent force, To complete the loopTc ≥ 0 [p = ρgh]
F = (2t$i + 3t 2 $j ) N So, mg =
mv c2 . × 10 3 kg / m3 ) (10 × 0.15 × 5 × 10 −3 )
(136
R
where $i and $j are unit vectors along X 60
⇒ v c = gR …(iii) = 1.70 W
and Y-axes.
F From Eqs. (i) and (ii) by conservation of
Q F = ma ⇒ a = energy 44 An engine pumps water through a
m
hose pipe. Water passes through
(2t$i + 3t 2 $j ) 1 1
mv 02 = mv c2 + 2mgR
⇒ a= (Q m = 1kg) 2 2
the pipe and leaves it with a
1
velocity of 2 m s −1. The mass per
a = (2t$i + 3t 2 $j ) m / s2
1 1
⇒ ⇒ mv 02 = mgR + 2mgR × 2 unit length of water in the pipe is
2 2
Q acceleration,a =
dv 100 kg m −1 . What is the power of
(Q v c = gR )
dt the engine? [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
⇒ v 02 = gR + 4gR
⇒ dv = a dt …(i) (a) 400 W (b) 200 W
⇒ v 0 = 5gR (c) 100 W (d) 800 W
Ans. (d) Ans. (a) Ans. (b)

Given, Velocity of waterv = 2 m/s When stone is at its lowest position, it When string makes an angleθ with the
Mass per unit length of water in the pipe has only kinetic energy, given by vertical in a vertical circle, then
1 balancing the force we get
= 100 kg / m K = mu 2
2 mv 2
So, power = (mass per unit length of T − mg cosθ =
water in pipe) × v3 l
A
m
= × v3 O
l
= 100 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 800 W l
O D
u C
T
45 An engine pumps water At the horizontal position, it has energy θ
continuously through a hose. Water 1
E = U + K = mu ′2 + mgl
leaves the hose with a velocity v 2 θ
B mg cos θ
and m is the mass per unit length According to conservation of
of the water jet. What is the rate at mg sin θ mg
mechanical energy, K = E
which kinetic energy is imparted to u' mv 2
water ? [CBSE AIPMT 2009] or T = mg cosθ +
l
1
(a) mv3 (b) mv3 Tension is maximum when cosθ = + 1
2 l i.e. θ = 0
1 1 O
(c) mv2 (d) m 2 v2 Thus, θ is zero at lowest point B. At this
2 2 l
point tension is maximum. So, string will
Ans. (a) break at point B.
1 1
As m is the mass per unit length, then ∴ mu 2 = mu ′ 2 + mgl
rate of mass per second =
mx
= mv
2 2 49 How much water a pump of 2 kW
1 1 can raise in one minute to a height
t or mu ′ 2 = mu 2 − mgl
1
∴ Rate of KE = (mv) v2 = mv3
1 2 2 of 10 m? (Take g = 10 m / s2 )
2 2 or u ′ 2 = u 2 − 2gl [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
or u ′ = u 2 − 2gl ...(i) (a) 1000 L (b) 1200 L (c) 100 L (d) 2000 L
46 Water falls from a height of 60 m at
So, the magnitude of change in velocity Ans. (b)
the rate of 15 kg/s to operate a
Power of a body is defined as the rate at
turbine. The losses due to frictional | Δu | = | u′ − u|
which the body can do the work, i.e.
forces are 10% of energy. How = u ′2 + u 2 + 2 u ′ u cos 90 ° work W
much power is generated by the –u Power = =
time t
turbine ? (Take g = 10 m/s2 ) Given, power, P = 2 kW = 2000 W
[CBSE AIPMT 2008]
W = Mgh = M × 10 × 10 [Qg = 10 m/s 2 ]
(a) 8.1 kW (b) 10.2 kW u′ = 100 M
(c) 12.3 kW (d) 7.0 kW Δu
Time, t = 60 s
Ans. (a)
100 M
90 mgh 90 ∴ 2000 =
Pgenerated = Pinput × = × 60
100 t 100
15 × 10 × 60 90 ∴ M = 1200 kg and V = 1200 L
= × = 8.1 kW | Δu | = u ′2 + u 2 = 2 (u 2 − gl )
1 100
[from Eq. (i)]
TOPIC 3
47 A stone is tied to a string of length l
and is whirled in a vertical circle 48 A stone is attached to one end of a Collision
with the other end of the string as string and rotated in a vertical
the centre. At a certain instant of circle. If string breaks at the 50 An object flying in air with velocity
time, the stone is at its lowest position of maximum tension, it will (20$i + 25$j − 12k$ )suddenly breaks in
position and has a speed u. The break at [CBSE AIPMT 2000] two pieces whose masses are in
magnitude of the change in velocity A the ratio 1 : 5. The smaller mass flies
as it reaches a position where the off with a velocity (100i$ + 35$j + 8k$ ).
string is horizontal (g being
C D The velocity of the larger piece
acceleration due to gravity) is
[CBSE AIPMT 2004] will be [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
(a) 2 (u 2 − gl) (b) u 2 − gl (a) 4 $i + 23$j − 8 k$ (b) − 100$i − 35 $j − 8k$

B
(c) 20$i + 15 $j − 80k$ (d) − 20i$ − 15 $j − 80k$
(c) u − u 2 − 2 gl (d) 2 gl (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D
Ans. (a) move in a direction with velocity v′ such or 2 u = 2v 1 + v 2 … (i)

Let m be the mass of an object flying that the total momentum of the system The kinetic energy of A before collision is
with velocityv in air. When it split into must remain conserved. 1
v KEA = (4m) u 2 = 2 mu 2
two pieces of masses in ratio 1 : 5, the 2
mass of smaller piece is m/6 and of
5m 5m m v Kinetic energy of B before collision,
bigger piece is . m
6 KEB = 0
v=0
This situation can be interpreted 3m The kinetic energy of A after collision is
v 1
diagrammatically as below KE′A = (4m)v 12 = 2 mv 12
v1 By law of conservation of momentum, 2
m/6 5 m × 0 = mv$i + mv$j + 3mv ′ Kinetic energy of B after collision,
1
⇒ v′ = − $i − $j
v v KE′B = (2m)v 22 = mv 22
m v 2
3 3
5m/6 2 2 As, Initial kinetic energy of the system =
| v′ | = ⎛⎜ − ⎞⎟ + ⎛⎜ − ⎞⎟ =
v v v 2
v2 ∴ Final kinetic energy of the system
⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ 3
⇒ KEA′ + KEB′ = KEA′ + KE B′
As the object breaks in two pieces, so
∴ Energy released
the momentum of the system will 2 mu 2 + 0 = 2mv 12 + mv 22
2
remains conserved i.e. the total 1 1 1 ⎛v 2⎞ 2mu 2 = 2mv 12 + mv 22 or 2u 2 = 2v 12 + v 22
E = mv 2 + mv 2 + × 3m⎜ ⎟
momentum (before breaking) = total 2 2 2 ⎝ 3 ⎠ … (ii)
momentum (after breaking) Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
mv 2 4 2
m 5m = mv 2 + = mv 1
v 1 = u and v 2 = u
4
mv = v1 + v2 3 3
6 6 3 3
5v or the final velocity of A can be directly
⇒
v
v= 1 + 2 52 Body A of mass 4m moving with calculated by using the formula.
6 6 speed u collides with another body The velocity after collision is given by
Here, v = 20 $i + 25$j − 12k$ B of mass 2m, at rest. The collision ⎛ m − m2 ⎞ 2m2 u 2
v 1 = 100 $i + 35$j + 8k$ is head on and elastic in nature. v 1 = ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟ u1 +
⎟
⎝ m1 + m2 ⎠ m1 + m2
After the collision the fraction of
⇒ 20 $i + 25$j − 12k$ ⎛ 4m − 2m ⎞ 2(2m) × 0
energy lost by the colliding body A =⎜ ⎟u +
(100 $i + 35$j + 8k$ ) 5v2 is ⎝ 4m + 2m ⎠ (4m + 2m)
= + [NEET (National) 2019]
6 6
(a)
8
(b)
4
(c)
5
(d)
1 [Qu 2 = u ′ = 0]
$ $
⇒ (120 i + 150 j − 72k)$ 9 9 9 9 2m 1
= u= u
6m 3
= (100 $i + 35$j + 8k$ ) + 5v Ans. (a)
2
∴Net decreases in kinetic energy of A
In head-on elastic collision, momentum
(20 $i + 115$j − 80k$ )
1 ΔKE =KEA − KEA
⇒ v2 =
5 and kinetic energy before and after the
= 2mu 2 − 2mv 12 = 2m(u 2 − v 12 )
= 4$i + 23$j − 16k$
collision is conserved. The given situation
of collision can be drawn as Substituting the value ofv 1 , we get
4m 2m ⎛ u 2 ⎞ 16 mu 2
51 A particle of mass 5 m at rest ΔKE = 2m ⎜ u 2 − ⎟=
⎝ 9 ⎠ 9
suddenly breaks on its own into u u'= 0
three fragments. Two fragments of ∴The fractional decreases in kinetic
A B energy is
mass m each move along mutually 144442444443
perpendicular direction with each Before collision ΔKE 16 mu 2 1 8
= × =
4m 2m KEA 9 2 mu 2 9
speed v. The energy released
during the process is v1 v2
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] 53 A moving block having mass m,
A B
3 5 144442444443 collides with another stationary
(a) mv 2 (b) mv 2
5 3 After collision block having mass 4m. The lighter
3 4 block comes to rest after collision.
(c) mv 2 (d) mv 2 Applying conservation of linear
2 3 When the initial velocity of the
momentum,
Ans. (d) lighter block is v, then the value of
Initial momentum of system = Final
The particle of mass 5m breaks in three momentum of system coefficient of restitution (e) will be
fragments of mass m, m and 3m [NEET 2018]
⇒ (4m) u + (2m) u ′ = (4m)v 1 + (2m)v 2
respectively. Two fragments of mass m (a) 0.8 (b) 0.25
each, move in perpendicular direction 4mu = 4mv 1 + 2mv 2
(c) 0.5 (d) 0.4
with velocityv and the left fragment will
Ans. (b) second block's speed after the According to question, the third part of
Since, the collision mentioned is an collision is [CBSE AIPMT 2015] mass 2m will move as shown in the
elastic head-on collision. Thus, figure, because the total momentum of
2 2 3
according to the law of conservation of (a) v (b) v the system after explosion must remain
linear momentum, we get 3 4 zero. Let the velocity of third part be v ′.
3 3
m1 u 1 + m2 u 2 = m1v 1 + m2 v 2 (c) v (d) v From the conservation of momentum
2 2
where, m1 and m2 are the masses of the 2 (mv) = (2m) × v′
two blocks, respectively and u 1 and u 2 Ans. (a) v
⇒ v′ =
are their initial velocities andv 1 and v 2 v/3 2
are their final velocities, respectively. M
So, total kinetic energy generated by the
Here, m1 = m, m2 = 4m θ explosion
M v M u2=0 ≡
u 1 = v, u 2 = 0 and v 1 = 0 1 1 1
= mv2 + mv2 + (2m) v′2
2 2 2
mv + 4m × 0 = 0 + 4mv 2 M 2
v ⎛ v ⎞
⇒ mv = 4mv 2 or v 2 = …(i) v2 = mv2 + m × ⎜ ⎟
4 ⎝ 2⎠
According to law of conservation of
As, the coefficient of restitution is given mv2
kinetic energy, we have = mv2 +
as, 2
2
Mv + 0 = M⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ + Mv 22
relative velocity of separation 1 2 1 v 1 3
2 2 ⎝ 3⎠ 2 = mv2
after collision 2
e=
relative velocity of approach v2
⇒ v2 = + v 22
v 9 57 A ball moving with velocity 2 ms −1
v2 − v1 −0 2 2
= =u v 8v collides head on with another
[from Eq. (i)] ⇒ v2 − = v 22 ⇒
u2 − u1 0−v 9 9 stationary ball of double the mass.
1 Velocity of second block after collision If the coefficient of restitution is
=
4
v2 =
2 2
v
0.5, then their velocities (in ms −1 )
∴ e = 0.25 3 after collision will be
[CBSE AIPMT 2010]
56 A body of mass (4m) is lying in
54 Two identical balls A and B having xy-plane at rest. It suddenly
(a) 0,1 (b) 1, 1
velocities of 0.5 m/s and –0.3 m /s explodes into three pieces. Two
(c) 1, 0.5 (d) 0, 2
respectively collide elastically in pieces each of mass (m) move Ans. (a)
one dimension. The velocities of B perpendicular to each other with If two bodies collide head on with
and A after the collision coefficient of restitution
equal speeds (v). The total kinetic
respectively will be [NEET 2016] v − v1
energy generated due to explosion e= 2 …(i)
(a) –0.5 m/s and 0. 3 m/s u1 − u2
(b) 0.5 m/s and –0. 3 m/s 3 From, the law of conservation of linear
(c) –0. 3 m/s and 0.5 m/s (a) mv2 (b) mv2
2 momentum
(d) 0. 3 m/s and 0.5 m/s (c) 2 mv2 (d) 4 mv2 m1 u 1 + m2 u 2 = m1 v1 + m2 v2
Ans. (c) Ans. (b) ⎡ m − em2 ⎤ ⎡ (1 + e) m2 ⎤
In elastic collision, kinetic energy of the ⇒ v1 = ⎢ 1 ⎥ u1 + ⎢ ⎥ u2
Problem Solving Strategy Conserve m
⎣ 1 + m2 ⎦ ⎣ m1 + m2 ⎦
system remains unchanged and the momentum of third mass with the
momentum is also conserved. resultant momentum of 1st and 2nd Substituting u 1 = 2 ms−1 , u 2 = 0, m1 = m
It is given that mass of balls are same masses. After getting velocity of third
and collision is perfectly elastic (e = 1) so and m2 = 2 m, e = 0.5
mass, calculate total kinetic energy.
their velocities will be interchanged. +Y mv ⎡ m− m ⎤
2 (mv)=(Resultant we get, v1 = ⎢ ⎥ ×2
Thus, v A′ = v B = − 0.3 m/s, ⎣ m + 2m ⎦
momentum of two
v B′ = v A = 0.5 m/s small masses) ⇒ v1 = 0
55 On a frictionless surface, a block of –X

Similarly,
45°
mass M moving at speed v collides mv ⎡ (1 + e) m1 ⎤ ⎡ m2 − em1 ⎤
45° v2 = ⎢
elastically with another block of
+X ⎥ u1 + ⎢ ⎥ u2
⎣ 1m + m 2 ⎦ ⎣ m1 + m2 ⎦
same mass M which is initially at v′
⎡ 1.5 × m ⎤
2m
−1
rest. After collision the first block =⎢ ⎥ × 2 = 1 ms
moves at an angle θ to its initial ⎣ 3m ⎦
–Y
direction and has a speed v/3. The
58 An explosion blows a rock into 4V + 0.2 v = 0 …(i) ⇒ v2 − v1 = (1) (3 + 5) (Qe = 1)

three parts. Two parts go off at Using conservation of energy ⇒ v1 − v2 = − 8 ...(ii)
right angles to each other. These 1 1 Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we obtain
× 4 × V 2 + × 0.2 × v2 = 1050 …(ii)
two are, 1 kg first part moving with 2 2 2 v1 = − 10
a velocity of 12ms −1 and 2 kg Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ⇒ v1 = − 5 m/s
second part moving with a velocity v = 100 m/s From Eq. (i),
of 8ms −1 . If the third part flies off
v2 = − 2 − v1 = − 2 + 5 = 3 m/s
with a velocity of 4ms −1 , its mass 60 A stationary particle explodes into
[CBSE AIPMT 2009] Thus, v1 = − 5 m/s , v2 = + 3 m/s
would be two particles of masses m 1 and m2 ,
If two bodies collide elastically, then
(a) 5 kg (b) 7 kg (c) 17 kg (d) 3 kg which move in opposite directions their velocities are interchanged. Since,
Ans. (a) with velocities v 1 and v2 . The ratio it is an elastic collision hence, velocities
Momentum of first part = 1 × 12 = 12 of their kinetic energies E 1 /E 2 is after collision will be – 5 m/s and 3 m/s.
kg ms −1 [CBSE AIPMT 2003]
Momentum of the second part m1 v2 62 A metal ball of mass 2 kg moving
−1 (a) 1 (b) with a velocity of 36 km/h has a
= 2 × 8 = 16 kg ms m2 v1
∴ Resultant momentum
head on collision with a stationary
m m
(c) 2 (d) 1 ball of mass 3 kg. If after the
= (12) 2 + (16) 2 = 20 kg ms−1 m1 m2
collision, the two balls move
The third part should also have the same Ans. (c) together, the loss in kinetic energy
momentum. due to collision is
From conservation of linear momentum,
Let the mass of the third part be M, then [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
Initial momentum pinitial = Find
4 × M = 20 momentum pfinal (a) 140 J (b) 100 J (c) 60 J (d) 40 J
M = 5 kg 0 = m1 v1 − m2 v2 Ans. (c)
Alternative or m1 v1 = m2 v2 Initial momentum = Final momentum
2 kg, 8 ms–1 v1 m2 ∴ m1 v1 + m2 v2 = (m1 + m2 ) v
or = ...(i)
v2 m1 Given, v1 = 36 km/h
5
Thus, ratio of kinetic energies, = 36 × = 10 m/s,
θ 1 18
1 kg, 12 ms–1 m v2 2
K1 2 1 1 m ⎛m ⎞ m v2 = 0
= = 1 ×⎜ 2⎟ = 2
M K 2 1 m v2 m2 ⎝ m1 ⎠ m1 m1 = 2 kg, m2 = 3 kg
2 2
2 m v + m2 v2
Mv cosθ = 12 ...(i) ∴ v= 1 1
61 Two equal masses m 1 and m2 moving m1 + m2
Mv sinθ = 16 ...(ii)
Dividing Eqs. (ii) and (i), we get along the same straight line with 2 × 10 + 3 × 0
=
16 4 velocities + 3 m/s and – 5 m/s 2+ 3
tanθ = =
12 3 respectively collide elastically. 20
Their velocities after the collision will or v= = 4 m/s
12 × 5 60 5
M= = = 5 kg
4 × 3 12 be respectively [CBSE AIPMT 1998] Loss in kinetic energy
(a) + 4 m/s for both 1 1 1
= m1 v12 + m2 v22 − (m1 + m2 ) v2
59 A shell of mass 200 g is ejected (b) − 3 m/s and + 5 m/s 2 2 2
from a gun of mass 4 kg by an (c) − 4 m/s and + 4 m/s 1 1
(d) − 5 m/s and + 3 m/s = × 2 × (10) 2 + 0 − (2 + 3) × (4) 2
explosion that generates 1.05 kJ of 2 2
energy. The initial velocity of the Ans. (d) = 100 − 40 = 60 J
shell is [CBSE AIPMT 2008] Given,
(a) 100 ms −1 (b) 80 ms −1 u 1 = 3 m / s, u 2 = − 5 m / s, m1 = m2 = m Acc 63 A metal ball of mass 2 kg moving
ording to principle of conservation of
(c) 40 ms −1 (d) 120 ms −1 with a velocity of 36 km/h has a
linear momentum,
Ans. (a) head on collision with a stationary
m1 u 1 + m2 u 2 = m1 v1 + m2 v2
Problem Solving Strategy Make two ball of mass 3 kg. If after the
m × 3 − m × 5 = mv1 + mv2
equations, one from conservation of collision, the two balls move
momentum and other from or v1 + v2 = − 2 ...(i)
together, the loss in kinetic energy
convservation of energy and solve it. In an elastic collision,
v − v1
due to collision is
Let the velocity of shell be v and that of e= 2 [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
gun beV. Then, according to u1 − u2
(a) 140 J (b) 100 J
conservation of linear momentum.
⇒ v2 − v1 = e (u 1 − u 2 ) (c) 60 J (d) 40 J
Ans. (c) Ans. (a) 66. The coefficient of restitution e for a

Initial momentum = Final momentum perfectly elastic collision is
m + 2m m + 2m
∴ m1 v1 + m2 v2 = (m1 + m2 ) v v [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
5 u2 = 0 (a) 1 (b) zero
Given, v1 = 36 km/h = 36 × = 10 m/s, u1 = 3 km/h
18 (c) infinite (d) − 1
v2 = 0 Let v be velocity of combined mass after Ans. (a)
collision.
m1 = 2 kg, m2 = 3 kg The degree of elasticity of a collision is
Applying law of conservation of linear
m v + m2 v2 determined by a quantity called
∴ v= 1 1 momentum coefficient of restitution or coefficient
m1 + m2
Initial momentum = Final momentum of resilience of the collision. It is defined
2 × 10 + 3 × 0 m × 3 + 2 m × 0 = (m + 2 m) v as the ratio of relative velocity of
=
2+ 3 separation after collision to the relative
or 3 m = 3 mv or v = 1km / h velocity of approach before collision. It is
20
or v= = 4 m/s represented by e.
5 65 Two identical balls A and B moving relative velocity of separation
Loss in kinetic energy with velocities + 0.5 m/s and − 0.3 (after collision)
1 1 1 m/s respectively, collide head on e=
= m1 v12 + m2 v22 − (m1 + m2 ) v2 relative velocity of approach
2 2 2 elastically. The velocity of the balls A (before collision)
1 1 and B after collision will be
= × 2 × (10) 2 + 0 − (2 + 3) × (4) 2 v2 − v1
2 2 respectively [CBSE AIPMT 1991] e=
u1 − u2
= 100 − 40 = 60 J (a) + 0.5m/s and + 0.3m/s
(b) − 0.3m/s and + 0.5m/s where, u 1 , u 2 are the velocities of two
64 A body of mass m moving with (c) + 0.3 m/s and 0.5m/s bodies before collision and v1 , v2 are
velocity 3km / h collides with a body their respective velocities after collision.
(d) − 0.5m/s and + 0.3m/s
of mass 2 m at rest. Now, the For a perfectly elastic collision, relative
coalesced mass starts to move Ans. (b) velocity of separation after collision is
with a velocity [CBSE AIPMT 1996] When two bodies of equal masses equal to relative velocity of approach
undergo head on elastic collision in one
(a) 1 km/h (b) 2 km/h before collision
dimension their velocities are just
(c) 3 km/h (d) 4 km/h interchanged. ∴ e=1
06
System of Particles
and Rotational Motion
TOPIC 1 Let's draw the diagram of the uniform
Ans. (b)
rod suspended with mass.
Centre of Mass, Torque 160 cm
The given situation is shown in the
figure.
and Angular Momentum 20 cm 20 cm 60 cm 80 cm j
M B
01 A uniform rod of length 200 cm and O
mass 500 g is balanced on a wedge 40 cm
2m
placed at 40 cm mark. A mass of
2 kg is suspended from the rod at 2 kg 0.5 g mg A
20 cm and another unknown OM i
As we know in equilibrium net moment M
mass m is suspended from the rod 2m
of force is equals to zero.
at 160 cm mark as shown in the ⇒ 0.5 g (0.60) + mg (1.20) − 2g (0.20) = 0 OA = 2$i
figure. Find the value of m such that ⇒ 0.3+1.20 m − 0.4 = 0 OB = 2$j
the rod is in equilibrium. 1
⇒ 1.20 m = 0.1 ⇒ m = kg Position vector of centre of mass,
(g = 10 m/s 2 ) [NEET 2021] 12 m r + m2 r2
RCM = 1 1
0 20 cm 40 cm 160 cm M1 + M2
02 Three identical spheres, each of M OA + M OB
mass M, are placed at the corners =
M+ M
of a right angle triangle with the
M × 2$i + M × 2$j
mutually perpendicular sides equal = = $i + $j
2 kg m 2M
to 2 m (see figure). Taking the point
of intersection of the two mutually
1
(a) kg
1
(b) kg 03 Find the torque about the origin
when a force of 3 $j N acts on the
2 3 perpendicular sides as the origin,
1 1 find the position vector of centre of
(c) kg (d) kg particle whose position vector
mass. [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
is 2 k$ m.
6 12
j
[NEET (Sep.) 2020]
Ans. (d)
(a) 6 $j N-m (b) − 6 $i N-m
Given, the length of a uniform rod,
(d) 6 $i N-m
M
L = 200 cm (c) 6 k$ N-m
The wedge is placed at the mark = 40 cm 2m Ans. (b)
Given, position vector, r = 2k$ m
The balanced mass placed at 100 cm
mark on wedge = 500 g = 0.5 kg M
The mass suspended from the rod at 20 M 2m Force, F = 3$j N
i
cm distance from the end, M = 2 kg As, torque, τ = r × F = 2k$ × 3$j = 6(− $i)
Another unknown mass suspended (a) 2($i + $j) (b) ($i + $j) = −6$i N-m
from the rod at 160 cm distance from the 2 4
end = m (c) ($i + $j) (d) ($i + $j) Hence, correct option is (b).
3 3
04 Two particles of mass 5 kg and 10 = $i [(−6 × 2) − (−1 × 5)] x d–x

A B
kg respectively are attached to the − $j [(−6 × 0) − (−1 × 4)] + k$ [(0 × 5) − 2 × 4]
two ends of a rigid rod of length 1 m = − 7 $i − 4$j − 8k$
N1 N2
with negligible mass.
The centre of mass of the system 06 A rope is wound around a hollow w
from the 5 kg particle is nearly at a cylinder of mass 3 kg and radius
So, w = N1 + N2 …(i)
distance of [NEET (Sep.) 2020] 40 cm. What is the angular Now balancing torque about the COM,
(a) 50 cm (b) 67 cm acceleration of the cylinder, if the i.e. anti-clockwise momentum
(c) 80 cm (d) 33 cm rope is pulled with a force of 30 N? = clockwise momentum
Ans. (b) [NEET 2017]
⇒ N 1 x = N 2 (d − x)
Given, m1 = 5 kg, m2 = 10 kg and
(a) 25 m/s2 (b) 0.25 rad/s2 Putting the value ofN 2 from Eq. (i), we
r = 1 m = 100 cm (c) 25 rad/s2 (d) 5 m/s2 get
Let the centre of mass lies at origin O. Ans. (c) N 1 x = (w − N 1 ) (d − x)
m1 O m2 Thinking Process Torque (τ) acting on a ⇒ N 1 x = wd − wx − N 1d + N 1 x
body and angular acceleration (α) ⇒ N 1d = w (d − x)
r1 r2
A B produced in it are related as w (d − x)
⇒ N1 =
r τ = Iα d
Consider a hollow cylinder, around which
∴
m1 r1 − m2 r2
=0
a rope is wounded as shown in the 08 An automobile moves on a road
m1 + m2 figure. with a speed of 54 kmh − 1 . The
rope
⇒ 5r1 − 10 r2 = 0 F=30 N radius of its wheels is 0.45 m and
r the moment of inertia of the wheel
⇒ r2 = 1
2 r about its axis of rotation is 3 kg m2 .
Also, r1 + r2 = 100 If the vehicle is brought to rest in 15
r s, the magnitude of average torque
⇒ r1 + 1 = 100 hollow cylinder
2 transmitted by its brakes to the
⇒ 3r1 = 200 Torque acting on the cylinder due to the wheel is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
200 ~ force F is (a) 6.66kg m2 s− 2 (b) 8.58kg m2 s− 2
⇒ r1 = − 67 cm
3 τ = Fr (c) 10.86kg m2 s− 2 (d) 2.86kg m2 s− 2
Hence, correct option is (b). Now, we have τ = Iα
Ans. (a)
where,I = moment of inertia of the
05 The moment of the force, cylinder about the axis through the
As velocity of an automobile vehicle,
F = 4i$ + 5$j − 6k$ at (2, 0, − 3), about
5
v = 54 km/h = 54 × = 15 m/s
centre = mr 2 18
the point (2, − 2, − 2), is given by α = angular acceleration Angular velocity of a vehicle,v = ω0 r
[NEET 2018] τ Fr F 30
⇒ α= = = = v 15 100
(a) −7i$ − 8 $j − 4 k$ (b) −4 $i − $j − 8 k$ I mr 2 mr 3 × 40 × 10 −2 ⇒ ω0 = =
R 0.45
=
3
rad/s
(c) −8 $i − 4 $j − 7 k$ (d) −7$i − 4 $j − 8 k$ =

100
= 25rad / s2 So, angular acceleration of an
4 automobile,
Ans. (d)
100
0−
Key Concept Moment of force is defined 07 A rod of weight w is supported by α=
Δω ω f − ω 0
= = 3
as the cross product of the force and the
force arm. two parallel knife edges A and B and t t 15
is in equilibrium in a horizontal − 100
Given, F = 4$j + 5$j − 6k$ = rad/s2
position. The knives are at a 45
r1 = 2 $i + 0 $j − 3k$ Thus, average torque transmitted by its
distance d from each other. The
r = 2 $i − 2$j − 2k$
2 centre of mass of the rod is at
brakes to wheel
100
Moment of force = r × F τ = Iα ⇒ 3 × . kgm 2 s −2
= 666
distance x from A. The normal 45
= (r1 − r2 ) × F reaction on A is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
= [− (2 $i − 2$j − 2 k$ ) + (2 $i + 0 $j − 3 k$ )] wx wd 09 A force F = α $i + 3$j + 6k$ is acting at a
(a) (b)
× [4$i + 5$j − 6 k$ ]
point F = 2$i − 6$j − 12k$ . The value of α
d x
w(d − x ) w(d − x )
= [0 i + 2 j − 1 k] × [4 i + 5 j − 6 k$ ]
$ $ $ $ $ (c) (d)
x d for which angular momentum
$i $j k$ Ans. (d) about origin is conserved is
= 0 2 −1 As the weight w balances the normal [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
4 5 −6 reactions. (a) − 1 (b) 2 (c) zero (d) 1
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 57
Ans. (a) T 50 × (0.5) 2 13 Two persons of masses 55 kg and

= × 4π
Key Concept When the resultant 2 2 65 kg respectively, are at the
external torque acting on a system is 1 opposite ends of a boat. The length
T = 50 × × 4π = 50 π = 157 N
zero, the total angular momentum of a 4 of the boat is 3 m and weighs 100
system remains constant. This is the
kg. The 55 kg man walks upto the
principle of the conservation of angular 11 A rod PQ of mass M and length L is 65 kg man and sits with him. If the
momentum.
hinged at end P. The rod is kept boat is in still water the centre of
Given, forceF = α $i + 3 $j + 6 k$ is acting at
horizontal by a massless string tied mass of the system shifts by
a point
to a point Q as shown in figure. [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
r = 2 $i − 6 $j − 12k$
When string is cut, the initial angular (a) 3 m (b) 2.3 m
As, angular momentum about origin is acceleration of the rod is (c) zero (d) 0.75 m
conserved. [NEET 2013]
Ans. (c)
i.e. τ = constant
Here on the entire system net external
⇒ Torque, τ = 0 ⇒ r × F = 0
force on the system is zero hence centre
$i $j k$ of mass remains unchanged.
2 − 6 − 12 = 0
α 3 6
P Q 14 ABC is an equilateral triangle with O
L
as its centre. F1 , F2 and F3
⇒ (a)
3g
(b)
g
(c)
2g
(d)
2g represent three forces acting along
(− 36 + 36) $i − (12 + 12α) $j + (6 + 6α)k$ = 0 2L L L 3L the sides AB, BC and AC,
⇒ 0 $i − 12(1 + α) $i + 6(1 + α)k$ = 0 Ans. (a) respectively. If the total torque
⇒ 6(1 + α) = 0 Concept Torque on the rod is equal to about O is zero, then the magnitude
moment of weight of rod about P. of F3 is [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
⇒ α=−1
L /2 A
So, value of α for angular momentum P
F3
about origin is conserved,α = − 1 Mg
O
Torque on the rod = Moment of weight of B
10 A solid cylinder of mass 50 kg and C
F2
the rod about P
radius 0.5 m is free to rotate about L
the horizontal axis. A massless τ = Mg …(i) F1
2
string is wound round the cylinder Q Moment of inertia of rod (a) F1 + F2 (b) F1 − F2
with one end attached to it and ML2
about P = …(ii) F1 + F2
other hanging freely. Tension in the 3 (c) (d)2 (F1 + F2 )
2
string required to produce an As τ = Iα
angular acceleration of 2 rev/s2 is From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get Ans. (a)
[CBSE AIPMT 2014] If we take clockwise torque
L ML2 3g
(a) 25 N (b) 50 N (c) 78.5 N (d) 157 N Mg = α ⇒ α= τ net = τ F 1 + τ F 2 + τ F 3
2 3 2L
Ans. (d) 0 = F1 r + F2 r + F3 r
12 When a mass is rotating in a plane ⇒ F3 = F1 + F2
Fixed horizontal about a fixed point, its angular
axis
momentum is directed along 15 The instantaneous angular position
T [CBSE AIPMT 2012] of a point on a rotating wheel is given
Given, m = 50 kg, r = 0.5 m, (a) a line perpendicular to the plane of by the equation Q (t) = 2t 3 − 6t 2 . The
α = 2 rev / s2 rotation torque on the wheel becomes zero
⇒Torque produced by the tension in the (b) the line making an angle of 45° to the
at [CBSE AIPMT 2011]
string plane of rotation
T (c) the radius (a) t = 0.5 s (b) t=0.25 s
= T × r =T × 0.5 = N- m …(i) (c) t = 2 s (d) t = 1 s
2 (d) the tangent to the orbit
We know τ = Iα …(ii) Ans. (a) Ans. (d)
T According to question, torque τ = 0
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), = Iα As we know that
2 Angular momentumL = m(r × v) It means that,α = 0
⎛ MR 2 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟ × (2 × 2 π) rad / s
2
So, here angular momentum is directed d 2θ
⎝ 2 ⎠ α= 2
along a line perpendicular to the plane of dt
2
MR rotation.
[because I Solid cylinder = ] Given, θ(t) = 2t 3 − 6t 2
2
Y
dθ Ans. (b) φ
So, = 6t 2 − 12t
dt Concept Apply parallel axes theorem of A B
d 2θ moment of inertia.
α = 2 = 12t − 12 P
dt According to question by applying r
conservation of angular momentum d
12t − 12 = 0 ⇒ t = 1 s
I 1ω1 = I 2 ω2 O X
16 Two particles which are initially at In the given case
Therefore, the magnitude ofL is
rest, move towards each other I 1 = MR 2
I 2 = MR 2 + 2 mR 2 L = mvr sin φ = mvd
under the action of their internal where,d = r sin φ is the distance of
ω1 = ω
attraction. If their speeds are v and I1 M closest approach of the particle to the
2v at any instant, then the speed of Then, ω2 = ω = ω origin. As d is same for both the
I2 M + 2m
centre of mass of the system will particles, henceLA = LB .
be [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
19 If F is the force acting on a particle 21 A uniform rod of length l and mass
(a) 2 v (b) 0
having position vector r and τ be m is free to rotate in a vertical
(c) 1.5 v (d) v
the torque of this force about the plane about A. The rod initially in
Ans. (b) origin, then [CBSE AIPMT 2009] horizontal position is released. The
As initially both the particles were at (a) r ⋅ τ ≠ 0 and F ⋅ τ = 0
rest therefore velocity of centre of mass
initial angular acceleration of the
(b) r ⋅ τ > 0 and F ⋅ τ < 0 rod is (moment of inertia of rod
was zero and there is no external force
on the system so speed of centre of (c) r ⋅ τ = 0 and F ⋅ τ = 0 ml 2
mass remains constant i.e it should be (d) r ⋅ τ = 0 and F ⋅ τ ≠ 0 about A is )
3 [CBSE AIPMT 2007]
equal to zero.
Ans. (c) l
τ = r × F, wherer = position vector
17 Two bodies of masres 1 kg and 3 kg A B
F = force ⇒ τ = |r |⋅ |F | sinθ
have position vectors $i + 2 $j + k$ and
− 3 $i − 2 $j + k,
$ respectively. The Torque is perpendicular to bothr and F. 3g 2l 3g l
(a) (b) (c) (d) mg
So, dot product of two vectors will be 2l 3g 2l2 2
centre of mass of this system has a zero.
position vector [CBSE AIPMT 2009] τ⋅r = 0 ⇒ F⋅ τ = 0 Ans. (a)
(a) − 2 $i + 2 k$ (b) − 2 $i − $j + k$ The moment of inertia of the uniform rod
(c) 2 i$ − $j − 2 k$ (d) − i$ + $j + k$ 20 A particle of mass m in the about an axis through one end and
perpendicular to length is
XY-plane with a velocity v along the ml 2
Ans. (b) straight line AB. If the angular I=
3
The position vector of centre of mass momentum of the particle with
m r + m2 r2 where, m is mass of rod and l its length.
r= 1 1 respect to origin O is L A when it is
Torque (τ = Iα) acting on centre of gravity
m1 + m2 at A and L B when it is at B, then of rod is given by
1( i + 2 $j + k$ ) + 3(− 3 $i − 2 $j + k$ )
$ [CBSE AIPMT 2007]
τ = mg
l
=
1+ 3 Y 2
As we know that τ = Iα
= (− 8 i − 4 j + 4k$ ) = − 2 $i − $j + k$
$ $
1
B l ml 2 l
4 A So Iα = mg or α = mg
2 3 2
18 A thin circular ring of mass M and ∴ α=
3g
radius R is rotating in a horizontal 2l
O X
plane about an axis vertical to its
plane with a constant angular (a) LA > LB 22 A tube of length L is filled
velocity ω. If two objects each of (b) LA = LB completely with an incompressible
mass m be attached gently to the (c) the relationship betweenLA and LB liquid of mass M and closed at both
opposite ends of a diameter of the depends upon the slope of the line AB the ends. The tube is then rotated
ring, the ring will then rotate with (d) LA < LB in a horizontal plane about one of
an angular velocity Ans. (b) its ends with a uniform angular
[CBSE AIPMT 2009, 1998] From the definition of angular momentum, velocity ω . The force exerted by
ω(M − 2 m) ωM
(a) (b) L = r × p = rmv sin φ (− k) the liquid at the other end is
M + 2m M + 2m ⎡r = position vector ⎤ [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
ω(M + 2 m) ωM ⎢ p = momentum ⎥ MLω2 ML2 ω ML2 ω2
(c) (d) ⎣ ⎦ (a) (b) (c) MLω2 (d)
M M+m 2 2 2
Ans. (a) ⇒ − m1d + m2 d ′ = 0 dL

m So, =0
Let the length of a small element of tube ⇒ d ′ = 1 d. dt
m2
be dx. Angular momentum,L = constant
Mass of this element If both the masses are equal i.e., or Iω = constant
M m1 = m2 , then second mass will move a
dm = dx distance equal to the distance at which first
∴ I 1 ω1 = I 2 ω2 ...(i)
L So, for two different cases
ω mass is being displaced.
dx Here, I 1 = Mr 2 ,ω1
24 A round disc of moment of inertia = ω,I 2 = Mr 2 + 4mr 2
F F + dF
I2 about its axis perpendicular to its Hence, Eq. (i) can be written as
r plane and passing through its Mr 2 ω = (Mr 2 + 4mr 2 ) ω2
centre is placed over another disc Mω
where, M is mass of filled liquid and L is ∴ ω2 =
of moment of inertia I 1 rotating M + 4m
length of tube. Force on this element
dF = dm × xω2
with an angular velocity ω about
the same axis. The final angular 26 A rod is of length 3 m and its mass
F M 2 L
∫ 0 dF = L ω ∫ 0 x dx velocity of the combination of acting per unit length is directly
discs is [CBSE AIPMT 2004] proportional to distance x from its
M ⎡ L2 ⎤ MLω2 one end. The centre of gravity of the
or F = ω2 ⎢ ⎥ = I 2ω
L ⎣2⎦ 2 (a) (b) ω rod from that end will be at
I1 + I2
1 [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
or F = MLω 2
Iω (I 1 + I 2 ) ω
2 (c) 1 (d) (a) 1.5 m (b) 2 m (c) 2.5 m (d) 3 m
I1 + I2 I1
Ans. (a)
23 Consider a system of two particles Ans. (c) A rod lying along any of coordinate axes
having masses m 1 and m2 . If the Concept Apply conservation of angular serves for us as continuous body.
particle of mass m 1 is pushed momentum Suppose a rod of mass M and lengthL is
towards the centre of mass of The angular momentum of a disc of lying along the x-axis with its one end at
particles through a distance d, by moment of inertiaI 1 and rotating about x = 0 and the other at x = L.
its axis with angular velocityω is M
what distance would the particle of Mass per unit length of the rod =
mass m2 move so as to keep the L1 = I 1 ω L
mass centre of particles at the When a round disc of moment of inertia Hence, the mass of the element PQ of
M
original position? I 2 is placed on first disc, then angular lengthdx situated at x = x is dm = dx
momentum of the combination is L
[CBSE AIPMT 2004]
m1 m1 L2 = (I 1 + I 2 ) ω′
(a) d (b) d In the absence of any external torque, PQ
m1 + m2 m2
angular momentum remains conserved x
m i.e., (0,0)
(c) d (d) 2 d x dx x=L
m1 L1 = L2 L
I 1 ω = (I 1 + I 2 ) ω′
Ans. (b)
I ω The coordinates of the element PQ are
The system of two given particles of ⇒ ω′ = 1
I1 + I2 (x, 0, 0). Therefore, x-coordinate of
masses m1 and m2 are shown in figure. centre of gravity of the rod will be
L
⎛ M⎞
25 A thin circular ring of mass M and xdm ∫ 0 (x) ⎜ ⎟ dx
L
m1 m2
xCG =
∫ 0
=
⎝L⎠ 1 L
= ∫ xdx
radius r is rotating about its axis
r1 r2 with a constant angular velocity ω. ∫ dm M L 0
Four objects each of mass m, are L

=
Initially the centre of mass 2
m r + m2 r2 kept gently to the opposite ends of
rCM = 1 1 ...(i) two perpendicular diameters of the but as given, L = 3 m
m1 + m2 3
ring. The angular velocity of the ∴ xCG = = 1.5 m
When mass m1 moves towards centre of ring will be [CBSE AIPMT 2003]
2
mass by a distanced, then let mass m2
(M + 4 m) ω (M − 4 m) ω The y-coordinate of centre of gravity
moves a distanced′ away from CM to (a) (b)
yCG = ∫
M M + 4m ydm
keep the CM in its initial position. =0 (as y = 0)
m (r − d) + m2 (r2 + d ′) Mω Mω
So, rCM = 1 1
m1 + m2
...(ii) (c)
4m
(d)
M + 4m
∫ dm
Similarly, zCG = 0
Equating Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get Ans. (d) i.e., the coordinates of centre of gravity
m1 r1 + m2 r2 m1 (r1 − d) + m2 (r2 + d ′) External torque τext = 0 of the rod are (1.5, 0, 0) or it lies at the
=
m1 + m2 m1 + m2 distance 1.5 m from one end.
27 A solid sphere of radius R is placed Therefore, centre of mass of the triangle 32 A cart of mass M is tied to one end
on a smooth horizontal surface. A is the centre of mass of the system of a massless rope of length 10 m.
which is point of intersection of the
horizontal force F is applied at The other end of the rope is in the
medians of the triangle.
height h from the lowest point. For hands of a man of mass M. The
the maximum acceleration of the 30 O is the centre of an equilateral entire system is on a smooth
centre of mass [CBSE AIPMT 2002] ΔABC. F 1 , F2 and F3 are three forces horizontal surface. The man is at
(a) h = R acting along the sides AB, BC and AC x = 0 and the cart at x = 10 m. If the
(b) h = 2 R as shown in figure. What should be man pulls the cart by the rope, the
(c) h = 0 the magnitude of F3 ,so that the total man and the cart will meet at the
(d) the acceleration will be same torque about O is zero? point [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
whatever h may be (a) they will never meet
[CBSE AIPMT 1998]
Ans. (d) A
(b) x = 10 m
The linear acceleration of centre of (c) x = 5 m
F
mass will bea = , wherever the force is (d) x = 0
m
Ans. (c)
applied. Hence, the acceleration will be O
same whatever the value ofh may be. If the man pulls the cart by the rope, the
B F3 man and cart will meet at the centre of
F2 mass.
28 A disc is rotating with angular F1 C
m x + m2 x 2
velocity ω. If a child sits on it, what ∴ x CM = 1 1
(F1 + F2 ) m1 + m2
is conserved ? [CBSE AIPMT 2002] (a) (b) (F1 − F2 )
(a) Linear momentum 2 Taking axis at the point where man is
(b) Angular momentum (c) (F1 + F2 ) (d) 2 (F1 + F2 ) present
(c) Kinetic energy M × 0 + M × 10 ⎡ x 1 = 0, x 2 = 10 ⎤
Ans. (c) = ⎢m = m = M ⎥
(d) Moment of inertia M+ M ⎣ 1 ⎦
Let r be the perpendicular distance of 2
F1 , F2 and F3 from O as shown in figure. 10M

Ans. (b) = =5 m
If no external torque is applied on the A 2M
system, then angular momentum of the
system remains constant. When a child 33 In a carbon monoxide molecule, the
sits on rotating disc, then no torque is r r carbon and the oxygen atoms are
applied (weight of child acts downward), so
O separated by a distance
angular momentum will remain conserved. r F3
B F2 1.12 × 10 −10 m. The distance of the
C
29 Three identical metal balls each of F1
centre of mass from the carbon
radius r are placed touching each atom is [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
The torque of force F3 about O is
other on a horizontal surface such (a) 0.64 × 10−10 m . × 10−10 m
(b) 056
clockwise, while torque due toF1 and F2
that an equilateral triangle is formed . × 10−10 m
(c) 051 . × 10−10 m
(d) 048
are anticlockwise.
with centres of three balls joined. Ans. (a)
For total torque to be zero about O, we
The centre of mass of the system is must have Let the distance of the centre of mass
located at [CBSE AIPMT 1999] from the carbon atom be xcm .
F1 r + F2 r − F3 r = 0
(a) horizontal surface The mass of carbon, m1 = 12 amu
(b) centre of one of the balls ⇒ F3 = F1 + F2 The mass of oxygen, m2 = 16 amu
(c) line joining the centres of any two balls [atomic mass unit]
(d) point of intersection of the medians 31 A couple produces (12 amu) (16 amu)
CM
[CBSE AIPMT 1997] C O
Ans. (d) m1 m2
(a) no motion xcm
The whole mass of the ball will be
(b) linear and rotational motion
concentrated at the centre of the ball. All r = 1.12 × 10–10 m
the three balls are identical, i.e., the balls (c) purely rotational motion
have same mass. On each vertex of (d) purely linear motion From definition of centre of mass
equilateral ΔPQR, same mass is kept. m x + m2 x 2
Ans. (c) x CM = 1 1
A couple consists of two equal and m1 + m2
P
opposite forces acting at a separation, (12 amu) × 0 + (16 amu) × r
=
so that net force becomes zero. When a 12 amu + 16 amu
C
r couple acts on a body it rotates the body
16 16
but does not produce any translatory = r= × 1.12 × 10 −10 m
Q R motion. Hence, only rotational motion is 28 28
produced. = 0.64 × 10 −10 m
34 Find the torque of a force velocities are different. If v1 , v2 , v3 ,… vn 37 A particle of mass m = 5 kg is

F = − 3 i$ + $j + 5k$ acting at the point
are the linear velocities of the particles moving with a uniform speed
respectively, then
r = 7 i$ + 3$j + k$ . [CBSE AIPMT 1997] v1 = r1ω
v = 3 2 in the XOY plane along the
line Y = X + 4. The magnitude of
(a) − 21$i + 3$j + 5 k$ (b) − 14 i$ + 3$j – 16 k$ v2 = r2 ω
the angular momentum of the
(c) 4 $i + 4 $j + 6 k$ (d) 14 i$ – 38 $j + 16 k$ v3 = r3ω,…
particle about the origin is
The linear momentum of this particle of [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
Ans. (d) mass m1 is
Given, r = 7 $i + 3$j + k$ , F = –3$i + $j + 5k$
(a) 60 unit
p1 = m1 v1 = m1 (r1ω)
(b) 40 2 unit
∴ τ = r × F = |r | |F | sin θ The angular momentum of this particle
(c) zero
where,θ is the angle between r and F about the given axis
(d) 7.5 unit
= (7 $i + 3$j + k$ ) × (− 3$i + $j + 5k$ ) = p1 × r1 = (m1 r1ω) × r1
Ans. (a)
$i $j k$ = m1 r12 ω
The equation of the line is
= 7 3 1 Similarly, angular momenta of other
particles of the body about the given axis Y =X+4
−3 1 5 are or X −Y + 4=0
= $i (15 − 1) − $j (35 + 3) + k$ (7 + 9) m2 r22 ω, m3 r32 ω,… mn rn2 ω Length of perpendicular from origin on this
= 14$i − 38$j + 16k$ ∴ Angular momentum of the body about line is
the given axis 0 −0 + 4 4
Alternative R= =
∴ τ =r ×F L = m1 r12 ω + m2 r22 ω + m2 r32 ω + …+ mn rn2 ω 12 + 12 2
= (7 $i + 3$j + k$ )× (–3$i + $j + 5k$ ) = (m1 r12 + m2 r22 + m3 r32 + …+ mn rn2 ) ω ∴ Angular momentum
= − 21 ($i × $i) +7 ($i × $j )+35 ($i × k$ ) L = ⎛⎜ Σ mi ri2 ⎞⎟ ω
n
or 4
⎝ 1
i = ⎠ L = mvR = 5 × 3 2 × = 60 unit
− 9 ( $j × $i )+3 ($j × $j )+ 15 ($j × k$ ) 2
or L = Iω Alternative
− 3 (k$ × $i )+ (k$ × $j )+5 (k$ × k$ ) n
where, I = Σ mi ri is moment of Y
= 0 + 7k − 35$j + 9k$ + 0 + 15$i − 3$j − $i + 0
$ 2
i=1
= 14$i − 38$j + 16k$ inertia of the body about the given axis. X+
4
Y=
35 The angular momentum of a body 36 Angular momentum is S
[CBSE AIPMT 1994] P
with mass (m) moment of inertia (I)
(a) vector (axial) θR
and angular velocity (ω) rad/s is Q
O
X
equal to [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
(b) vector (polar)
(c) scalar Y = X + 4 line is shown in the figure.
(a) Iω (b) Iω 2
I I (d) None of these When X = 0, Y = 4,
(c) (d) 2
ω ω Ans. (a) so OS = 4
Ans. (a) The radial component of linear To find slope of this line comparing this
Consider a rigid body rotating about a momentum does not contribute to with equation of line
given axis with a uniform angular angular momentum of the particle. It is
only the transverse component of linear y = m′ x + c
velocity ω. Let the body consists of n
particles of masses m1 , m2 , m3 ,.… mn at momentum (perpendicular to position ∴ Slope, m′ = tanθ = 1
perpendicular distances r1 , r2 , r3 ,… rn vector r), which when multiplied by ⇒ θ = 45°
respectively from the axis of rotation. distance from the axis of rotation gives
us angular momentum. Length of perpendicular = OP
OP
ω In ΔPSO, = sin45°
OS
∴ OP = OS sin45°
p
r1 φ 1 4
m1 r3 =4× =
r2 m3 K (x, y) 2 2
m2
r φ ∴ Angular momentum of particle going
along this line
θ α
O = mvR
As the body is rigid, angular velocityω of 90° 4
= 5×3 2 ×
all the particles is the same. However, as N 2
the distances of the particles from the
axis of rotation are different, their linear Hence, angular momentum is axial = 60 unit
vector.
TOPIC 2 If the above figure is considered, then X

moment of inertia of disc will be given as
Moment of Inertia I = Iremain + I (R / 2 ) ⇒ Iremain = I − I (R / 2 )
Putting the values, we get
38 From a circular ring of mass M and ⎡ M ⎛ R⎞2 ⎤
radius R, an arc corresponding to a ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ 2⎥
MR 2
4 ⎝ 2 ⎠ M ⎛ R ⎞
90° sector is removed. The = −⎢ + ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
2 ⎢ 2 4 ⎝2⎠ ⎥ X′
moment of inertia of the remaining ⎢ ⎥
part of the ring about an axis ⎣ ⎦ Moment of inertia of the system
passing through the centre of the MR 2 ⎡ MR 2 MR 2 ⎤ consisting of these three
= −⎢ +
ring and perpendicular to the plane 2 ⎣ 32 16 ⎥⎦ spherical shells about XX ′ axis is
of the ring is K times MR 2 . Then, MR 2 ⎡ MR 2 + 2MR 2 ⎤ [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
= −⎢ ⎥
the value of K is [NEET 2021] 2 ⎣ 32 ⎦ 11
(a) mr 2 (b) 3 mr 2
3 7 1 1 MR 2
3MR 2 5
(a) (b) (c) (d) = −
4 8 4 8 16
2 32 (c) mr 2 (d) 4 mr 2
5
Ans. (a) 16MR 2 − 3MR 2
= Ans. (d)
Given, the mass of the circular ring = M 32
The radius of the circular ring = R 13MR 2 The total moment of inertia of the
Iremain = system is
We know that, the moment of inertia of 32 Y
the circular ring, I = MR 2
An arc corresponding to a 90° sector in 40 A light rod of length l has two 1
the circular ring is removed, means
masses m 1 and m2 attached to its m r
one-fourth part of circular ring is
removed. Then, the remaining mass of two ends. The moment of inertia of
the circular ring, the system about an axis m r r m
M perpendicular to the rod and
M′ =
4 passing through the centre of 2 3
The new moment of inertia, mass is [NEET 2016]
MR 2 Y′
I ′ = M′ R 2 = m1 m2 2 m1 + m2 2
4 (a) l (b) l I = I1 + I2 + I3 …(i)
m1 + m2 m1 m2
Now, the moment of inertia of the 2 2
remaining part, (c) (m1 + m2 ) l 2
(d) m1 m2 l 2
Here, I 1 = mr
3
MR 2 3MR 2 Ans. (a) 2
I ′ ′ = I − I ′ = MR 2 − ⇒ I′′ = I 2 = I 3 = mr 2 + mr 2
4 4 COM of m1 and m2 masses lies at 3
Comparing with I ′ ′ = KMR 2 m r + m2 r2 [From parallel axis theorem]
r= 1 1
The value of K = 3 /4⋅ m1 + m2 5
= mr 2
3
39 From a disc of radius R and mass r1 r2 2 5
From Eq. (i), I = mr 2 + 2 × mr 2
M, a circular hole of diameter R, 3 3
= mr 2 ⎛⎜ + ⎞⎟
m1 m2 2 10
whose rim passes through the
⎝3 3 ⎠
centre is cut. What is the moment l
of inertia of the remaining part of I = 4 mr 2
the disc about a perpendicular axis, ∴ Moment of inertia of the point masses
about the given axis is 42 The moment of inertia of a thin
passing through the centre ?
[NEET 2016] I = ∑ mi ri2 ⇒ I = m1 r12 + m2 r22 uniform rod of mass M and length L
2 2
⎛ m2 l ⎞ ⎛ m1 l ⎞ about an axis passing through its
(a) 13 MR 2 /32 (b) 11 MR 2 /32 = m 1 ⎜⎜ ⎟ + m2 ⎜ ⎟
⎟ ⎜m +m ⎟ mid-point and perpendicular to its
(c) 9 MR 2 /32 (d) 15 MR 2 /32 ⎝ m1 + m2 ⎠ ⎝ 1 2 ⎠
length is I 0 . Its moment of inertia
Ans. (a) m1 m2 l 2 m1 m2 l 2
= (m2 + m1 ) = about an axis passing through one
Considering the information given in the (m1 + m2 ) 2
(m1 + m2 ) of its ends and perpendicular to its
question, let us draw the figure
I
length is [CBSE AIPMT 2011]
41 Three identical spherical shells, (a) I 0 + ML2 /4 (b) I 0 + 2ML2
each of mass m and radius r are (c) I 0 + ML2 (d) I 0 + ML2 /2
R R/2 placed as shown in figure. Consider
Ans. (a)
an axis XX ′, which is touching to
Concept Apply parallel axes theorem of
two shells and passing through moment of inertia.
diameter of third shell.
According to parallel axes theorem of

M, L
47 Three particles, each of mass m
moment of inertia,
M 2 2 grams situated at the vertices of an
I = I CM + Mh2
2 L axis equilateral ΔABC of side l cm (as
⎛L⎞
So, I = I0 + M ⎜ ⎟ shown in the figure). The moment
⎝ 2⎠ M, L
2 2 of inertia of the system about a line
ML2
⇒ I = I0 + AX perpendicular to AB and in the
4 plane of ABC in g-cm 2 units will be
Mass × (length) 2
= [CBSE AIPMT 2004]
43 Four identical thin rods each of 3
2
X
mass M and length l, form a square 1 M ⎛ L ⎞ ML2
∴ I =2× × ⎜ ⎟ = m C
frame. Moment of inertia of this 3 2 ⎝ 2⎠ 12
frame about an axis through the l
l
centre of the square and 45 The ratio of the radii of gyration of
perpendicular to its plane is a circular disc to that of a circular
ring, each of same mass and B
[CBSE AIPMT 2009] A Y
m l m
4 2 radius, around their respective
(a) Ml 2 (b) Ml 2 ⎛ 3⎞
3 3 axes is [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
(a) ⎜ ⎟ ml 2 (b) 2 ml 2
13 1 (a) 3 : 2 (b) 1 : 2 ⎝ 4⎠
(c) Ml 2 (d) Ml 2
3 3 (c) 2 :1 (d) 2 : 3 ⎛ 5⎞ ⎛ 3⎞
(c) ⎜ ⎟ ml 2 (d) ⎜ ⎟ ml 2
⎝ 4⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
Ans. (a) Ans. (b)
Moment of inertia of rod about an axis As we know that radius of gyration Ans. (c)
through its centre of mass and I Moment of inertia of the system about
k=
perpendicular to rod = (mass of rod) × m AX is given by
(perpendicular distance between X
So, for two different cases
two axes) D C
2 kring I MR 2
Ml 2 ⎛ l ⎞ Ml = ring =
2
= + M⎜ ⎟ = kdisc I disc 1
12 ⎝ 2⎠ 3 MR 2 l l
2
Moment of inertia of the system kring kdisc 1 30°
Ml 2 ∴ = 2 ⇒ =
= ×4 kdisc kring 2
3 A B
l
4
= Ml 2
3 46 The moment of inertia of a uniform Moment of inertia = mA rA2 + mB rB2 + mC rC2
circular disc of radius R and mass M ⎡ rA = 0 ⎤
44 A thin rod of length L and mass M is about an axis passing from the ⎢r = l ⎥
bent at its mid-point into two ⎢B ⎥
edge of the disc and normal to the ⎢⎣ rc = l sin30 ° ⎥⎦
halves so that the angle between disc is [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
them is 90°. The moment of inertia 1 7 3 Moment of inertia
(a) MR 2 (b) MR 2 (c) MR 2 (d) MR 2
of the bent rod about an axis 2 2 2 = m (0) 2 + m (l ) 2 + m(l sin 30 °) 2
ml 2 5 2
passing through the bending point Ans. (d) = ml 2 + = ml
4 4
and perpendicular to the plane Moment of inertia of disc passing
through its centre of gravity and Alternative
defined by the two halves of the
perpendicular to its plane is Moment of inertia of a system about a
rod is [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
line OC perpendicular to AB in the plane
1
ML2 ML2 I AB = MR 2 of ABC is
(a) (b) 2 X
24 12 A C
ML2 2 ML2 mC
(c) (d)
6 24
l l
Ans. (b) R
As the rod is bent into two equal halves,
the mass and length of each half is A
M L m l O mB
and respectively. B D 2 2
2 2 ⎛l ⎞ ⎛l ⎞
Using theorem of parallel axes, we have, I CO = m × 0 + m × ⎜ ⎟ + m × ⎜ ⎟
The moment of inertia about an axis ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
passing through its edge and I CD = I AB + MR 2
ml 2 ml 2 ml 2
perpendicular to the rod 1 3 ∴ I CO = + =
= MR 2 + MR 2 = MR 2 4 4 2
2 2
Now, by applying parallel axes theorem that of aluminium, therefore for moment I
I AX = I CO + Mx 2 of inertia to be maximum, the iron should
where, x = distance of AX from CO be far away from the axis. Thus,
O
aluminium should be at interior and iron Id
M = total mass of system surrounds it.
2
ml 2 ⎛l ⎞
I AX = + 3m × ⎜ ⎟
2 ⎝ 2⎠ 50 ABC is a right angled triangular
ml 2 3ml 2 5 2 plate of uniform thickness. The
I AX = + = ml Now, according to perpendicular axis
2 4 4 sides are such that AB > BC as theorem, moment of inertia of disc
shown in figure. I 1 , I2 , I3 are about a tangent passing through rim and
48 The ratio of the radii of gyration of moments of inertia about in the plane of disc is
a circular disc about a tangential AB, BCand AC respectively. Then, 1 5
I = I d + MR 2 = MR 2 + MR 2 = MR 2
axis in the plane of the disc and of which of the following relations is 4 4
a circular ring of the same radius correct? [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
about a tangential axis in the plane A 52 ABC is a triangular plate of uniform
of the ring is [CBSE AIPMT 2004] thickness. The sides are in the ratio
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 2 : 1 shown in the figure. I AB , I BC and I CA
(c) 5 : 6 (d) 1 : 2 are the moments of inertia of the
I3
I1 plate about AB, BC and CA as axes
Ans. (c)
Moment of inertia of a disc and circular respectively. Which one of the
ring about a tangential axis in their following relations is correct?
planes are respectively. Momentum [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
B C
inertia of disc about tangential axis I2
(a) I AB > I BC (b) I BC > I AC
5
I d = Md R 2 (a) I 1 = I 2 = I 3 (c) I AB + I BC = I CA (d) I CA is maximum
4 (b) I 2 > I 1 > I 3
Moment of inertia of ring about a Ans. (b)
tangential axis (c) I 3 < I 2 < I 1
Moment of inertia of the triangular plate
3 (d) I 3 > I 1 > I 2 is maximum about the shortest side
I r = Mr R 2
2 Ans. (b) because effective distance of mass
distribution about this side is maximum.
I The moment of inertia of a body about
but I = Mk 2
⇒ k= Since, distances of centre of mass from
M an axis depends not only on the mass of
the sides are related as
the body, but also on the distribution of
kd Id Mr mass from the axis. For a given body, x BC < x AB < x AC
∴ = ×
kr Ir Md mass is same, so it will depend only on Therefore
the distribution of mass from the axis. I BC > I AB > I AC or I BC > I AC
kd (5/4) Md R 2 Mr 5 The mass is farthest from axis BC, so I 2
or = × =
kr (3/2) Mr R 2 Md 6 is maximum. Mass is nearest to axis AC, 53 In a rectangle ABCD (BC = 2AB). The
∴ k d :k r = 5 : 6 so I 3 is minimum. moment of inertia is minimum along
Hence, the correct sequence will be axis through [CBSE AIPMT 1993]
49 A circular disc is to be made using I2 > I1 > I3 A
F D
iron and aluminium. To keep its NOTE
moment of inertia maximum about In a rotational motion, moment of inertia is G
E
also known as rotational inertia.
a geometrical axis, it should be so
prepared that [CBSE AIPMT 2002] B C
51 The moment of inertia of a disc of H
(a) aluminium is at the interior and iron
surrounds it
mass M and radius R about a
(a) BC (b) BD
(b) iron is at the interior and aluminium tangent to its rim in its plane is
(c) HF (d) EG
surrounds it [CBSE AIPMT 1999]
(c) aluminium and iron layers are in 2 3 Ans. (d)
(a) MR 2 (b) MR 2
alternate order 3 2 Concept Magnitude of moment of
(d) sheet of iron is used at both external 4 5 inertia depends on the distribution of
(c) MR 2 (d) MR 2
surfaces and aluminium sheet as 5 4 mass taken from the axis.
inner material From the axis EG, the distribution of
Ans. (d) masses is at minimum distance while
Ans. (a) Moment of inertia of a disc about its from the axis BD the distribution of
Moment of inertia depends on diameter is masses is at maximum distance. Hence,
distribution of mass and about axis of 1 the moment of inertia is minimum along
I d = MR 2
rotation. Density of iron is more than 4 axis through EG.
TOPIC 3 56 A solid cylinder of mass 2 kg and Ans. (d)

Kinematics and Dynamics radius 50 cm rolls up an inclined Given, radius R = 2 m
of Rotational Motion plane of angle inclination 30°. The mass, m = 100 kg and
centre of mass of cylinder has v CM (velocity centre of mass) = v = 20
speed of 4 m/s. The distance cm/s = 20 × 10 −2 m/s.
54 The angular speed of the wheel of a Then, according to work energy
travelled by the cylinder on the
vehicle is increased from 360 rpm theorem, the work done in stopping the
inclined surface will be : disc is equal to the change in its kinetic
to 1200 rpm in 14 s. Its angular
(Take g = 10 m/s 2 ) energy, i.e.
acceleration is [NEET (Oct.)2020]
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] W = KEf − KEi
(a) 2π rad/s 2 (b) 28π rad/s 2
(a) 2.2 m (b) 1.6 m As, the disc stops at the end, so final
(c) 120π rad/s 2 (d) 1 rad/s 2 (c) 1.2 m (d) 2.4 m velocity is zero. Thus,KEf = 0
Ans. (a) Since, the disc is rolling so, its initial
Ans. (d)
Initial angular speed of wheel, When a body rolls i.e. have rotational kinetic energy would have both
360 rotational and translational kinetic
ω0 = 2 πf0 = 2 π × rad/s motion, the total kinetic energy of the
60 system will be energy component.
1 1
= 12π rad / s 1 ⎛ k2 ⎞ KEi = KER + KET = Iω2 + mv 2
KE = mv 2 ⎜ 1 + 2 ⎟ 2 2
Final angular speed of wheel, 2 ⎝ R ⎠
1⎛1 ⎞ 1
ω = 2 πf where, m = mass of body, v = velocity and = ⎜ mR 2 ⎟ ω2 + mv 2
1200 2 ⎝2 ⎠ 2
= 2π × rad / s= 40 π rad / s k = radius of gyration
⎡ 1 ⎤
60 Qfor disc,I = mR 2
⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
t = 14 s
1 1
From the equation of rotational motion, = mR 2 ω2 + mv 2
x 4 2
ω = ω0 + αt h
ω − ω0 –1 1 v2 1
⇒ α= = mR 2 2 + mv 2 [Qv = rω]
4 ms 4 R 2
t v= 30°
40 π − 12 π 28 π 3
= mv 2
= = = 2π rad / s2
14 14 4
Given, m = 2 kg, θ = 30 °, v = 4ms−1 3
Let h be the height of the inclined plane, ∴ W = |KEi | = mv 2
55 A particle starting from rest, moves 4
then from law of conservation of energy,
in a circle of radius ‘r’. It attains a Substituting the given values, we get
KE = PE
velocity of v 0 m/s in the nth round. 3
W = × 100 × (20 × 10 −2 ) 2
1 2⎛ k2 ⎞
Its angular acceleration will be mv ⎜ 1 + 2 ⎟ = mgh 4
2 ⎝ R ⎠ 3
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] = × 400 × 100 × 10 −4 = 3 J
v v 02 Substituting the given values in the 4
(a) 0 rad/s 2 (b) rad/s 2 above equation, we get
n 2πnr 2
v 02 v2
1 ⎛ 1⎞
× 2 × 16⎜ 1 + ⎟ = 2 × 10 × h 58 A solid cylinder of mass 2 kg and
(c) rad/s 2 (d) 0 rad/s 2 2 ⎝ 2⎠ radius 4 cm is rotating about its
4πnr 2 4πnr
k2 1 axis at the rate of 3 rpm. The
[QFor cylinder 2 = ]
Ans. (c) R 2 torque required to stop after 2π
From third equation of motion for 3 revolutions is [NEET (National) 2019]
⇒ 8 × = 10 h ⇒ h = 12. m
circular motion 2 (a) 2 × 10−3 N-m (b) 12 × 10−4 N-m
ω2 − ω20 = 2αθ …(i)
From the above diagram (c) 2 × 106 N-m (d) 2 × 10−6 N-m
where,ω = final angular velocity of particle h
ω0 = initial angular velocity sinθ = Ans. (d)
x
α = angular acceleration and Key Idea According to work-energy
h 12
.
θ = angular displacement ⇒x = = = 12
. × 2 = 2 .4 m theorem, the change in kinetic energy of
v sinθ sin30 °
Here, ω = 0 rad/s (where, r radius of a particle is the amount of work done on
⎡ 1⎤
r Qsin30 ° = the particle to move, i.e.
⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
the circle) W = − ΔKE = KEf − KEi
ω0 = 0 (initially particle is at rest) Given, mass of cylinder, m = 2 kg
θ = 2 πn (for n rounds)
57 A disc of radius 2 m and mass 100
radius of cylinder, r = 4 cm = 4 × 10 −2 m
kg rolls on a horizontal floor. Its
Substituting these values in Eq. (i), rotational velocity, ω = 3 rpm
we get centre of mass has speed of 20 2π π
=3× = rad/s and θ = 2 π revolution
2
⎛ v 0 ⎞ − 0 = 2α (2 πn) cm/s. How much work is needed to 60 10
⎜ ⎟ stop it? [NEET (National) 2019] = 2 π × 2 π = 4 π 2 rad.
⎝ r ⎠
v 02 (a) 30 kJ (b) 2 J The work done in rotating an object by an
⇒ α= rad/s 2 (c) 1 J (d) 3 J angle θ from rest is given by W = τθ
4 πnr 2
As the cylinder is brought to rest, so the 60 A solid sphere is rotating freely For a solid sphere, moment of inertia
work done will be negative. 2
about its symmetry axis in free about its diametric axis,I = MR 2
According to work-energy theorem, 5
space. The radius of the sphere is
Work done = Change in rotational kinetic Substituting the value ofI in Eq. (ii), we
increased keeping its mass same. get
energy
1 1 1 Which of the following physical
K t + K r = ⎛⎜ MR 2 ⎞⎟ ω2 + mv CM
− τθ = Iω2f − Iω2i = I (ω2f − ω2i ) 1 2 1 2
quantities would remain constant
2 2 2 2⎝5 ⎠ 2
I (−ω2i ) for the sphere? [NEET 2018]
⇒ τ= [Qωf = 0]
2
⎛v ⎞
= ⎛⎜ MR 2 ⎞⎟ ⎜ CM ⎟ + mv CM
(a) Rotational kinetic energy 1 2 1 2
2θ
(b) Moment of inertia 2⎝5 ⎠⎝ R ⎠ 2
1⎛1 ⎞ω
2
= ⎜ mr 2 ⎟ i (c) Angular velocity [Qv CM = Rω]
2 ⎝2 ⎠ θ
(d) Angular momentum 1 1
= 2
mv CM + mv CM
2
5 2
⎡ 1 ⎤ Ans. (d)
I = MR 2 (for cylinder) ⎛ 1 1⎞
⎣⎢ 2 ⎦⎥ = ⎜ + ⎟ mv CM2
Moment of inertia of a rotating solid
sphere about its symmetrical (diametric) ⎝ 5 2⎠
1 ω 2
= mr 2 [Qωi = ω] 2 7
4 θ axis is given as,I = mR 2 = mv CM 2
…(iii)
2 5 10
π
= × 2 × (4 × 10 −2 ) 2 × ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ × 2
1 1
Rotational kinetic energy of solid sphere 1 2
4 ⎝ 10 ⎠ 4π is Kt mv CM
∴ Ratio, = 2
1 π2 1 1 Kt + Kr 7
= × 2 × 16 × 10 −4 × × K r = Iω2 2
mv CM
4 100 4 π 2 2 10
2 1 2 1
= × 10−4 = 2 × 10−6 N-m = × mR 2 ω2 = mR 2 ω2
=
1 10 5
× =
100 2 5 5
2 7 7
Angular velocity, ω = Vcm R
59 Three objects, A: (a solid sphere), ∴ K t :K t + K r = 5 :7
As, we know that external torque,
B: (a thin circular disk) and C: (a dL Alternate Method
τ ext =
circular ring), each have the same dt Suppose, moment of inertia,
mass M and radius R. They all spin where,L is the angular momentum. I = xMR 2 …(i)
with the same angular speed ω Since, in the given condition, τ ext = 0 For solid sphere, moment of inertia,
about their own symmetry axes. 2
⇒
dL
= 0 or L = constant I = MR 2 …(ii)
The amounts of work (W ) required dt 5
to bring them to rest, would satisfy Hence, when the radius of the sphere is Thus, from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
2
the relation [NEET 2018] increased keeping its mass same, only x=
the angular momentum remains 5
(a) WB > WA > WC (b) WA > WB > WC
constant. But other quantities like Since, the ratio of translational energy to
(c) WC > WB > WA (d) WA > WC > WB
moment of inertia, rotational kinetic the total energy can be written as
Ans. (c) energy and angular velocity changes. 1
Work done required to bring an object to Kt mν2CM
= 2 …(iii)
rest is given as 61 A solid sphere is in rolling motion. Kt + Kr 1 ⎛ k2 ⎞
1
W = Iω2 In rolling motion, a body possesses mν2CM ⎜ 1 + 2 ⎟
2 2 ⎝ R ⎠
translational kinetic energy (K t ) as
where,I is the moment of inertia andω is where, k is called the radius of gyration.
well as rotational kinetic energy
the angular velocity. I I
(K r ) simultaneously. The ratio As, K= or K 2 =
Since, here all the objects spin with the m m
same ω, this means, K t : (K t + K r ) for the sphere is
[NEET 2018] From Eq. (i), we get
W ∝I xmR 2
2 (a) 10 : 7 (b) 5 : 7 K2 = = xR 2
As, I A (for a solid sphere) = MR 2 (c) 7 : 10 (d) 2 : 5 m
5
1 Ans. (b) Substituting the value ofK 2 in Eq. (iii),
I B (for a thin circular disk) = MR 2 we get
2 Translational kinetic energy of a rolling Kt 1 1
I C (for a circular ring) = MR 2 body is = =
1 Kt + Kr ⎛ xR 2 ⎞ 1 + x
∴ WA : WB : WC = I A :I B :I C K t = mv CM
2
…(i) ⎜1 + 2 ⎟
2 1 2 ⎝ R ⎠
= MR 2 : MR 2 : MR 2 2
5 2 Total kinetic energy of a rolling body Here, x=
2 1 = K t + K r = Rotational KE + 5
= : :1 Kt 1 5
Translational KE
5 2 ⇒ = =
= 4 : 5 : 10
1 2 1
= Iω + mv CM 2
…(ii) Kt + Kr 1 + 2 /5 7
2 2
⇒ WA < WB < WC
2
62 Two discs of same moment of ⎛ LA ⎞ I L I kinetic energies of rotation
⇒ ⎜ ⎟ = A ⇒ A = A
inertia rotating about their regular ⎝ B⎠
L I B L B IB (E sphere / E cylinder ) will be [NEET 2016]
axis passing through centre and L∝ I (a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 5 (c) 1 : 4 (d) 3 : 1
perpendicular to the plane of disc ∴ LA < LB [Q I B > I A ] Ans. (b)
with angular velocities ω 1 and ω 2 . Key Idea KE of a rotating rigid body,
They are brought into contact face 64 A disc and a sphere of same radius 1
KE = Iω2
to face coinciding the axis of but different masses roll off on two 2
rotation. The expression for loss of inclined planes of the same altitude 1 1 2
∴ KE of sphere,K S = Iω21 = mR 2 ω21
energy during this process is and length. Which one of the two 2 2 5
1
[NEET 2017] objects gets to the bottom of the = mR 2 ω21
1 1 5
(a) I(ω 1 + ω 2 ) 2 (b) I(ω 1 − ω 2 ) 2 plane first? [NEET 2016]
1 1
2 4 (a) Sphere KE of cylinder, K C = mR 2 ω22
I 22
(c) I(ω 1 − ω 2 ) 2 (d) (ω 1 − ω 2 ) 2 (b) Both reach at the same time 1
8 = mR 2 ω22
(c) Depends on their masses 4
Ans. (b) (d) Disc mR 2 ω21
Thinking Process When no external KS 5
Ans. (a) ∴ =
torque acts on system then, angular
Acceleration of an object rolling down an K C mR 2 ω22
momentum of system remains constant. 4
inclined plane is given by
Angular momentum before contact g sin θ 4 ω21 4 ω21
a= = =
= I 1ω1 + I 2 ω2 1 + I / mr 2 5 ω22 5 (2ω1 ) 2
Angular momentum after the discs

where,θ = angle of inclination of the 1
brought into contact = (given,ω2 = 2ω1 )
inclined plane 5
= I netω = (I 1 + I 2 ) ω
m = mass of the object
So, final angular speed of system = ω
Iω +I ω
I = moment of inertia about the axis 66 Point masses m 1 and m2 are placed
= 1 1 2 2 through centre of mass
I1 + I2 at the opposite ends of a rigid rod
I 1 /2 mr 2 1
For disc, 2
= = of length L and negligible mass.
Now, to calculate loss of energy, we mr mr 2 2
subtract initial and final energies of The rod is to be set rotating about
I 2 / 5mr 2 2
system. For solid sphere, = = an axis perpendicular to it. The
mr 2 mr 2 5
⇒ Loss of energy 2 position of point P on this rod
I 2 /3mr 2
1 1 1 For hollow sphere, = = through which the axis should pass,
= Iω21 + Iω22 − (2I) ω2 mr 2 mr 2 3
2 2 2
g sin θ 2
so that the work required to set the
1 ∴ a disc = = g sin θ = 0.66 rod rotating with angular velocity
= I(ω1 − ω2 ) 2 1 3
4 1+ ω 0 is minimum, is given by
2
g sin θ 5 [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
63 Two rotating bodies A and B of g sinθ a solid sphere = = g sin θ
2 7 ω0
1+
masses m and 2m with moments of 5
inertia I A and I B (I B > I A ) have equal = 0.71 g sinθ
m1 P m2
kinetic energy of rotation. If L A and g sin θ 3
a hollow sphere = = g sin θ x
L B be their angular momenta 1+
2 5 (L – x)
respectively, then [NEET 2016] 3
(a) LA =
LB = 0.6 g sinθ
2 Clearly, a solid sphere > a disk > a hollow sphere
(b) LA = 2 LB (c) LB > LA m1 L m1
Type of sphere is not mentioned in the (a) x = (b) x = L
(d) LA > LB m1 + m2 m2
question. Therefore, we will assume the
Ans. (c) given sphere as solid sphere. m m2 L
(c) x = 2 L (d) x =
As we know that, the kinetic energy of a ∴ a solid sphere = a hollow sphere > a disk m1 m1 + m2
rotating body,
Ans. (d)
1
KE = Iω2 =
1 I 2 ω2 L2
=
65 A solid sphere of mass m and
As two point masses m1 and m2 are
2 2 I 2I radius R is rotating about its placed at opposite ends of a rigid rod of
Also, angular momentum,L = I ω diameter. A solid cylinder of the lengthL and negligible mass as shown in
Thus, KA =KB same mass and same radius is also figure.
2 rotating about its geometrical axis Total moment of inertia of the rod
1 LA 1 L2B
⇒ = with an angular speed twice that of I = m1 x 2 + m2 (L − x) 2
2 IA 2 IB
the sphere. The ratio of their I = m1 x 2 + m2 L2 + m2 x 2 − 2m2 Lx
ω0 68 A small object of uniform density 70 A wheel has angular acceleration of

rolls up a curved surface with an 3 rad / s2 and an initial angular
x (L – x) initial velocity v ′. It reaches upto a speed of 2 rad/s. In a time of 2 s, it
m1 P m2 3 v2 has rotated through an angle (in
maximum height of with
4g radian) of [CBSE AIPMT 2007]
respect to the initial position. The (a) 6 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 4

object is [NEET 2013] Ans. (b)
As, I is minimum i.e. (a) ring (b) solid sphere dω
By definition α =
dI (c) hollow sphere (d) disc dt
= 2m1 x + 0 + 2xm2 − 2m2 L = 0
dx i.e. dω = α dt
Ans. (d)
⇒ x (2m1 + 2m2 ) = 2m2 L 2gh So, if in timet the angular speed of a
m2 L As, v=
⇒ x= k2 body changes fromω0 to ω
m1 + m2 1+ 2 ω t
r ∫ ω0
dω = ∫ α dt
0
When I is minimum, then work done on 3v2
Given, h= If α is constant
rotating a rod 1 /2 Iω2 with angular 4g
velocity ω0 will be minimum. ω − ω0 = α t or ω = ω0 + α t …(i)
2gh
Shortcut Way The position of point P on So, v2 = dθ
k2 Now, as by definition ω =
rod through which the axis should pass, 1+ 2 dt
so that the work required to set the rod r
dθ
rotating with minimum angular velocity 2g 3v2 6 gv2 Eq. (i) becomes = ω0 + α t
ω0 is their centre of mass, we have = = dt
⎛ k2 ⎞ ⎛ k2 ⎞
m2 L 4g ⎜ 1 + 2 ⎟ 4 g ⎜ 1 + 2 ⎟ i.e. dθ = (ω0 + α t) dt
m1 x = m2 (L − x) ⇒ x = ⎝ r ⎠ ⎝ r ⎠
m1 + m2 So, if in timet angular displacement isθ.
3 θ 1
1=
⎛ k2 ⎞ ∫ 0
d θ = ∫ (ω0 + αt) dt
0
67 The ratio of the accelerations for a 2 ⎜1 + 2 ⎟ 1 2
⎝ r ⎠ or θ = ω0 t + αt …(ii)
solid sphere (mass m and radius R) 2
k2 3 k2 3 1
rolling down an incline of angle θ or 1 + 2 = or 2 = − 1 =
Given α = 3 rad /s 2
r 2 r 2 2
without slipping and slipping down
1
k 2 = r 2 (Equation of disc) ω0 = 2 rad /s, t = 2 s
the incline without rolling is 1
2 Here θ = 2 × 2 + × 3 × (2) 2
[CBSE AIPMT 2014]
Hence, the object is disc. 2
(a) 5 : 7 (b) 2 : 3
(c) 2 : 5 (d) 7 : 5 or θ = 4 + 6 = 10 rad
69 A circular disc of moment of inertia Alternative
Ans. (a) I t is rotating in a horizontal plane,
A solid sphere rolling without slipping As we know that equation of circular
about its symmetry axis, with a motion
down an inclined plane
constant angular speed ω i . Another 1
θ = ωt + αt 2
ω
disc of moment of inertia I b is 2

dropped coaxially onto the rotating ⎛ where symbols have⎞
⎜ ⎟
v
disc. Initially the second disk has ⎝ their usual meaning ⎠

zero angular speed. Eventually both
Putting the value ofω, t, α from question.
θ the discs rotate with a constant 1
angular speed ω f . The energy lost So, θ = 2 × 2 + × 3 × 2 × 2 = 10 rad
g sinθ g sinθ
In this case, a 1 = = 2
k2 (2 / 5) R 2 by initially rotating disc due to
1+ 2 1+ friction is
R R2 [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
2
71 Two bodies have their moments of
⎡∴ for solid sphere ,k 2 = 2 R 2 ⎤ 1 I b2 1 It inertia I and 2 I respectively about
(a) ω 2i (b) ω 2i
⎢⎣ 5 ⎥⎦ 2 (I t + I b ) 2 (I t + I b ) their axis of rotation. If their kinetic
g sinθ 5 1 Ib − It 2 1 Ib It energies of rotation are equal, their
= ⇒ a 1 = g sinθ (c) ωi (d) ω 2i
7 /5 7 2 (I t + I b ) 2 (I t + I b ) angular momenta will be in the
ratio [CBSE AIPMT 2005]
For a sphere slipping down an inclined
Ans. (d) (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
plane
a 5 / 7 g sinθ Loss of energy is given by Ans. (d)
⇒ a 2 = g sinθ ⇒ 1 = 1 I t ωi
2 2
a2 g sinθ 1
ΔE = I t ω2i − p2
Concept As for linear motion KE =
2 2 (I t + I b ) 2m
a1 5
⇒ = L2
1 I b I t ωi Similarly, for rotational motionKE rot =
2
a2 7
= 2I
2 (I t + I b )
As said, (KE )rot remains same. A 76 A spherical ball rolls on a table

1 1 without slipping. Then, the fraction
i.e. I 1 ω21 = I 2 ω22
2 2 of its total energy associated with
1 1
⇒ (I 1 ω1 ) 2 = (I 2 ω2 ) 2 vCM
rotation is [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
2I1 2I2 CM
2 2 3 3
2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
L21 L2 5 7 5 7
⇒ =
I1 I2 B Ans. (b)
L1 I (a) The velocity of point A is 2v CM and Concept The total kinetic energy of the
⇒ = 1
L2 I2 velocity of point B is zero ball rolling on a table without slipping is
(b) The velocity of point A is zero and equal to its rotational kinetic energy and
but I 1 = I, I 2 = 2 I velocity of point B is 2v CM translational kinetic energy. Total kinetic
L1 I 1 energy of spherical ball is given by
∴ = = (c) The velocity of point A is 2v CM and
L2 2I 2 velocity of point B is − v CM K = Kinetic energy rotational
or L1 : L2 = 1 : 2 (d) The velocities of both A and B are v CM (K rot ) + Kinetic energy translational
(K trans )
Ans. (a)
72 A ball rolls without slipping. The Similarly, velocity of point A is given by
1 1
= Iω2 + mv2
radius of gyration of the ball about 2 2
vA = velocity of centre of mass
an axis passing through its centre (vCM ) + Linear velocity of point A (Rω) For sphere, moment of inertia about its
of mass is k. If radius of the ball be 2
= vCM + vCM (QvCM = Rω) diameter I = mr 2
R, then the fraction of total energy 5
= 2vCM
K = ⎜ mr 2 ⎞⎟ ω2 + mv2
associated with its rotational 1 ⎛2 1
∴
energy will be [CBSE AIPMT 2003] Velocity of point B is, 2⎝5 ⎠ 2
k 2
R 2
vB = vCM − Rω = vCM − vCM = 0 1 1
(a) (b) = mr 2 ω2 + mv2
k 2 + R2 k 2 + R2 Thus, the velocity of point A is 2vCM and 5 2
k 2 + R2 k2 velocity of point B is zero. 1 1
= mv2 + mv2 (as v = rω)
(c) (d) 2 5 2
R2 R
74 If a flywheel makes 120 rev/min, =
7
mv2
Ans. (a)
then its angular speed will be 10
Kinetic energy of rotation is [CBSE AIPMT 1996] 1
1 1 v2 ⎡ I ⎤ mv2
K rot = I ω2 = Mk 2 2 (a) 8π rad /s (b) 6π rad /s Kr 2
⎢K = M ⎥ ∴ = 5 =
2 2 R ⎣ ⎦ (c) 4π rad /s (d) 2 π rad /s K 7
mv2 7
10
where, k is radius of gyration. Ans. (c)
Kinetic energy of translation is Angular velocity of flywheel is given by
1 77 A thin uniform circular ring is rolling
K trans = Mv2 ω = 2 πν
2
down an inclined plane of inclination
where, ν is number of revolutions per
second or frequency of revolution
30° without slipping. Its linear
Thus, total energy
Here, ν = 120 rev/min
acceleration along the inclined
E = K rot + K trans
1 v2 1 2 π × 120 plane will be [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
= Mk 2 2 + Mv2 ∴ ω= = 4π rad/s g g g 2g
2 R 2 60 (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 3 4 3
1 ⎛ k2 ⎞
= Mv2 ⎜ 2 + 1⎟ 75 The angular speed of an engine Ans. (c)
2 ⎝R ⎠
wheel making 90 rev/min is Acceleration of the centre of mass of
1 Mv2 2
= (k + R 2 ) [CBSE AIPMT 1995] the rolling body is given by
2 R2 (a) 1.5 π rad /s (b) 3π rad /s g sinθ
1 v2 a=
Mk 2 2 (c) 4.5 π rad /s (d) 6 π rad /s ⎛ I ⎞
K rot. 1+ ⎜ ⎟
Hence, = 2 R ⎝ MR 2 ⎠
E 1 Mv2 2 Ans. (b)
(k + R 2 ) Angular velocity of an object in circular Moment of inertia of the ring about an
2 R2 axis perpendicular to the plane of the
motion is defined as the time rate of
k2 ring and passing through its centre is
= 2 change of its angular displacement.
k + R2 θ 2π given by
= 2πν ⎛⎜QT = ⎞⎟
1
∴ ω= =
t T ⎝ ν⎠ I = MR 2
73 A wheel of bicycle is rolling without g sinθ
Number of revolutions made by the ∴ a=
slipping on a level road. The engine wheel (ν) = 90/min. 1 + MR 2 / MR 2
velocity of the centre of mass is ∴ Angular velocity of the engine wheel gsin30° g
v CM , then true statement is 2 πν 2 π × 90
= =
ω= = = 3π rad/s 1+ 1 4
[CBSE AIPMT 2001]
60 60
78 A solid sphere, disc and solid cylinder (a)

10
gh (b) gh ∴ K=
1 1
mv2 + mv2 =
7
mv2
all of the same mass and made of the 7 5 2 10
6 4 1
same material are allowed to roll (c) gh (d) gh Kt mv2
2 5
down (from rest) on the inclined 5 3 ∴ = =
K 7 7
plane, then [CBSE AIPMT 1993] mv 2
Ans. (a) 10
(a) solid sphere reaches the bottom first When solid sphere rolls on inclined
(b) solid sphere reaches the bottom last plane, then it has both rotational as well 81 The moment of inertia of a body
(c) disc will reach the bottom first as translational kinetic energy
about a given axis is 1.2 kg -m2 .
(d) all reach the bottom at the same time Total kinetic energy
1 1
Initially, the body is at rest. In order
Ans. (a) K = K rot + K trans = Iω2 + mv2 to produce a rotational kinetic
2 2
Let us consider that solid sphere, disc energy of 1500 J, an angular
For sphere, moment of inertia about its
and solid cylinder are rolling on an
diameter
acceleration of 25 rad / s2 must be
inclined plane. M, I and R be mass,
2 applied about that axis for a
moment of inertia and radius of the I = mr 2
rolling section in each case. 5 duration of [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
K = ⎛⎜ mr 2 ⎞⎟ ω2 + mv2
1 2 1 (a) 4 s (b) 2 s
(i) Solid sphere The moment of inertia of ∴
a solid sphere about its diameter is given 2⎝5 ⎠ 2 (c) 8 s (d)10 s
by 1 1
= mr 2 ω2 + mv2 Ans. (b)
2 I 2 5 2
I = MR 2 or K = = Given,
5 MR 2 5 1 1
= mv2 + mv2 (as v = rω) Moment of inertia, I = 1.2 kg- m2
As from the concept, acceleration 5 2
g sinθ 7 Rotational kinetic energy,K r = 1500 J
a= = mv2
1+ K 10 Angular acceleration
g sinθ 5 α = 25 rad /s 2 , ω0 = 0, t = ?
So, a= = g sinθ A
2 7 Kinetic energy of rotation is given by
1+ 1
5 K rot = Iω2
2
(ii) Disc The moment of inertia of disc h
2K r 2 × 1500
about an axis perpendicular to the plane ∴ ω= =
of disc and passing through its centre is I 1.2
given by O = 50 rad/s
1 On reaching sphere at O, it has only
I = MR 2 Now, from equation of rotational motion
2 kinetic energy
ω = ω0 + αt
I 1 ∴ PE = Total KE
or = ω − ω0
MR 2 2 7 t=
mgh = mv2 α
g sinθ 2 10
∴ a= = g sinθ 50 − 0
1+
1 3 10 gh = =2s
⇒ v= 25
2 7
(iii) Solid cylinder The moment of inertia
82 Moment of inertia of a uniform
of a cylinder about the axis passing 80 If a sphere is rolling, the ratio of the
through its centre and perpendicular to circular disc about a diameter is I.
translational energy to total kinetic
its plane is given by Its moment of inertia about an axis
1 energy is given by
I = MR 2 [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
perpendicular to its plane and
2 passing through a point on its rim
(a) 7 : 10 (b) 2 : 5 (c) 10 : 7 (d) 5 : 7
I 1 will be
or = [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
MR 2 2 Ans. (d)
(a) 5I (b) 3I
g sin θ 2 When sphere rolls, then it has both
∴ a= = g sin θ (c) 6I (d) 4I
1 3 translational and rotational kinetic
1+
2 energy Ans. (c)
So, acceleration of solid sphere is more. ∴ K = K rot + K trans Problem Solving Strategy
1 1 For this type of problem, always apply
It implies that solid sphere reaches the = Iω2 + mv2
bottom first. 2 2 parallel and perpendicular axes theorem
Q Moment of inertia of the sphere about of moment of inertia.
79 The speed of a homogeneous solid its diameter is Moment of inertia of uniform circular disc
sphere after rolling down an 2
I = mr 2 about its diameter = I
inclined plane of vertical height h 5 According to theorem of perpendicular
K = ⎛⎜ mr 2 ⎞⎟ ω2 + mv2
1 2 1
from rest without sliding is ∴ axes,
2⎝5 ⎠ 2 Moment of inertia of disc about its axis = 2I
[CBSE AIPMT 1992]
(as v = rω) Applying theorem of parallel axes,
Moment of inertia of disc about the given Ans. (a) 86 A ring of mass m and radius r
axis
Since, in this case, instantaneous axis of rotates about an axis passing
= 2I + mr 2 rotation is always below the centre of through its centre and
= 2I + 4I mass. This is possible only when point of
⎛ 1 ⎞ perpendicular to its plane with
contact moves with a velocity equal to
⎜ as2I = mr ∴mr = 4I ⎟
2 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ centre of mass. angular velocity ω. Its kinetic

energy is [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
∴ = 6I
85 A solid cylinder of mass M and (a)
1
mr 2ω 2 (b) mrω 2
83 A flywheel rotating about a fixed radius R rolls down an inclined 2
1
axis has a kinetic energy of 360 J plane of height h without slipping. (c) mr 2ω 2 (d) mr 2ω 2
The speed of its centre of mass 3
when its angular speed is 30 rad/s.
The moment of inertia of the wheel when it reaches the bottom is Ans. (a)
[CBSE AIPMT 1989] Kinetic energy of rotation of a body is
about the axis of rotation is
4gh the energy possessed by the body on
[CBSE AIPMT 1990] (a) 2gh (b)
2 2 3 account of its rotation about a given
(a) 0.6 kg -m (b) 0.15 kg -m
3gh 4g axis. If I is the moment of inertia of the
(c) 0.8 kg -m 2 (d) 0.75 kg -m 2 (c) (d) body about the given axis of rotation,ω is
4 h
Ans. (c) angular velocity of the body, then kinetic
Ans. (b) energy of rotation
A flywheel is a large heavy wheel with a 1
long cylindrical axle supported on ball When solid cylinder rolls down on an K rot = Iω2
inclined plane, then it has both rotational 2
bearings. Its centre of mass lies on its
axis of rotation, so that it remains at rest and translational kinetic energy Moment of inertia of the ring about an
in any position. Rotational kinetic energy axis perpendicular to the plane of the
of flywheel is given by ring and passing through its centre is
1 I = mr 2
K rot = Iω2
2 1
So, K rot = mr 2 ω2
where,I = moment of inertia of the wheel h 2
about the axis of rotation
ω = angular velocity of flywheel 87 A solid homogeneous sphere of
Given, Rotational kinetic energy mass M and radius R is moving on a
Total kinetic energyK = K rot + K trans
K r = 360 J 1 1 rough horizontal surface, partly
or K = Iω 2 + m v 2 rolling and partly sliding. During this
Angular velocity ω = 30 rad/s 2 2
where,I = moment of inertia of solid
kind of motion of the sphere
2K r 2 × 360
∴ I= = cylinderabout its axis
[CBSE AIPMT 1988]
ω2 (30) 2
1 (a) total kinetic energy is conserved
= mr 2
= 0.8 kg- m 2 2 (b) he angular momentum of the sphere
1⎛1 ⎞ 1 about the point of contact with the
84 At any instant, a rolling body may ∴ K = ⎜ mr 2 ⎟ ω2 + mv2 plane is conserved
2 ⎝2 ⎠ 2
be considered to be in pure 1 1 (c) only the rotational kinetic energy
= mv2 + mv2 (as v = rω)
rotation about an axis through the 4 2 about the centre of mass is
point of contact. This axis is 3 conserved
translating forward with speed = mv2
4 (d) angular momentum about the centre
[CBSE AIPMT 1989] of mass is conserved
Now, gain in KE = loss in PE
(a) equal to centre of mass 3 Ans. (b)
∴ mv2 = mgh
(b) zero 4 Angular momentum about the point of
(c) twice of centre of mass
v = ⎛⎜ gh⎞⎟
4 contact, for solid homogeneous sphere
⇒
(d) None of the above ⎝3 ⎠ of mass M and radius R is conservd.
07
Gravitation
TOPIC 1 Ans. (b) per Newton’s law of gravitation
Kepler’s Law and Universal According to the question,
force of attraction between them is
Law of Gravitation vC [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
GMm
B F= , here G is gravitational
01 The time period of a geo-stationary A
S
C
r2
constant. The relation betweenG and K
satellite is 24 h, at a height 6R E (R E
is described as
is the radius of earth) from surface vA (a) GK = 4 π 2 (b) GMK = 4 π 2
of earth. The time period of I
another satellite whose height is (c) K = G (d) K =
The figure above shows an ellipse traced G
2.5 R E from surface will be by a planet around the Sun, S. The
Ans. (b)
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] closed point A is known as perihelion
24 12 (perigee) and the farthest pointC is The gravitational force of attraction
(a) 6 2 h (b) 12 2 h (c) h (d) h between the planet and sun provide the
2.5 2.5 known as aphelion (apogee).
centripetal force
Since, as per the result the Kepler’s
Ans. (a) GMm mv 2
second law of area, that the planet will i.e. =
From Kepler’s third law, the time period move slowly (v min ) only when it is farthest r2 r
of revolution of satellite around earth is from the Sun and more rapidly (v max ) GM
T 2 ∝ r 3 or T ∝ r 3 / 2 …(i) when it is nearest to the Sun. ⇒ v=
r
where, r is the radius of satellite’s orbit. Thus, v A = v max ,v C = v min
The time period of planet will be
Here, r1 = 6R E + R E ,T1 = 24 h Therefore, we can write
2πr
vA > vB > vC …(i) T=
r2 = 2.5R E + R E ,T2 = ? v
Kinetic energy of the planet at any point
where R E = radius of earth 1 4π2 r 2 4π2 r 3
is given as,K = mv 2 ⇒ T2 = = …(i)
So, from Eq. (i), we get 2 GM GM
3/2
T1 ⎛ r1 ⎞ 1 r
Thus, at A, K A = mv A2
=⎜ ⎟
T2 ⎜⎝ r2 ⎟⎠
2 Also from Kepler’s third law
1 T 2 = Kr 3
3/2 At B, K B = mv B2 …(ii)
24 ⎛ 6R E + R E ⎞ 3/2
2
= ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟
7
=⎜ ⎟ From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
T2 ⎜⎝ 2.5R E + R E ⎟
⎠ ⎝ 3.5 ⎠ At C,
1
K C = mv C2 4π2 r 3
2 = Kr 3 ⇒ GMK = 4 π 2
24 24 12 GM
⇒ T2 = = = =6 2h From Eq. (i), we can write
(2) 3 / 2 2 2 2
KA >KB >KC 04 Two spherical bodies of masses M
and 5M and radii R and 2R are
02 The kinetic energies of a planet in 03 Kepler’s third law states that released in free space with initial
an elliptical orbit about the Sun, at separation between their centres
square of period of revolution (T ) of
positions A, B and C are K A , K B and equal to 12R. If they attract each
a planet around the sun, is
K C , respectively. AC is the major other due to gravitational force
proportional to third power of
axis and SB is perpendicular to AC only, then the distance covered by
average distance r between the sun
at the position of the Sun S as
and planet i.e.T 2 = Kr 3 , here K is the smaller body before collision is
shown in the figure. Then [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
[NEET 2018]
constant.
If the masses of the sun and planet (a) 2.5 R (b) 4.5 R
(a) K B < K A < K C (b) K A > K B > K C (c) 7.5 R (d) 1.5 R
(c) K A < K B < K C (d) K B > K A > K C
are M and m respectively, then as
Gravitation 73
Ans. (c) ⎡ where, m = mass the of planet⎤ where, A1 = area under SCD
⎢ r = radius of orbit ⎥
Suppose, the smaller body cover a
⎢ ⎥ A2 = area under ABS
distance x before collision, then ⎢⎣ v = velocity of the planet⎥⎦ A
5M ⇒ t1 = 1 t2
M v 1 r2 A2
1 1 = r2 v 2 ⇒
rv =
v 2 r1 Given, A1 = 2 A2
2R R
∴ t1 = 2 t2
9R 07 Two satellites of the earth, S 1 and
12R S2 are moving in the same orbit. 09 Two spheres of masses m and M are
The mass of S 1 is four times the situated in air and the gravitational
Mx = 5M(9R − x) mass of S2 . Which one of the force between them is F. The space
or x = 45R − 5x following statements is true? around the masses is now filled with
45R [CBSE AIPMT 2007] a liquid of specific gravity 3. The
or x= = 7.5 R (a) The time period of S 1 is four times
6 gravitational force will now be
that of S 2 [CBSE AIPMT 2003]
(b) The potential energies of the earth
05 A geostationary satellite is orbiting and satellite in the two cases are (a)
F
(b)
F
(c) 3F (d) F
the earth at a height of 5R above 3 9
equal
that surface of the earth, R being (c) S 1 and S 2 are moving with the same Ans. (d)
the radius of the earth. The time speed According to Newton’s law of gravitation,
period of another satellite in hour (d) The kinetic energies of the two the force between two spheres is given
at a height of 2R from the surface satellites are equal by,
GMm
of the earth is [CBSE AIPMT 2012] Ans. (c) F= 2
When two satellites of the earth are r
(a) 5 (b) 10
(c) 6 2 (d) 6/ 2 moving in same orbit, then time period From the relation, we can say the
of both are equal. gravitational force does not depend on
Ans. (c) the medium between two spheres
From Kepler’s third law T 2 ∝ r 3
From Kepler’s third law hence, it remains same, i.e. F.
Time period is independent of mass,
T 2 ∝ r3 hence their time periods will be equal. 10 The period of revolution of the
⎡ where,T = time period of satellite ⎤ The potential energy and kinetic energy
⎢ ⎥ planet A round the sun is 8 times
are mass dependent, hence the
⎢ r = radius of elliptical orbit (semi ⎥ potential energy and kinetic energy of that of B. The distance of A from
⎢ major axis) ⎥ the sun is how many times greater
⎣ ⎦ satellites are not equal.
Hence, T12 ∝ r13 and T22 ∝ r23 But, if they are orbiting in a same orbit, than that of B from the sun?
then they have equal orbital speed. [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
T22 r23 (3R) 3 T22 1 (a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 2
So, = = or =
T12 r13 (6R) 3 T12 8 08 The figure shows elliptical orbit of a Ans. (b)
1 24
planet m about the sun S. The According to Kepler’s third law
T = T12 ⇒ T2 =
2
2
=6 2 h shaded area SCD is twice the
8 2 2 T 2 ∝ r3
shaded area SAB. If t 1 is the time
where, T = Time period of revolution
06 A planet moving along an elliptical for the planet to move from C to D
r = Semi major axis
orbit is closest to the sun at a and t 2 is the time to move from A
to B, then [CBSE AIPMT 2009] TA2 rA3
distance r1 and farthest away at a ∴ 2
=
m v T B rB3
distance of r2 . If v 1 and v 2 are the C 2 /3
linear velocities at these points B rA ⎛T ⎞ 3×
2
v ∴ =⎜ A⎟ = (8) 2 / 3 = 2 3
=4
respectively, then the ratio 1 is A S rB ⎝ TB ⎠
v2 D or rA = 4 rB
[CBSE AIPMT 2011]
(a) t1 > t2 (b) t1 = 4 t2
(a) r2 / r1 (b) (r2 / r1 ) 2 (c) t1 = 2 t2 (d) t1 = t2 11 A satellite A of mass m is at a
(c) r1 / r2 (d) (r1 / r2 ) 2 distance r from the surface of the
Ans. (c)
Ans. (a) Concept Apply Kepler’s second law.
earth. Another satelliteBof mass2m
Concept Apply conservation of angular The line joining the sun to the planet
is at a distance of2r from the earth’s
momentum. sweeps out equal areas in equal time surface. Their time periods are in
From the law of conservation of angular interval i.e. areal velocity is constant. the ratio of [CBSE AIPMT 1993]
momentum,L1 = L2 dA A A (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 16
= constant or 1 = 2
So, mr1v 1 = mr2 v 2 dt t1 t2 (c) 1 : 32 (d) 1: 2 2
Ans. (d) T12 r13 (10 13 ) 3 d 1 1 d

∴ = = ⇒ 1− = ⇒ 1− =
According to Kepler’s third law, the T22 r23 (10 12 ) 3 R n n R
n− 1 d n − 1⎞
square of the time period of revolution ⇒ = ⇒ d = ⎛⎜ ⎟R
of a planet around the sun is directly T12 10 39 ⎝ n ⎠
or = = 10 3 n R
proportional to the cube of semi T22 10 36
major-axis of its elliptical orbit i.e.
or
T1
= 10 10
16 A body weighs 72 N on the surface
T 2 ∝r3 T2 of the earth. What is the
where,T = time taken by the planet to go
gravitational force on it, at a height
once around the sun.
14 The largest and the shortest equal to half of radius of the earth?
r = semi-major axis of the elliptical orbit [NEET (Sep.) 2020]
T 2
(r) 3
1 T 1 distance of the earth from the sun
∴ 1
=
2
= ⇒ 1 = are r1 and r2 . Its distance from the (a) 32 N (b) 30 N (c) 24 N (d) 48 N
T2 (2 r) 3 8 T2 2 2
sun when it is perpendicular to the Ans. (a)
major axis of the orbit drawn from Given,w = mg = 72 N (on the surface of
12 If the gravitational force between earth).
1 the sun [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
two objects were proportional to r1 + r2 r1 + r2 At height equal to half of radius of the
earth, ⎛⎜ i.e.h = ⎞⎟
R (a) (b) R
1 4 r1 − r2 ⎝ 2⎠
(and not as ), where R is 2 r1 r2 r1 + r2
R2 (c) (d) Acceleration due to gravity,
separation between them, then a r1 + r2 3 ⎛ R ⎞
2
g′ = g⎜ ⎟
particle in circular orbit under such Ans. (c) ⎝ R + h⎠
a force would have its orbital speed From the property of ellipse, 2
⎛ R ⎞ ⎛ 4R 2 ⎞
v proportional to [CBSE AIPMT 1989] 2 1 1 = g⎜ ⎟ = g⎜ 2 ⎟
1 = + ⎝ R + R /2 ⎠ ⎝ 9R ⎠
(a) (b) R 0 R r1 r2
R2 Instant position ⇒ g′ = g
4
1 9
(c) R (d) of satellite
R 4 4
⇒ mg ′ = mg = × 72 = 32 N
Ans. (b) R 9 9
Sun
According to question, gravitational w′ = 32N
force between two objects Major axis
Hence, correct option is (a).
k
F=
R r1 r2 17 Assuming that the gravitational
In equilibrium, the gravitational force 2 r1 + r2 2r r potential energy of an object at
provides the required centripetal force or = ⇒ R= 12
R r1 r2 r1 + r2 infinity is zero, the change in
to the particle
potential energy (final – initial) of an
mv 2 k object of mass m, when taken to a
∴ =
R R
Hence, v ∝ R0
TOPIC 2 height h from the surface of earth
(of radius R) is given by,
Acceleration Due to Gravity [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
13 The distances of two planets from and Gravitational PE GMm GMmh
(a) − (b)
the sun are 10 13 and 10 12 m R+h R (R + h)
respectively. The ratio of time 15 What is the depth at which the GMm
periods of these two planets is (c) mgh (d)
value of acceleration due to gravity R+h
[CBSE AIPMT 1988] becomes 1/n times the value that
1 Ans. (b)
(a) (b) 100 the surface of earth? (Radius of
10 The gravitational potential energy of an
earth =R) [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
object placed at earth’s surface is
(c) 10 10 (d) 10
(a) R / n 2 (b) R (n −1) / n GMm
Ans. (c) (c) Rn / (n −1) (d) R / n U1 = − …(i)
R
According to Kepler’s third law (or law of
Ans. (b) where,G = gravitational constant,
periods) the square of the time taken to
Radius of earth = R
complete the orbit (time periodT) is M = Mass of earth, m = mass of object
proportional to the cube of the Let at depthd, gravitational acceleration and R = radius of the earth
semi-major axis (r) of the elliptical orbit g
becomes .
n The negative sign in the above relation
i.e. T 2 ∝ r3 indicates that it is the work done in
g ⎛ d⎞ g
Here, r1 = 10 13 m, r2 = 10 12 m i.e., gd = ⇒ g⎜ 1 − ⎟ =
n ⎝ R⎠ n bringing the object from infinity to a
distance R.
Gravitation 75
The gravitational potential energy of 19 The work done to raise a mass m 20 If the mass of the Sun were ten
object at a heighth above the surface of from the surface of the earth to a times smaller and the universal
earth is height h, which is equal to the gravitational constant were ten
GMm radius of the earth, is times larger in magnitude, which of
U2 = − …(ii)
(R + h) [NEET (National) 2019] the following is not correct?
So, the change in potential energy is (a) 2mgR [NEET 2018]
1 B
GMm ⎛ GMm ⎞ (b) mgR
ΔU = U 2 − U 1 = − − ⎜− ⎟ 2
R+h ⎝ R ⎠ C
3 A
(c) mgR S
[From Eq. (i) and (ii)] 2
⎡ 1 1⎤ (d) mgR
= − GMm ⎢ − ⎥ (a) Time period of a simple pendulum on
⎣ (R + h) R ⎦ Ans. (b) the Earth would decrease
⎛ h ⎞ Key Idea Amount of work done in (b) Walking on the ground would
= − GMm⎜ − ⎟
⎝ R (R + h) ⎠ moving the given body from one point become more difficult
to another against the gravitational (c) Raindrops will fall faster
GMmh
= force is equal to the change in (d) ‘g’ on the Earth will not change
R (R + h) potential energy of the body.
Ans. (d)
As we know, the potential energy of body
18 A body weighs 200 N on the of mass m of the surface of earth is
Let the original mass of Sun was Ms and
surface of the earth. How much will gravitational constant G’.
GMm
it weigh half way down to the U1 = − … (i) According to the question,
R M
centre of the earth ? New mass of Sun, Ms′ = s
[NEET (National) 2019]
where,G = gravitational constant, 10
(a) 200 N (b) 250 N (c) 100 N (d) 150 N M = mass of earth and R = radius of earth. New gravitational constant, G ′ = 10 G
When the mass is raised to a heighth As, the acceleration due to gravity is
Ans. (c) given as
Given, weight of the body,w = 200 N from the surface of the earth, then the
GM
potential energy of the body becomes g = 2E …(i)
As we know, R
w = mg, where m is the mass of the body where, ME is the mass of Earth and R is
and g h=R the radius of the Earth.
(≈ 10 m/s 2 ) is acceleration due to gravity Now, new acceleration due to gravity,
G ′M
of the body at the surface of the earth. g ′ = 2e
R R
Since, mass m remains constant
10 Me G
irrespective of the position of the body = …(ii)
M R2
on the earth. However, g is not constant
and its value at a depthd below the ∴ g ′ = 10 g [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)]
earth’s surface is given as This means the acceleration due to
gravity has been increased. Hence, force
⎛ d⎞ GMm
g′ = g⎜ 1 − ⎟ … (i) U2 = − of gravity acting on a body placed on or
⎝ R⎠ (R + h) surface of the Earth increases.
where, R is the radius of the earth. Due to this, rain drops will fall faster,
Here, h = R (given)
walking on ground would become more
Multiplying m on the both sides of Eq. (i), GMm
⇒ U2 = − … (ii) difficult.
we get 2R As, time period of the simple pendulum
⎛ d⎞ Thus, the change in potential energy, is
mg ′ = mg ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ R⎠ ΔU = U 2 − U 1 l 1
T = 2π Or T ∝
Substituting the values from Eqs. (i) and (ii), g g
Thus, the weight of the body at half way we get
⎛ R⎞ Thus, time period of the pendulum also
down ⎜ i.e.d = ⎟ to the centre of the ΔU = −
GMm GMm
+
⎝ 2⎠ 2R R
decreases with the increase in g.
earth is GMm gR 2 m ⎡ GM ⎤
= = Qg = 2 21 The acceleration due to gravity at a
⎛ R /2 ⎞ ⎢⎣ R ⎥⎦
mg ′ = 200 × ⎜ 1 − ⎟ 2R 2R height 1 km above the earth is the
⎝ R ⎠ mgR same as at a depth d below the
=
⎛ 1⎞ 1 2 surface of earth. Then [NEET 2017]
= 200 ⎜ 1 − ⎟ = 200 × = 100
⎝ 2⎠ 2 1
Thus, the work done in raising the mass (a) d = km (b) d = 1km
∴The body will weigh 100 N half way mgR 2
to a height R is equals to . 3
down to the centre of the earth. 2 (c) d = km (d) d = 2 km
2
Ans. (d) . × 10 7 J kg −2 and g ′ = 60

Q V = − 54 . ms −2 Ans. (d)
Thinking Process g h = Acceleration due Radius of earth, R = 6400 km. The resulting gravitational potential,
to gravity at height h above earth’s surface ⎡1 1 1 1 ⎤
Substitute these values in Eq. (iii), we get V = − 2G + + + + …
⎛ R ⎞
2
⎢⎣ 1 2 4 8 ⎥⎦
⎛ 2h ⎞ . × 10 7
54
=g⎜ ⎟ = g ⎜1 − ⎟ = R + h ⇒ 9 × 10 6 = R + h
⎝ R + h⎠ ⎝ R⎠ 60
. ⎡ 1 1 1 ⎤
⇒ V = − 2G ⎢ 1 + + 2 + 3 …⎥
g d = Acceleration at depth d below ⇒ h = (9 − 64
. ) × 10 = 26
6
. × 10 m 6 ⎣ 2 2 2 ⎦
−1
earth’s surface ⇒ h = 2600 km ⎛ 1⎞
⇒ V = − 2G ⎜ 1 + ⎟
⎛ d⎞ ⎝ 2⎠
= g ⎜1 − ⎟
⎝ R⎠ 24 Starting from the centre of the 2G 2G
⇒ V =− =− = − 4G
earth having radius R, the variation ⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ 1⎞
Given, whenh = 1 km, g d = g h ⎜1 − ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
of g (acceleration due to gravity) is ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
⎛ d⎞
or g ⎜ 1 − ⎟ = g ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞⎟
2h
⎝
shown by [NEET 2016]
⎝ R⎠ R⎠
26 A body of mass m taken from the
⇒ d = 2h or d = 2 km g earth’s surface to the height equal
(a)
to twice the radius (R) of the earth.
22 Two astronauts are floating in O R r The change in potential energy of
gravitational free space after body will be [NEET 2013]
having lost contact with their g 2
(b) (a) mg2 R (b) mgR
spaceship. The two will [NEET 2017] 3
(a) keep floating at the same distance O R r 1
(c) 3mgR (d) mgR
between them 3
(b) move towards each other g
(c) Ans. (b)
(c) move away from each other
Change in potential energy
(d) will become stationary
O R r GMm ⎛ GMm ⎞
Ans. (b) So, ΔU = − − ⎜− ⎟
R + 2R ⎝ R ⎠
In the space, there is no external gravity. g
(d) GMm
Due to masses of the astronauts, there where, U Final =
will be small gravitational attractive R + 2R
force between them. Thus, these O R r
–GMm
astronauts will move towards each other. U initial =
Ans. (b) R
Acceleration due to gravity at a depthd GMm GMm
23 At what height from the surface of below the surface of the earth is given by
∴ ΔU = − +
3R R
earth the gravitation potential and
⎛ d⎞ ⎡ GM ⎤
the value of g are −5.4 × 10 7 J kg −2 gdepth = gsurface ⎜ 1 − ⎟ =
2GMm 2
= mgR Qg = 2
⎝ R⎠ 3R 3 ⎣⎢ R ⎦⎥
and 6.0 ms −2 respectively? Take,
Also, for a point at heighth above
the radius of earth as 6400 km.
[NEET 2016] surface, 27 The height at which the weight of a
(a) 1600 km (b)1400 km ⎡ R2 ⎤ body becomes 1/16th, its weight
gheight = gsurface ⎢ 2 ⎥
(c) 2000 km (d) 2600 km ⎣ (R + h) ⎦
on the surface of the earth
(radius R), is [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
Ans. (d) Therefore, we can say that value of g
(a) 5 R (b) 15 R
Gravitational potential at some height h increases from centre of maximum at
(c) 3 R (d) 4 R
from the surface of the earth is given by the surface and then decreases as
GM depicted in graph (b). Ans. (c)
V =− …(i)
R+h According to the question,
And acceleration due to gravity at some

25 Infinite number of bodies, each of GMm
=
1 GMm
mass 2 kg are situated on X-axis at (R + h) 2 16 R 2
height h from the earth surface can be
distances 1m, 2 m, 4 m and 8 m, where, m = mass of the body
given as
respectively from the origin. The GM
GM and 2 = gravitational acceleration
g′ = …(ii) R
(R + h) 2 resulting gravitational potential due
to this system at the origin will be 1 1 R 1
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get = or =
[NEET 2013] (R + h) 2 16 R 2 R+h 4
|V | GM (R + h) 2 8 R+h
= × (a) − G (b) − G or =4
g ′ (R + h) GM 3 R
4 h = 3R
⇒
|V |
=R+h (iii) (c) − G (d) − 4G
g′ 3
Gravitation 77
28 A compass needle which is allowed We know that, Power, P = F ⋅ V = FV cosθ (a) g′ = 3 g (b) g′ =
g
So, just before hitting,θ is zero, power 9
to move in a horizontal plane is
will be maximum. (c) g′ = 9 g (d) g′ = 27 g
taken to a geomagnetic pole. It
[CBSE AIPMT 2012] Ans. (a)
31 A particle of mass M is situated at
(a) will become rigid showing no The acceleration due to gravity on the
movement
the centre of a spherical shell of
new planet can be found using the
(b) will stay in any position same mass and radius a. The relation
(c) will stay in North-South direction only gravitational potential at a point GM
situated at a /2 distance from the g= 2 ...(i)
(d) will stay in East-West direction only R
Ans. (c) centre, will be [CBSE AIPMT 2010] 4
3GM 2 GM but M = πR 3ρ, ρbeing density.
It will stay in North-South direction (a) − (b) − 3
only at geomagnetic North and South a a
GM 4GM Thus, Eq. (i) becomes
poles. (c) − (d) − 4
a a G × π R 3ρ
3 4
29 A spherical planet has a mass M p g= =G × π Rρ
Ans. (a) R2 3
and diameter D p . A particle of mass Gravitational potential at pointa /2 ⇒ g ∝R
m falling freely near the surface of distance from centre is given by,
g′ R′
this planet will experience an GM GM 3GM ∴ =
V =− − =− g R
acceleration due to gravity, equal a a /2 a
g′ 3 R
to [CBSE AIPMT 2012] ⇒ = = 3 ⇒ g ′ = 3g
(a) 4 GM p / D 2
p (b) GM p m / D 2
p
32 A roller coaster is designed such g R
(c) GM p / D p2 (d) 4 GM p m / D p2 that riders experience

‘‘weightlessness’’ as they go round 34 The density of newly discovered
Ans.(a) planet is twice that of the earth.
Concept Apply Newton’s gravitation law.
the top of a hill whose radius of
curvature is 20 m. The speed of the The acceleration due to gravity at
According to Newton’s law of gravitation the surface of the planet is equal to
force, car at the top of the hill is between
GMm [CBSE AIPMT 2008] that at the surface of the earth. If
F= 2 the radius of the earth is R, the
R (a) 14 m/s and 15 m/s
(b) 15 m/s and 16 m/s radius of the planet would be
Force on planet of mass MP and body of
(c) 16 m/s and 17 m/s [CBSE AIPMT 2004]
mass m is given by
(d) 13 m/s and 14 m/s 1 1
GMP m (a) 2 R (b) 4R (c) R (d) R
F= 4 2
(D P /2) 2 Ans. (a)
⎡ where, D P = diameter of planet⎤ The appearance of weightlessness Ans. (d)
⎢ D ⎥
occurs in space when the gravitational The acceleration due to gravity on an
⎢ and R P = radius of planet = P ⎥ attraction of the earth on a body in space object of mass m
⎣ 2 ⎦ is equal to the centripetal force. F
g=
4GMP m m
F=
D P2 mv2
r but from Newton’s law of gravitation
As we know that, F = ma GMm
F= 2
So, acceleration due to gravity R
F 4 GM P
a= = mg where, M is the mass of the earth and R is
m D P2 the radius of the earth.
mv 2 GMm/R 2 GM
30 A body projected vertically from ∴ = mg ∴ g= = 2
r m R
the earth reaches a height equal to
or v = rg = 20 × 10 = 14.14 m/s 4 4
[QMp = π R p Pp and Me = π R e3 Pe ]
3
earth’s radius before returning to 3 3
the earth. The power exerted by 33 Imagine a new planet having the Given, ρplanet = 2 ρearth
the gravitational force is greatest same density as that of the earth
[CBSE AIPMT 2011] Also, g planet = gearth
but it is 3 times bigger than the GMp GMe
(a) at the instant just before the body = 2
hits the earth
earth in size. If the acceleration R p2 Re
(b) it remains constant all through due to gravity on the surface of the Mass (M)
earth is g and that on the surface As, Density (ρ) =
(c) at the instant just after the body is Volume (V )
projected of the new planet is g′, then 4 4
(d) at the highest position of the body [CBSE AIPMT 2005] G × πR p3 ρp G × πR e3 ρe
So, 3 = 3
Ans. (a) R p2 R e2
or R p ρp = R e ρe Now, if a body is taken to heighth = 3 R, 38 What will be the formula of the

R p × 2ρe = R e ρe then the potential energy is given by
or mass in terms of g, R and
GMm
or
R
Rp = e =
R Uh = − (Qr = h + R) G ?(R = radius of the earth)
2 2 R+h [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
GMm
=− 2 R R2
(a) g (b) G
35 The acceleration due to gravity on 4R G g
the planet A is 9 times the Thus, change in gravitational potential R R2
energy, (c) G (d) g
acceleration due to gravity on the g G
planet B. A man jumps to a height ΔU = U h − U e
GMm ⎛ GMm ⎞ Ans. (d)
of 2m on the surface of A. What is =− − ⎜− ⎟ Let m be the mass of body, it is placed
the height of jump by the same 4R ⎝ R ⎠
on spherical body of mass M, radius R
person on the planet B? GMm GMm 3 GMm and centre O. If acceleration due to
=− + =
[CBSE AIPMT 2003] 4R R 4 R gravity is g and density of spherical body
2 is uniform such that its mass can be
(a) 6 m (b) m 3 gR 2 m
3 ∴ ΔU = (Q GM = gR 2 ) supposed to be concentrated at its
2 4 R
centre O.
(c) m (d) 18 m 3 m
9 = mgR
4
Ans. (d)
mg R
It is given that, acceleration due to 37 A body attains a height equal to the
gravity on planet A is 9 times the
radius of the earth. The velocity of
acceleration due to gravity on planet B M O
i.e. the body with which it was
g A = 9g B ...(i)
projected is [CBSE AIPMT 2001]
GM 2 GM
From third equation of motion, (a) (b)
R R
v 2 = 2 gh 5 GM 3GM Let F be the force of attraction between
v2 (c) (d) body of mass m and spherical body of
At planet A, hA = …(ii) 4 R R mass M.
2 gA
Ans. (a) According to Newton’s law of gravitation
v2 GMm
At planet B, hB = …(iii) Energy at surface of the earth F= 2
2 gB = energy at maximum height R
Dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i), we have or (K + U) at the earth’s surface From gravity pullF = mg
hA gB = (K + U) at maximum height GMm GM
= ∴ mg = 2 or g = 2
hB gA 1 GMm 1 GMm R R
∴ mu −
2
= m × (0) 2 − gR 2
2 R 2 R+h ∴ M=
From Eq. (i), g A = 9g B
G
hA gB 1 At maximum height it has only potential
∴ = = energy
hB 9g B 9
1 GMm GMm
39 A seconds pendulum is mounted in
or mu 2 = − (Q h = R) a rocket. Its period of oscillation
or hB = 9hA = 9 × 2 = 18 m (QhA = 2 m) 2 R R+R
decreases when the rocket
2 GM 2 GM
36 A body of mass m is placed on the or u2 = − [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
R 2R (a) comes down with uniform acceleration
earth’s surface. It is then taken
GM GM (b) moves round the earth in a
from the earth's surface to a height or u2 = ∴ u= geostationary orbit
R R
h = 3R, then the change in (c) moves up with a uniform velocity
Alternative
gravitational potential energy is (d) moves up with uniform acceleration
[CBSE AIPMT 2002] The expression for the speed with which
mgh 2 a body should be projected so as to Ans. (d)
(a) (b) mgR reach a height h is When rocket accelerates
R 3
3 mgR 2 gh upward with accelerationa,
(c) mgR (d) u= then effective acceleration of a
4 2 1 + (h/R)
rocket is (g + a).
Ans. (c) Here, h = R (given)
l ⎛ l ⎞
Potential energy, U = –
GMm GM As, T = 2 π = 2π ⎜ ⎟
r 2× ×R g ⎝g + a⎠
2 gR R2 GM
u= = =
At the earth’s surface, r = R 1 + (R/R) 2 R Hence, period of oscillation of seconds
GMm pendulum decreases when the rocket
∴ Ue = − moves up with uniform acceleration.
R
Gravitation 79
1 GMm GMm
40 A planet is moving in an elliptical 2Gρ ×
4
πR e3 mv 2 − =−
3 2 R R+h
orbit around the sun. If T, U, E and L ve =
Re Substituting the values in the above
stand for its kinetic energy,
gravitational potential energy, total 4 equation, we get
v e = 2Gρ × πR e2 …(i) 1 GMm GMm
energy and magnitude of angular 3 m(kv e ) 2 − =−
2 R R+h
momentum about the centre of Now, we shall determine the escape
velocity for another planet. 1 ⎛ GM ⎞ GMm GMm
force, which of the following is ⇒ mk 2 ⎜ 2 ⎟− =−
Given, radius of another planet is 4 times 2 ⎝ R ⎠ R R+h
correct? [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
the radius of the Earth, ⎛ 2GM ⎞
(a) T is conserved ⎜Qv e = ⎟
⇒
4
v p = 2Gρ × πR p2 ⎝ R ⎠
(b) U is always positive
3 k2 1 1
(c) E is always negative
4 ⇒ − =−
(d) L is conserved but direction of vector v p = 2Gρ × π(4R e ) 2 (QR p = 4R e ) R R R+h
3
L changes continuously 1 1 k2
4 ⇒ = −
Ans. (c) v p = 4 2Gρ × π(R e ) 2 …(ii) R+h R R
3
When the planet moves in circular or R R
On dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i), we get ⇒ = R + h ⇒ h= −R
elliptical orbit, then torque is always 1 − k2 1 − k2
acting parallel to displacement or 4
4 2Gρ × π (R e ) 2 ⎛ 1 ⎞
velocity. So, angular momentum is vp
= 3 ⇒ h= R ⎜ − 1⎟
⎝1− k ⎠
2
conserved. When the field is attractive, ve 4
2Gρ × πR 2e
then potential energy is given by 3 ⎛ 1 − 1 + k2 ⎞
⇒ h= R ⎜ ⎟
GMm ⇒ v p = 4v e = 4v ⎝ 1− k ⎠
2
U=−
R
⎛ k2 ⎞
Negative sign shows that the potential 42 A particle of mass m is projected ⇒ h= R ⎜ ⎟
⎝1− k ⎠
2
energy is due to attractive gravitational with a velocityv = kv e (k < 1) from the
force. Kinetic energy changes as velocity
surface of the Earth. 43 The ratio of escape velocity at
increases when distance is less. Hence,
option (c) is correct. (Here, v e = escape velocity) earth (v e ) to the escape velocity at
The maximum height above the a planet (v p ) whose radius and
TOPIC 3 surface reached by the particle is mean density are twice as that of
[NEET 2021] earth is
Escape Speed and 2 2
[NEET 2016]
⎛ k ⎞ ⎛ k ⎞ (a) 1 :2 2 (b) 1: 4
Motion of Satellites (a) R ⎜ ⎟
⎝1 −k⎠
(b) R ⎜ ⎟
⎝1 + k⎠ (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1: 2
2 2
41 The escape velocity from the (c)
R k
(d)
Rk Ans. (a)
Earth’s surface is v. The escape 1+ k 1 −k2 Since, the escape velocity of earth can
be given as
velocity from the surface of Ans. (d)
another planet having a radius, four Given, the mass of the particle = m v e = 2gR = R
8
π Gρ
times that of Earth and same mass The velocity of the projected particle, 3
density is [NEET 2021] v = kv e
[ρ= density of earth]
(a) v (b) 2 v (c) 3 v (d) 4 v Initial energy at the time of projection
1 GMm 8
Ans. (d) = mv 2 − ⇒ ve = R π Gρ …(i)
2 R 3
We know that,
Final energy at the maximum heighth As it is given that the radius and mean
escape velocity from Earth’s surface,
from surface of the Earth density of planet are twice as that of
2GMe
ve = 1
= mv 2 −
GMm
earth. So, escape velocity at planet will be
Re 2 R+h
8
where, G is the gravitational constant, 1 GMm v p = 2R πG2ρ …(ii)
= m(0) 2 − 3
R e is the radius of the Earth, 2 R+h
Divide, Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get
Me is the mass of the Earth. (Qfinal velocity is zero at heighth from
mass the surface of the Earth) 8
Also, density = π Gρ
R
volume GMm ve 3
=− =
⇒ Mass = Density × Volume R+h vp 8
2R πG2ρ
or Me = ρ × V 3
4 ⎛QV = 4 πR 3 ⎞ Using the law of conservation of energy,
or Me = ρ × πR e3 ⎜ e⎟ v 1
3 ⎝ 3 ⎠ initial energy at the time of projection = ⇒ e =
final energy at the maximum heighth vp 2 2
Substituting the values in the escape from the surface of the Earth
velocity expression, we get
44 A satellite of mass m is orbiting the 46 A satellite S is moving in an Ans. (b)

earth (of radius R) at a height h from elliptical orbit around the earth. Orbital velocity of satellite is given by,
its surface. The total energy of the The mass of the satellite is very GM
v=
satellite in terms of g 0 , the value of small as compared to the mass of r
acceleration due to gravity at the the earth. Then, [CBSE AIPMT 2015] Ratio of orbital velocities of A and B is
earth’s surface is [NEET 2016] (a) the angular momentum of S about given by,
mg 0 R 2 mg 0 R 2 the centre of the earth changes in vA r R 1
(a) (b) − direction, but its magnitude remains ⇒ = B = =
2(R + h) 2(R + h) constant vB rA 4R 2
2 mg 0 R 2 2 mg 0 R 2
(c) (d) − (b) the total mechanical energy of S vA 3v 1
R +h R +h ∴ = =
varies periodically with time vB vB 2
Ans. (b) (c) the linear momentum of S remains
constant in magnitude ∴ v B = 6v
QTotal energy of a satellite at heighth is
GMm GMm (d) the acceleration of S is always directed
= KE + PE = − towards the centre of the earth 49 The earth is assumed to be a
2(R + h) (R + h)
Ans. (d) sphere of radius R. A platform is
−GMm −GMmR 2
− mg 0 R 2
arranged at a height R from the
= = = As we know that, force on satellite is
2 (R + h) 2R 2 (R + h) 2(R + h) surface of the earth. The escape
only gravitational force which will always
⎛ GM ⎞ be towards the centre of earth. Thus, the velocity of a body from this
⎜Q g 0 = 2 ⎟
⎝ R ⎠ acceleration of S is always directed platform is fv e , where v e is its
towards the centre of the earth. escape velocity from the surface of
45 A remote sensing satellite of earth the earth. The value of f is
revolves in a circular orbit at a 47 A black hole is an object whose [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
height of 0.25 × 10 6 m above the gravitational field is so strong that 1 1 1
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d)
surface of earth. If earth’s radius is even light cannot escape from it. To 2 3 2
6.38 × 10 6 m and g = 9.8 ms − 2 , then what approximate radius would
Ans. (b)
the orbital speed of the satellite is earth (mass = 5.98 × 1024 kg) have to
At a platform at a height h,
[CBSE AIPMT 2015] be compressed to be a black hole?
Escape energy = binding energy of
(a) 7.76kms− 1 (b) 8.56kms− 1 [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
(c) 9.13kms− 1 (d) 6.67kms− 1 (a) 10−9 m (b) 10−6 m sphere
(c) 10−2 m (d) 10−7 m or
1
m(fv e ) 2 =
GMm
Ans. (a)
Ans. (c) 2 R+h
Given, height of a satellite
Problem Solving Strategy For the black 2 GM 2 GM
h = 0.25 × 10 m 6
or fv e = = …(i) (Qh = R)
hole, the escape speed is more than c R+h 2R
Earth’s radius, R e = 6.38 × 10 6 m (speed of light). We should compare the
For the satellite revolving around the escape speed with the c (Note that the But at surface of the earth,
escape speed should be at least just 2 GM
earth, orbital velocity of the satellite ve = …(ii)
greater than c). R
GMe GMe
v0 = = 2GM
Re ⎡ h ⎤ ve = Dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i).
R e ⎢1 + ⎥ R′
⎣ R e ⎦
GM
[R ′ = New radius of the earth] fv e
Hence, = R ⇒ f= 1
gR e
⇒ v0 = c=
2GM
[v e ≈ c] ⇒ c 2 = 2
GM ve 2GM 2
h
1+ R′ R′ R
Re
. × 10 −11 × 6 × 10 24
2GM 2 × 667
R′ = =
c 2
9 × 10 16 50 For a satellite moving in an orbit
h 4 × 6.67 around the earth, the ratio of
= × 10 −3 = 8.89 × 10 −3
3 kinetic energy to potential energy
R
= 0.889 × 10 −2 −
~ 10 −2 m is [CBSE AIPMT 2005]
1
(a) 2 (b) 1/2 (c) (d) 2
48 The radii of circular orbits of two 2
satellites A and B of the earth are Ans. (b)
4R and R, respectively. If the speed GMe m
Potential energy, U = −
Substitutes the values of g, R e and h, we of satellite A is 3v, then the speed Re
get
of satellite B will be where,
v 0 = 60 × 10 6 m/s [CBSE AIPMT 2010] Me = mass of the earth
v 0 = 7.76 × 10 3 = 7.76 km/s (a) 3v/4 (b) 6 v (c) 12 v (d) 3v/2
m = mass of satellite
Gravitation 81
R e = radius of the earth 52 The escape velocity of a sphere of The escape velocity on moon’s
surface is only 2.5 km/s. This is the basic
G = gravitational constant mass m is given by (G = universal fundamental on which, absence of
GM m
or | U | = e
gravitational constant, M e = mass atmosphere on moon can be explained.
Re of the earth and R e = radius of the
1 GMe m earth) [CBSE AIPMT 1999] 54 A ball is dropped from a satellite
Kineticenergy,K =
2 Re GM e 2 GM e revolving around the earth at a
(a) (b)
K 1 GMe m Re 1 Re Re height of 120 km. The ball will
Thus, = × = [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
| U| 2 Re GMe m 2 2 Gm GM e
(c) (d) (a) continue to move with same speed
The total energy, Re Re2
along a straight line tangentially to
GMe m Ans. (b) the satellite at that time
E=K +U =−
2r The binding energy of sphere of mass m (b) continue to move with the same
(say) on the surface of the earth kept at speed along the original orbit of
K GM m satellite
rest is e . To escape it from the
Re (c) fall down to the earth gradually
r
E earth’s surface, this much energy in the (d) go far away in space
E=K+U
U form of kinetic energy is supplied to it. Ans. (b)
1 GM m The ball, when dropped from the orbiting
So, mv e2 = e
This energy is constant and negative, i.e. 2 Re satellite will not reach the surface of the
the system is closed. To farther the satellite earth. When ball is dropped from the
2GMe
from the earth, the greater is its total or v e = escape velocity = satellite, the ball also starts moving with
energy. Re the same speed due to inertia. As the
where, R e = radius of earth, orbit of a satellite does not depend upon
51 Escape velocity from the earth is Me = mass of the earth.
its mass, the ball continues to move
11.2 km/s. Another planet of same along with the satellite in the same orbit.
mass has radius 1/4 times that of 53 The escape velocity of a body on 55 The escape velocity from the
the earth. What is the escape the surface of the earth is 11.2 surface of the earth is v e . The
velocity from another planet? km/s. If the earth’s mass increases
[CBSE AIPMT 2000]
escape velocity from the surface of
to twice its present value and the a planet whose mass and radius are
(a) 11.2 km/s (b) 44.8 km/s radius of the earth becomes half,
(c) 22.4 km/s (d) 5.6 km/s three times those of the earth, will
the escape velocity would become be [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
Ans. (c) [CBSE AIPMT 1997] 1
(a) 44.8 km/s (a) v e (b) 3v e (c) 9v e (d)
Problem Solving Strategy Compare the 3v e
equation of escape velocity of earth and (b) 22.4 km/s
planet. (c) 11.2 km/s (remain unchanged) Ans. (a)
Escape velocity is given by, (d) 5.6 km/s Escape velocity on surface of the earth
2 G Me is given by
v es = Ans. (b)
Re 2GMe ⎛ GM ⎞
Escape velocity on the earth’s surface is v e = 2 gR e = ⎜Qg = 2e ⎟
2 G Mp given by Re ⎝ Re ⎠
′
From a planet,v = es
Rp 2 GMe where, Me = mass of earth
v es =
v′
2 G Mp Re
Re R e = radius of the earth
Therefore, es
= ×
v es Rp 2 G Me where, G is gravitational constant, Me G = gravitational constant
and R e are the mass and radius of the Me
It is given that, earth respectively. By taking the ratios ∴ ve ∝
Re
mass of the planet = mass of the earth of two different cases
i.e. Mp = Me If v P is escape velocity from the surface
v ′es M′e R e
v′ Re ∴ = × ve Me Rp
So, es = ...(i) v es Me R ′ of the planet, then = ×
v es Rp e vp Re Mp
Re R 1 but Me′ = 2 Me where, Mp is mass of the planet and R p is

Given, R p = ⇒ p = and R
4 Re 4 and R e′ = e radius of the planet.
2
v es = 112
. km/s but R p = 3 R e (given)
v es = 112
. km/s.
Substituting in Eq. (i), we have and Mp = 3 Me
′
v es′ v es 2 Me R
=
4
= 2, ∴ = × e = 4 =2 ve Me 3R e 1
v es Me Re /2 ∴ = × = = 1 or v p = v e
112 . 1 vp Re 3Me 1
v es′ = 112
. × 2 = 22 .4 km/s ∴ ves′ = 2 ves = 2 × 11.2 = 22 .4 km / s
56 The escape velocity from the earth 2 πr GMm

T= =−
is 11.2 km/s. If a body is to be vo 2R
projected in a direction making an GM gR 2 ⎛ GM ⎞ ∴ Total energy of satellite = −
1
mv 2
As, v o = = ⎜Qg = 2 ⎟
angle 45° to the vertical, then the r r ⎝ R ⎠ 2
escape velocity is
2 πr 2 πr 3 / 2
[CBSE AIPMT 1993] ∴ T= 2 1/2
z= 59 For a satellite escape velocity is 11
(gR / r) gR 2
(a) 11.2 × 2 km/s (b) 11.2 km/s km/s. If the satellite is launched at
11.2 2π 2 πr 3 / 2 2 π an angle of 60° with the vertical,
(c) km/s (d) 11.2 2 km/s but T = ⇒ T= =
2 ω gR 2 ω then escape velocity will be
[CBSE AIPMT 1989]
Ans. (b) gR 2 gR 2
Hence, r 3 / 2 = or r 3 = 2 (a) 11 km/s (b) 11 3 km /s
2GM ω ω
As, v e = 2 gR = 11
R 1/3 (c) km /s (d) 33 km/s
⎛ gR 2 ⎞ 3
Hence, escape velocity does not depend or r=⎜ 2 ⎟
on the angle of projection. Escape ⎝ω ⎠ Ans. (a)
velocity will remain same. Escape velocity on earth (or any other
57 The mean radius of the earth is R, 58 The satellite of mass m is orbiting planet) is defined as the minimum
around the earth in a circular orbit velocity with which the body has to be
its angular speed on its own axis is
projected vertically upwards from the
ω and the acceleration due to with a velocity v. What will be its surface of the earth (or any other planet).
gravity at the earth’s surface is g. total energy? [CBSE AIPMT 1991] So, that it just crosses the gravitational
What will be the radius of the orbit 3 1 field of earth and never returns on its
(a) mv 2 (b) mv 2
of a geostationary satellite? 4 2 own. The escape velocity of the earth is
[CBSE AIPMT 1992] ⎛ 1⎞ given by
(c) mv 2 (d) − ⎜ ⎟ mv 2
⎛ R2 g⎞
1/3 1/3 ⎝ 2⎠ 2GM
⎛ Rg⎞ ve = = 2gR
(a) ⎜ 2 ⎟ (b) ⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ω ⎠ ⎝ω ⎠ Ans. (d) R
⎛R ω ⎞
2 2 1/3
⎛ R g⎞
2 1/3 Let satellite of mass m be revolving 8 π ρGR 2
=
(c) ⎜ ⎟ (d) ⎜ ⎟ closely around the earth of mass M and 3
⎝ g ⎠ ⎝ ω ⎠ radius R.
From above equation it is clear that
Ans. (a) Total energy of satellite value of escape velocity of a body does
GMm 1 not depend upon the mass (m) of the
Let v o be orbital speed and be is the = PE + KE = − + mv 2
radius of orbit of a geostationary R 2 body and its angle of projection from the
satellite. So, time period of satellite GMm m GM ⎡ GM ⎤ surface of the earth or the planet. So,
=− + as v =
2 R ⎢⎣ R ⎥⎦
escape velocity remains same.
R
08
Mechanical
Properties of Solids
TOPIC 1 F1 A12 A2
a force F, how much force is ⇒ = 2 = 2
Stress, Strain and F2 A2 9A
Hooke’s Laws needed to stretch the second wire
(QA1 = A and A2 = 3A)
by the same amount? [NEET 2018]
1
(a) 4F (b) 6F (c) 9F (d) F =
01 A wire of length L, area of 9
cross-section A is hanging from a Ans. (c) or F2 = 9F1 = 9F (given,F1 = F )
fixed support. The length of the According to the question,
wire changes to L 1 when mass M is For wire 1 03 The bulk modulus of a spherical
suspended from its free end. The Area of cross-section = A1 object is B. If it is subjected to
expression for Young’s modulus is Force applied = F1 uniform pressure p, the fractional
[NEET (Sep.) 2020] Increase in length = Δl decrease in radius is [NEET 2017]
Mg (L1 − L) MgL From the relation of Young’s modulus of p B
(a) (b) (a) (b)
AL AL1 elasticity,
B 3p
Fl
Mg L MgL1 Y= 3p p
(c) (d) AΔl (c) (d)
A(L1 − L) AL B 3B
Substituting the values for wire 1 in the
Ans. (c) above relation, we get Ans. (d)
Here, change in length, ΔL = (L1 − L) ⇒
Fl
Y1 = 1 1 …(i) The object is spherical and the bulk
Area = A A1 Δ l modulus is represented by B. It is the
Force, F = Mg For wire 2 ratio of normal stress to the volumetric
Normal stress Area of cross-section = A2
Young’s modulus, Y = strain.
Longitudinal strain Force applied = F2 F /A ΔV p
Mg Hence B = ⇒ =
Increase in length = Δl Δ V /V V B
(F / A) A
⇒ Y= = Similarly, ΔV p
⎛ ΔL ⎞ ⎛ L 1 − L ⎞ Fl ⇒ =
⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ Y2 = 2 2 V B
⎝ L ⎠ ⎝ L ⎠ …(ii)
A2 Δ l
MgL Here p is applied pressure on the object
= Q Volume, V = Al ΔV
A (L1 − L) V
and is volume strain
or l= V
Hence, correct option is (c). A Fractional decreases in volume
Substituting the value ofl in Eqs. (i) and ΔV ΔR 4
02 Two wires are made of the same ⇒ =3 [QV = πR 3 ]
(ii), we get V R 3
material and have the same FV FV
Y1 = 21 and Y2 = 22 Volume of the sphere decreases due to
volume. The first wire has A1 Δ l A2 Δ l
the decrease in its radius.
cross-sectional area A and the As it is given that the wires are made up Δ V 3Δ R p
second wire has cross-sectional of same material, i.e. Y1 = Y2 Hence = =
V R B
area 3A. If the length of the first F1V FV
ΔR
⇒ = 2 ⇒ =
p
wire is increased by Δl on applying A12 Δl A22 Δl R 3B
04 Copper of fixed volume V is drawn TOPIC 2 For material Y, if the distance between
strength point and fracture point is
into wire of length l. When this wire
Stress-Strain Curve, Thermal large, so it is a ductile material and can
is subjected to a constant force F,
Stress and Elastic PE withstand for some extra stress beyond
the extension produced in the wire point D.
is Δl. Which of the following graphs
06 The stress-strain curves are drawn
is a straight line? [CBSE AIPMT 2014] 07 When a block of mass M is
1
for two different materials X and Y.
(a) Δl versus (b) Δl versus l 2
suspended by a long wire of length
It is observed that the ultimate
l L, the length of the wire becomes
1 strength point and the fracture
(c) Δl versus 2 (d) Δl versus l (L + l). The elastic potential energy
l point are close to each other for
stored in the extended wire is
material X but are far apart for
Ans. (b) [NEET (National) 2019]
material Y. We can say that 1
Youngs' modulus is given by (a) MgL (b) Mgl
F ×l materials X and Y are likely to be 2
Y= …(i)
A × Δl (respectively) [NEET (Odisha) 2019] 1
(c) MgL (d) Mgl
As V = A × l = constant …(ii) (a) ductile and brittle 2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get (b) brittle and ductile
Ans. (b)
F ×l 2 F (c) brittle and plastic
Y= ⇒ Δl = ×l 2 In stretching a wire, the work done
V × Δl V ×Y (d) plastic and ductile
against internal restoring force is stored
⇒ Δl ∝ l 2
Ans. (b) as elastic potential energy in wire and
The stress-strain curve for a material is given by
05 The following four wires are made shown
of same material. Which of these
Elastic D Ultimate
will have the largest extension Stress B limit strength point L L
A C
when the same tension is applied? E Fracture point
[NEET 2013] Plastic behaviour
Elastic behaviour
(a) Length = 50 cm, diameter = 05
. mm l
(b) Length = 100 cm, diameter = 1 mm O
Strain
(c) Length = 200 cm, diameter = 2 mm M
(d) Length = 300 cm, diameter = 3 mm This curve specifies the behaviour of
material. Mg
Ans. (a)
For the material, if distance between 1
F ×L mg ⋅L mgL U = W = × Force (F ) × Elongation (l )
As γ = = or ΔL = strength point and fracture point is 2
ΔL × A ΔL ⋅ A γ⋅A
small, so it is brittle and will break easily 1 1 1
L = Fl = × Mg × l = Mgl
⇒ ΔL ∝ , which is maximum for on the application of some extra stress 2 2 2
A after point D.
option (a).
09
Mechanical
Properties of Fluids
TOPIC 1
15
Pressure and Pascal’s Law ρ0 = × 1000
20
(Qgiven,ρw = 1000 kg m −3 )
01 A barometer is constructed using a 20 cm = 750 kgm −3
liquid (density = 760 kg/m 3 ). What 15 cm
would be the height of the liquid 03 A U tube with both ends open to
column, when a mercury the atmosphere, is partially filled
barometer reads 76 cm? with water. Oil, which is immiscible
(Density of mercury = 13600 kg/m 3 ) Water Oil with water, is poured into one side
[NEET (Oct.) 2020] until it stands at a distance of 10
(a) 1.36 m (a) 1200 kg/m 3 (b) 750 kg/m 3 mm above the water level on the
(b) 13.6 m (c) 1000 kg/m 3 (d) 1333 kg/m 3 other side. Meanwhile the water
(c) 136 m rises by 65 mm from its original
Ans. (b)
(d) 0.76 m level (see diagram). The density of
According to Pascal’s law ‘‘Pressure
Ans. (b) applied to an enclosed fluid is the oil is [NEET 2017]
Density of liquid,ρl = 760 kg /m 3
transmitted undiminished to every point Pa Pa
Density of mercury,ρm = 13600 kg /m3 of the fluid and the walls of the F
A
Height of liquid column in mercury containing vessel.’’ 10 mm
E Final water level
barometer, In the given situation as shown in the
65 mm
hm = 76 cm= 0.76 m figure below Oil D Initial water level
If height of liquid in liquid column behl , 65 mm
then B C
pliquid = pmercury
Water
⇒ hl ρl g = hm ρm g
h ρ 0.76 × 13600 20 cm
⇒ hl = m m = 15 cm
ρl 760 (a) 650 kg m −3 (b) 425 kg m −3
= 136
. m (c) 800 kg m −3 (d) 928 kg m −3
Ans. (d)
02 In a U-tube as shown in a figure, Water Oil
Thinking Process Pressure of two
water and oil are in the left side and points lie in the same horizontal level
right side of the tube respectively. Pressure due to water column of height should be same and p = hdg
15 cm = Pressure due to oil column of
The heights from the bottom for height 20 cm Both ends of the U tube are open, so the
water and oil columns are 15 cm pressure on both the free surfaces must
⇒ hw ρw g = h0ρ0 g
and 20 cm respectively. The be equal.
density of the oil is [take 15ρw = 20 ρ0
i.e., p1 = p2
ρ water = 1000 kg/m 3 ] 15
⇒ ρ0 = ρω hoil ⋅ S oil g = hwater ⋅ S water ⋅ g
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] 20
S oil = specific density of oil
hwater ⋅ S water ⋅ g So, fractional compression Ans. (d)

S oil =
hoil ⋅ g = compressibility × pressure The terminal velocity achieved by ball in
(65 + 65) × 1000 = 45.4 × 10−11 × 27 × 106 = 1.2 × 10−2 a viscous fluid is
From figure S oil = 2(ρ − σ) r 2 g
(65 + 65 + 10) vt =
TOPIC 2 9η
= 928 kgm−3
where,ρ = density of metal of ball,
Bernoullis Principle σ = density of viscous medium,
04 Two non-mixing liquids of densities
ρ and nρ(n > 1) are put in a
and Viscosity r = radius of ball and
container. The height of each liquid η = coefficient of viscosity of medium
is h. A solid cylinder of length L and 06 The velocity of a small ball of mass Terminal velocity of first ball,
density d is put in this container. M and density d when dropped in a 2(ρ − σ) r12 g
vt = 1
The cylinder floats with its axis container filled with glycerine 1
9η
vertical and length pL (p < 1) in the becomes constant after some 2 (8ρ2 − σ) r12 g
time. If the density of glycerine is = …(i) [Qρ 1 = 8ρ2 ]
denser liquid. The density d is equal 9η
to [NEET 2016]
d/2, then the viscous force acting
Similarly, for second ball
on the ball will be [NEET 2021]
2 (ρ − σ) r22 g
(a) {2 + (n + 1) p } ρ (b) {2 + (n − 1) p } ρ
Mg vt = 2 …(ii)
(c) {1 + (n − 1) p } ρ (d) {1 + (n + 1) p } ρ (a) (b) Mg 2
9η
2
Ans. (c) 3 From Eq. (i) and (ii), we get
(c) Mg (d) 2 Mg vt 2(8ρ2 − σ) r12 g 9η
According to question, the situation can 2 1
= ×
be drawn as following. vt 2(ρ2 − σ) r22 g 9η
Ans. (a) 2
2
Given, the density of the small ball is d ⎛ 8ρ − 0.1ρ2 ⎞ ⎛ r1 ⎞
A = ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎟⎜ ⎟
d
The mass of the small ball is M ⎝ ρ2 − 0.1ρ2 ⎠ ⎝ r2 ⎠
(1–ρ)L ρ The density of the glycerine is d/2.
…(iii) [Qσ = 0 . 1ρ2 ]
ρL As we know that,
Here, r1 = 1 mm and r2 = 2 mm
viscous force = weight – buoyant force
Substituting these values in Eq. (iii), we
Viscous force = Vd 1 g − Vd 2 g get
Applying Archemedies principle Here, V is the volume of submerged vt ⎛ 7.9ρ2 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞ 2
bodies, ⇒ 1
= ⎜⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
⎟
Weight of cylinder vt ⎝ 0.9ρ2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
g is the acceleration due to gravity, 2
= (upthrust) 1 + (upthrust) 2 79
d 1 is the density of the small ball, =
i.e. ALdg = (1 − P) LAρg + (PLA) nρg 36
d 2 is the density of the glycerine,
⇒ d = (1 − P) ρ + Pnρ
d 1 = d and d 2 = d /2
= ρ − Pρ + n Pρ
Substituting the given values in the
08 A small hole of area of
= ρ + (n − 1) P ρ = ρ [1 + (n − 1) ρ] viscous force expression, we get cross-section 2 mm 2 is present
d near the bottom of a fully filled
Viscous force = Vdg − V g
05 The approximate depth of an 2 open tank of height 2 m.
ocean is 2700 m. The Vdg Mg Taking g = 10 m/s 2 , the rate of flow
Viscous force = = (QM = d × V )
compressibility of water is 2 2 of water through the open hole
45.4 × 10 −11 Pa −1 and density of would be nearly
water is 103 kg / m3 . What fractional 07 Two small spherical metal balls, [NEET (National) 2019]
compression of water will be having equal masses, are made (a) 8.9 × 10−6 m 3 /s
obtained at the bottom of the from materials of densities ρ 1 and (b) 2. 23 × 10−6 m 3 /s
ocean? [CBSE AIPMT 2015] ρ2 (ρ 1 = 8ρ2 ) and have radii of 1 mm (c) 6.4 × 10−6 m 3 /s
(a) 0.8 × 10−2 (b) 1.0 × 10−2 and 2 mm, respectively. They are (d) 12.6 × 10−6 m 3 /s
(c) 1.2 × 10−2 (d) 1.4 × 10−2 made to fall vertically (from rest) in Ans. (d)
Ans. (c) viscous medium whose coefficient The rate of liquid flow moving with
Given d = 2700 m ⇒ ρ = 10 3 kg/m 3 of viscosity equals ηand whose velocity v through an area a is given by
Compressibility = 454 . × 10 −11 per pascal density is 0.1 ρ2 . The ratio of their Rate (R) = Area (a) × Velocity (v)
The pressure at the bottom of ocean is terminal velocities would be Given, area of hole,
[NEET (Odisha) 2019] a = 2 mm2
given by
79 19 39 79
p = ρgd (a) (b) (c) (d) = 2 × 10 −6 m2
72 36 72 36
= 10 3 × 10 × 2700 = 27 × 10 6 Pa height of tank,h = 2 m.
Mechanicla Properties of Fluids 87
The given situation can also be depicted the force exerted by the wind on According to equation of continuity,
as shown in the figure below. the roof and the direction of the Av = constant
force will be (pair = 1.2 kg / m3 ) where, A is a cylindrical tube andv is
[CBSE AIPMT 2015] velocity of liquid in a tube.
(a) 4.8 × 105 N, downwards Volume in flow rate
2m
(b) 4.8 × 105 N, upwards = volume in out flow rate
(c) 2.4 × 105 N, upwards R 2v
πR 2 v = n πr 2 v ′ ⇒ v ′ = 2
(d) 2.4 × 105 N, downwards nr
a=2mm2 Thus, speed of the ejection of the liquid
Ans. (c)
As the velocity of liquid flow is given as From Bernoulli’s theorem R 2v
through the holes is 2 .
v = 2gh 1 1 nr
p1 + ρv 12 = p2 + ρv 22
∴R = av = a 2gh 2 2
Substituting the given values, we get where, p1 , p2 are pressure inside and TOPIC 3
R = 2 × 10 −6 × 2 × 10 × 2 outside the roof andv 1 , v 2 are velocities
= 2 × 10 −6 × 632
. = 12.64 × 10 −6 m 3 /s of wind inside and outside the roof.
Surface Tension, Excess
~− 12.6 × 10 −6 m 3 /s Neglect the width of the roof.
Pressure and Capillarity
Pressure difference is
09 A small sphere of radius r falls from 1 12 A liquid does not wet the solid
p1 − p2 = ρ (v 22 − v 12 )
rest in a viscous liquid. As a result, 2 surface if angle of contact is
heat is produced due to viscous 1 [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
= × 1.2 (40 2 − 0) (a) equal to 45°
force. The rate of production of 2
heat when the sphere attains its (b) equal to 60°
= 960 N/m 2
terminal velocity, is proportional to (c) greater than 90°
Force acting on the roof is given by
[NEET 2018] (d) zero
F = (p1 − p2 ) A = 960 × 250
(a) r 5 (b) r 2 Ans. (c)
= 24 × 10 4 N = 24
. × 10 5 N
(c) r 3 (d) r 4 A liquid does not wet the solid surface, if
As the pressure inside the roof is more
Ans. (a) the angle of contact is obtuse i.e.,
than outside to it. So the force will act θ> 90º.
Key Concept The rate of heat
in the upward direction,
generation is equal to the rate of work
done by the viscous force which in i.e. F = 24
. × 10 5 N- upwards. 13 A capillary tube of radius r is
turn is equal to its power. immersed in water and water rises
dQ 11 The cylindrical tube of a spray in it to a height h. The mass of the
Rate of heat produced, = F × νT
dt pump has radius R, one end of
water in the capillary tube is 5 g.
where,F is the viscous force andvT is the which has n fine holes, each of
Another capillary tube of radius 2r
terminal velocity. radius r. If the speed of the liquid in
is immersed in water. The mass of
As, F = 6πηr νT the tube is v, the speed of the
dQ water that will rise in this tube is
⇒ = 6πηr νT × νT ejection of the liquid through the
[NEET (Sep.) 2020]
dt holes is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
(a) 5.0 g (b) 10.0 g
= 6 πηr νT2 …(i) vR 2 vR 2 vR 2 v2 R
(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) 20.0 g (d) 2.5 g
From the relation for terminal velocity, n2 r 2 nr 2 n3 r 2 nr
2 r 2 (ρ − σ) Ans. (d)
νT = g, we get Ans. (b)
Relation for height of water in capillary
9 η Key Concept During the streamline tube is
νT ∝ r 2 …(ii) flow of viscous and incompressible fluid 2S cosθ
through a pipe varying cross-section, h=
From Eq. (ii), we can rewrite Eq. (i) as ρgr
dQ the product of area of cross-section and
∝ r ⋅ (r 2 ) 2 normal fluid velocity (Av) remains ⇒ h∝
1
dt r
constant throughout the flow.
dQ h1 r2 2r
or ∝ r5 Consider a cylindrical tube of a spray ⇒ = = =2
dt pump has radius R, one end having n fine h2 r1 r
holes, each of radius r and speed of As m = A ⋅h⋅ρ
10 A wind with speed 40 m/s blows liquid in the tube isv as shown in figure.
parallel to the roof of a house. The m2 Ah2 ρ h2 1
∴ = = =
area of the roof is 250m2 . R r m1 Ah1ρ h1 2
Assuming that the pressure inside r m 5
⇒ m2 = 1 = = 2.5g
the house is atmospheric pressure, 2 2
Hence, correct option is (d).
14 A soap bubble, having radius of 1 15 A rectangular film of liquid is Thus, cosθ ∝ ρ

mm, is blown from a detergent extended from (4 cm × 2 cm) to ∴ ρ1 > ρ2 > ρ3
solution having a surface tension of (5 cm × 4 × cm). If the work done ∴ cosθ1 > cosθ2 > cosθ3
2.5 × 10 −2 N/m. The pressure inside is 3 × 10 −4 J, the value of the 0 ≤ θ1 < θ2 < θ3 <
π
surface tension of the liquid is 2
the bubble equals at a point
[NEET 2016]
Z 0 below the free surface of water 17 A certain number of spherical
(a) 0.250 Nm −1 (b) 0.125 Nm −1
in a container. Taking g = 10 m/s 2 , (c) 0.2 Nm −1 (d) 8.0 Nm −1 drops of a liquid of radius r
density of water = 103 kg/m 3 , the coalesce to form a single drop of
Ans. (b)
value of Z 0 is [NEET (National) 2019] Key Idea Increase in surface energy = radius R and volume V. IfT is the
(a) 10 cm
work done in area × surface tension surface tension of the liquid, then
(b) 1 cm [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
Q Increase in surface area,
(c) 0.5 cm ⎛1 1⎞
ΔA = (5 × 4 − 4 × 2) × 2 (a) energy = 4VT ⎜ − ⎟ is released
(d) 100 cm ⎝ r R⎠
(Q film has two surfaces)
Ans. (b) ⎛1 1⎞
= (20 − 8) × 2 cm 2 = 24 cm2 (b) energy = 3VT ⎜ + ⎟ is absorbed
The excess pressure inside a soap ⎝ r R⎠
= 24 × 10 −4 m2
bubble of radius r is given by ⎛1 1⎞
So, work done, W = T ⋅ ΔA (c) energy = 3VT ⎜ − ⎟ is released
p=
4T ⎝ r R⎠
r 3 × 10 −4 = T × 24 × 10 −4
(d) energy is neither released nor
where,T = surface tension. 1
∴ T = = 0.125 N/m absorbed
If p0 be the outside pressure from the 8
Ans. (c)
water, then total pressure inside the
bubble becomes 16 Three liquids of densities ρ 1 , ρ2 and As energy released = (Af − Ai )T
p1 = p0 +
4T
… (i) ρ3 (with ρ 1 > ρ2 > ρ3 ), having the 3
where, Ai = 4 πR 2 = × 4 π
R 3 3V
=
r same value of surface tensionT, 3 R R
The pressure at the depth Z 0 below the rise to the same height in three V 3V
water surface is and Af = 4 πr 2 = 4 πr 2 =
identical capillaries. The angles of 4 2 r
πr
p2 = p0 + Z 0ρg … (ii) contact θ 1 ,θ2 and θ3 obey 3
As it is given that the pressure inside the [NEET 2016] ⎡1 1 ⎤
∴Energy released = 3VT −
bubble is same as the pressure at depth π ⎣⎢ r R ⎦⎥
Z 0 , then equating (a) > θ 1 > θ 2 > θ 3 ≥ 0
2
Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get π
4T (b) 0 ≤ θ 1 < θ 2 < θ 3 < 18 The wettability of a surface by a
p0 + = p0 + Z 0ρg 2
r π liquid depends primarily on
4T (c) < θ 1 < θ 2 < θ 3 < π [NEET 2013]
⇒ Z0 = … (iii) 2
rρg π (a) viscosity
(d) π > θ 1 > θ 2 > θ 3 >
Here,T = 2.5 × 10−2 N/m, ρ = 10 3 kg/m 3 , 2 (b) surface tension
g = 10ms−2 and r = 1 mm = 1 × 10 −3 m (c) density
Ans. (b) (d) angle of contact between the
Substituting these values in Eq. (iii), we
get According to ascent formula for capillary surface and the liquid
tube,
4 × 2.5 × 10 −2 Ans. (d)
Z0 = 2T cosθ
1 × 10 −3 × 10 3 × 10 h= The wettability of a surface by a liquid
ρgr
= 10 × 10 −3 m depends primarily on angle of contact
cosθ1 cosθ2 cosθ3
= 1 cm ∴ = = between the surface and the liquid.
ρ1 ρ2 ρ3
10
Thermal Properties
of Matter
TOPIC 1 Thus, fractional change in the density of
Thermometry and 02 Coefficient of linear expansion of glycerine for a rise of 40°C in its
brass and steel rods are α 1 and α 2 . temperature,
Thermal Expansion Lengths of brass and steel rods are ρ − ρ0
= YΔT = 5 × 10 −4 × 40
ρ0
l 1 and l 2 respectively. If (l 2 − l 1 ) is
01 A copper rod of 88 cm and an maintained same at all = 200 × 10 −4 = 0.020
aluminium rod of unknown length temperatures, which one of the
have their increase in length following relations holds good ? 04 On a new scale of temperature
independent of increase in [NEET 2016] (which is linear) and called the W
temperature. The length of (a) α 1l 22 = α 2l 12 (b) α 21 l 2 = α 22l 1 scale, the freezing and boiling
aluminium rod is (c) α 1l 1 = α 2l 2 (d) α 1l 2 = α 2l 1 points of water are 39°W and
[NEET (National) 2019] 239°W respectively. What will be
Ans. (c)
(a) 113.9 cm the temperature on the new scale,
According to question,
(b) 88 cm corresponding to a temperature of
Coefficient of linear expression of brass
(c) 68 cm = α1 39°C on the celsius scale ?
(d) 6.8 cm [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
Coefficient of linear expression of steel
Ans. (c) = α2 (a) 78°W (b) 117°W
Due to change in temperature, the Length of brass and steel rods arel 1 and (c) 200°W (d) 139°W
thermal strain produced in a rod of l 2 respectively. Ans. (b)
lengthL is given by As given difference increase in length The relation between true scale and new
ΔL (l 2′ − l 1′) is same for all temperature.
= α ΔT scale of temperature is given by
L So, l 2′ − l 1′ = l 2 − l 1 ⎛ t − LFP ⎞ ⎛ t − LFP ⎞
⎜ ⎟ =⎜ ⎟
⇒ ΔL = L α ΔT ⇒ l 2 (1 + α 2 Δt) − l 1 (1 + α 1 Δt) = l 2 − l 1 ⎝ UFP − LFP ⎠ true ⎝ UFP − LFP ⎠ faulty
where l = original length of rod and ⇒ l 2 α 2 = l 1α 1 39° C − 0 ° C t − 39° W
α = coefficient of liner expansion of solid =
100 ° C − 0 ° C 239° W − 39° W
rod 03 The value of coefficient of volume ⇒ t = 117 ° W
As the change in length (Δl ) of the given expansion of glycerin is
two rods of copper and aluminium are
independent of temperature change, i.e.
5 × 10 − 4 K − 1 . The fractional change 05 The coefficients of linear
ΔT is same for both copper and in the density of glycerin for a rise expansions of brass and steel are
aluminium. of 40°C in its temperature is α 1 and α 2 respectively. When we
LCu α Cu = LAlα Al … (i) [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
take a brass rod of length l 1 and a
Here, α Cu = 1.7 × 10 −5 K−1 (a) 0.015 (b) 0.020 (c) 0.025 (d) 0.010
steel rod of length l 2 at 0°C, then
α Al = 2.2 × 10 −5 K−1 Ans. (b) the difference in their lengths
and LCu = 88 cm Given, the value of coefficient of volume (l 2 − l 1 ) will remain the same at all
Substituting the given values in Eq. (i), expansion of glycerin is 5 × 10 −4 K−1 . temperatures, if [CBSE AIPMT 1999]
we get As, orginal density of glycerin,
ρ = ρ0 (1 + YΔT ) (a) α 1l 1 = α 2l 2 (b) α 1l 2 = α 2l 1
L α 1.7 × 10 −5 × 88 ~
LAl = Cu Cu = − 68 cm ⇒ ρ − ρ0 = ρ0YΔT (c) α 21 l 2 = α 22l 1 (d) α 1l 22 = α 2l 12
α Al . × 10 −5
22
Ans. (a) TOPIC 2 contact, then assuming no heat

Coefficient of linear expansion
Change in length
Specific Heat Capacity, loss, the final common
= Calorimetry and Change temperature is [NEET 2016]
Original length × rise in temperature
(a) 50°C
i.e. α=
Δl of State (b) more than 50°C
lt (c) less than 50°C but greater than 0°C
or Δl = l α t 08 The quantities of heat required to (d) 0°C
For brass rod, Δl 1 = l 1α 1t
raise the temperature of two solid
Ans. (b)
copper spheres of radii r1 and r2
For steel rod, Δl 2 = l 2 α 2 t Heat lost by Ist body = heat gained by
(r1 =1.5 r2 ) through 1 K are in the
Since, l 2 − l 1 = constant (given) IInd body. Body at 100°C temperature
ratio [NEET (Sep.) 2020] has greater heat capacity than body at
So, Δl 2 − Δl 1 = 0 9 3 5 27 0°C so final temperature will be closer to
(a) (b) (c) (d)
or Δl 2 = Δl 1 4 2 3 8 100°C. So,Tc > 50 ° C.
∴ l 2 α 2 t = l 1α 1t Ans. (d)
As t ≠ 0, hence l 2 α 2 = l 1α 1 11 Steam at 100°C is passed into 20 g
Since, heat required, Q = mcΔT
of water at 10°C. When water
= ⎛⎜ πr 3 ⋅ρ⎞⎟ cΔT
4
06. Mercury thermometer can be used [Qm = Vsphere ρ] acquires a temperature of 80°C,
⎝3 ⎠
to measure temperature upto the mass of water present will be
Since, π, ρ, c and T are constants. [Take specific heat of water = 1 cal
[CBSE AIPMT 1992]
Q 1 r13 g −1 ° C −1 and latent heat of steam
(a) 260°C (b) 100°C ⇒ Q ∝ r 3 or =
(c) 360°C (d) 500°C Q 2 r23 = 540 cal g −1] [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
(a) 24 g (b) 31.5 g (c) 42.5 g (d) 22.5 g
Ans. (c) 3
⎛ r ⎞ ⎛ 1.5 r2 ⎞
3
27
Mercury thermometer is a liquid = ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟⎟ = ⎜⎜ ⎟ =
⎟
Ans. (d)
thermometer and it is based upon the ⎝ r2 ⎠ ⎝ r2 ⎠ 8 Concept Apply principle of calorimetry.
uniform variation in volume of a liquid Hence, correct option is (d). According to principle of calorimetry
with temperature. Mercury is opaque Heat lost by steam = Heat gained by
and bright and therefore can be easily 09 A piece of ice falls from a height h water
seen in the glass tube and it is good
so that it melts completely. Only Let m′ be the amount of steam that
conductor of heat and attains the
one-quarter of the heat produced converts into water.
temperature of the hot bath quickly. A
mercury thermometer can be used to is absorbed by the ice and all m′ × L + m′ s ΔT = ms Δt
measure temperature upto 300°C or so, energy of ice gets converted into ⎡ s = Specific heat of water ⎤
⎢L = Latent heat of water ⎥
as before boiling at 367°C, the heat during its fall. The value of h is ⎣ ⎦
vaporisation of mercury will start.
[Latent heat of ice is 3.4 × 10 5 J/kg m′ × 540 + m′×1 × (100 − 80) = 20 × 1 × (80 − 10)
and g = 10N / kg] 20 × 70
[NEET 2016] m′ = = 2.5 g
07. A Centigrade and a Fahrenheit 560
(a) 544 km (b) 136 km
thermometer are dipped in boiling Now, net mass of water
(c) 68 km (d) 34 km
water. The water temperature is = 20 + 2.5 = 22.5g
lowered until the Fahrenheit Ans. (b)
thermometer registers 140°. What According to question as conservation 12 Liquid oxygen at 50 K is heated to
of energy, energy gained by the ice 300 K at constant pressure of 1
is the fall in temperature as during its fall from height h is given by
registered by the Centigrade atm. The rate of heating is
E = mgh
thermometer? [CBSE AIPMT 1990] constant. Which one of the
As given, only one quarter of its energy is following graphs represents the
(a) 80° (b) 60° (c) 40° (d) 30° absorbed by the ice.
mLf × 4
variation of temperature with time?
Ans. (c) mgh
So, = mLf ⇒ h = [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
Relation between Celsius scale and 4 mg
Lf × 4 34 . × 10 5 × 4
Temperature
Fahrenheit scale is
C F − 32 = =
= g 10
100 180 (a)
= 13.6 × 10 4 = 136000 m = 136 km
Putting value of F = 140 °
Time
C 140 − 32 10 Two identical bodies are made of a
∴ = = 0.6
100 180 material for which the heat
Temperature
∴ C = 60 ° capacity increases with

Hence, fall in temperature = temperature. One of these is at (b)
Temperature of boiling water − final
100°C, while the other one is at 0°C.
temperature Time
If the two bodies are brought into
100°C − 60°C = 40°C
Thermal Properties of Matter 91
15 Thermal capacity of 40 g of Using principle of calorimetry that

Temperature
aluminium (s = 0.2 cal/g-K) is heat gained = heat lost

(c)
[CBSE AIPMT 1990] 10 × 80 + 10 × 1 × θ = 55 × (40 − θ)
(a) 168 J/°C (b) 672 J/°C 65θ = 2200 − 800 = 1400
Time 1400
(c) 840 J/°C (d) 33.6 J/°C
θ= ≈ 21.5 °C ≈ 22 °C
65
Temperature
Ans. (d)
Thermal capacity of a body is defined as
the amount of heat required to raise the TOPIC 3
(d)
Time
temperature of the (whole) body through
1°C or 1 K.
Heat Transfer
Ans.(a) Amount of heat energy required (ΔQ ) to
Graph (a) shows the variation of raise the temperature of mass m of a 18 A cup of coffee cools from 90°C to
temperature with time. At first body through temperature range (ΔT ) is 80°C in t minutes, when the room
temperature will increase then there will ΔQ = sm (ΔT ) temperature is 20°C. The time
be state change from liquid to gas. where, s is specific heat of the body, taken by a similar cup of coffee to
when ΔT = 1K, ΔQ = thermal capacity cool from 80°C to 60°C at a room
13 When 1 kg of ice at 0°C melts to water
∴ Thermal capacity = s × m × 1 temperature same at 20°C, is
at 0°C, the resulting change in its
= ms [NEET 2021]
entropy, taking latent heat of ice to 13 13
Here, m = 40 g, s = 0.2 cal /g K (a) t (b) t
be 80 cal/°C, is [CBSE AIPMT 2011] 10 5
∴ Thermal capacity = 40 × 0.2 = 8 cal/°C
(a) 8 × 104 cal/K (b) 80 cal/K 10 5
(c) 293 cal/K (d) 273 cal/K = 4.2 × 8 J/°C = 33.6 J/°C (c) t (d) t
13 13
Ans. (c) 16 Two containers A and B are partly Ans. (b)
Change in entropy is given by filled with water and closed. The In first conditions;
ml 1000 × 80
ΔS = = = 293 cal K −1 volume of A is twice that of B and it Given, the initial temperature of the cup
T 273 of coffee ,Ti = 90 ° C
contains half the amount of water
in B. If both are at the same The final temperature of the cup of
14 If 1 g of steam is mixed with 1 g of coffee,Tf = 80 ° C
ice, then the resultant temperature temperature, the water vapour in
the containers will have pressure in The time taken to drop the temperature
of the mixture is [CBSE AIPMT 1999] 90°C to 80°C is t.
the ratio of [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
(a) 270°C (b) 230°C (c) 100°C (d) 50°C The temperature of the surrounding,
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1 T0 = 20 ° C
Ans. (c)
Ans. (b) Using the Newton's law of cooling,
Heat required by 1g ice at 0°C to melt
Vapour pressure of a substance is dT ⎡T + Tf ⎤
into 1g water at 0°C, rate of cooling = =K ⎢ i − T0 ⎥
independent of amount of substance. It dt ⎣ 2 ⎦
Q 1 = mL (L = latent heat of fusion) depends only on temperature. So they
= 1 × 80 = 80 cal (L = 80 cal/g) have ratio of 1 : 1. Substituting the values in the above
equation, we get
Heat required by 1g of water at 0°C to 90 − 80
17 10 g of ice cubes at 0°C are ⎡ 90 + 80 ⎤
boil at 100°C, =K − 20
t ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
Q 2 = mcΔθ released in a tumbler (water
10 2
(c = specific heat of water) equivalent 55 g) at 40°C. Assuming ⇒ = K [65] ⇒ K =
t 13t
= 1 × 1 (100 – 0) (c = 1 cal/g°C) that negligible heat is taken from
= 100 cal the surroundings, the temperature In second conditions;
of water in the tumbler becomes The initial temperature of the cup of
Thus, total heat required by 1g of ice to
coffee,Ti′ = 80 ° C
reach a temperature of 100°C, nearly (L = 80 cal/g)
[CBSE AIPMT 1988] The final temperature of the cup of
Q = Q 1 + Q 2 = 80 + 100 = 180 cal coffee,Tf′ = 60 ° C.
(a) 31°C (b) 22°C (c) 19°C (d) 15°C
Heat available with 1 g of steam to Using the Newton's law of cooling,
condense into 1g of water at 100°C, Ans. (b) dT ⎡T ′ + T′f ⎤
rate of cooling = =K ⎢ i − T0 ⎥
Q ′ = mL ′ (L′ = latent heat of Let θ be the temperature when thermal dt ⎣ 2 ⎦
equilibrium has reached.
vaporisation) Substituting the values in the above
Heat gained by ice to be converted to
= 1 × 536 cal (L′ = 536 cal/g) water at θ°C equation, we get
80 − 60 2 ⎡ 60 + 80 ⎤
= 536 cal = mL + m × s × (θ − 0) = − 20
t1 13t ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
Obviously, the whole steam will not be = 10 × 80 + 10 × 1 × θ
condensed and ice will attain 20 2 13
Heat lost by tumbler and its contents = [50] ⇒ t 1 = t
temperature of 100°C. Thus, the t 1 13t 5
= 55 × (40 − θ)
temperature of mixture is 100°C.
19 Three stars A,B,C have surface 21 A deep rectangular pond of surface Ans. (a)
temperaturesT A ,T B ,T C , area A, containing water (density According to Wien’s law,
respectively. Star A appears bluish, = ρ, specific heat capacity = s), is λ max ∝
1
located in a region where the T
start B appears reddish and star C
outside air temperature is a steady i.e. λ maxT = constant
yellowish. Hence [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
value at the − 26°C. The thickness where, λ max is the maximum wavelength
(a)TA > TB > TC (b)TB > TC > TA of the radiation emitted at temperature
(c)TC > TB > TA (d)TA > TC > TB of the frozen ice layer in this pond, T.
at a certain instant is x. ∴ λ max 1 T1 = λ max 2 T2
Ans. (d)
According to Wein’s displacement law, Taking the thermal conductivity of T1 λ max 2
b ice as K, and its specific latent or = …(i)
λ= T2 λ max 1
T heat of fusion as L, the rate of 3
1 increase of the thickness of ice Here, λ max 1 = λ 0 and λ max 2 = λ 0
i.e., λ∝ … (i) 4
T layer, at this instant would be Substituting the above values in Eq. (i),
We know that, given by [NEET (Odisha) 2019] we get
λ bluish < λ yellowish < λ reddish (a) 26K/ρ r(L−4s) (b) 26K/(ρx 2 − L) 3
λ
Hence, using Eq. (i), we have (c) 26K/(ρxL) (d) 26K/ρr (L + 4s) T1 4 0 3
= =
TA > TC > TB Ans. (c) T2 λ0 4
Key Idea If area of cross-section of a T1 3
20 An object kept in a large room or = …(ii)
surface is not uniform or if the steady T2 4
having air temperature of 25°C state condition is not reached, the heat
As we know that, from Stefan’s law, the
takes 12 minutes to cool from 80°C flow equation can be applied to a thin
layer of material perpendicular to power radiated by a body at temperature
to 70°C. T is given as
direction of heat flow.
The time taken to cool for the P = σAeT 4
The rate of heat flow by conduction for
same object from 70°C to 60°C growth of ice is given by, i.e. P ∝T 4
would be nearly dθ KA (θ0 − θ1 )] (Qthe quantity σAe is constant for a
[NEET (Odisha) 2019]
=
dt x body)
4
(a) 10 min (b) 12 min where,dθ = ρAdxL, θ0 = 0 and θ1 = − θ P1 T14 ⎛ T1 ⎞
(c) 20 min (d) 15 min ⇒ = =⎜ ⎟
Given,θ0 = 0 ° C, θ1 = − 26° C P2 T24 ⎜⎝ T2 ⎟⎠
Ans. (d) The rate of increase of thickness can be From Eq. (i), we get
Key Idea From Newton’s law of cooling, calculated from Eq. 4
the time taken (t) by a body to cool from dθ KA (θ0 − θ1 ) P1 ⎛ 3 ⎞ 81
= =⎜ ⎟ =
T1 toT2 when placed in a medium of dt x P2 ⎝ 4 ⎠ 256
temperatureT0 can be calculated from
ρAdxL KA (θ0 − θ1 ) Given, P1 = P and P2 = nP
relation ⇒ =
dt x P1 P 81
T1 − T2 1 ⎛ T + T2 ⎞ ⇒ = =
= ⎜ 1 − T0 ⎟ dx KA (θ0 − θ1 ) P2 nP 256
t K⎝ 2 ⎠ ⇒ =
dt ρAxL 256
When the object cool from 80°C to 70°C or n=
K [0 − (−26)] 26K 81
in 12 minutes, then from Newton’s law of = =
cooling, ρxL ρxL
80 − 70 1 ⎛ 80 + 70 ⎞ 23 Two rods A and B of different
= ⎜ − 25⎟ [QT0 = 25° C]
12 K⎝ 2 ⎠ 22 The power radiated by a black body materials are welded together as
5 1 is P and it radiates maximum shown in figure. Their thermal
= 50 …(i)
6 K energy at wavelength, λ 0 . If the conductivities are K 1 and K 2 . The
Similarly, when object cool from 70°C to temperature of the black body is thermal conductivity of the
60°C we get now changed, so that it radiates composite rod will be [NEET 2017]
70 − 60 1 ⎛ 70 + 60 ⎞ 3
= ⎜ − 25⎟ maximum energy at wavelength A K1
t K⎝ 2 ⎠ 4
10 1
= 40 …(ii) λ 0 , the power radiated by it T1 T2
t K becomes nP. The value of n is B K2
Divide Eq. (i) and (ii), we get [NEET 2018]
5 t 50 256 4 d
× = (a) (b)
6 10 40 81 3 K1 + K2 3(K 1 + K 2 )
5 3 81 (a) (b)
⇒ t = × 12 = 15 minutes (c) (d) 2 2
4 4 256
(c) K 1 + K 2 (d) 2 (K 1 + K 2 )
Ans.(a) nm in U 1 , at wavelength 500 nm is U 2 and difference in both the cases is same i.e.
In parallel arrangement of n rods that at 1000 nm is U 3 . 10ºC. So, the same rate of heat will flow
Equivalent thermal conductivity is Q According to Wien’s law, we get in the second case.
dQ 2
given by λ mT = b Hence, = 4 J/s
K A + K 2 A2 + K + K n An where,b = Wien’s constant = 2.88 × 10 6 dt
K eq = 1 1
A1 + A2 + K + An nmK
⇒ λm =
b 28 Certain quantity of water cools
If rods are of same area, then from 70°C to 60°C in the first 5 min
T
K + K2 + K+ Kn
K eq = 1 2.88 × 10 6 nmK and to 54°C in the next 5 min. The
n ⇒ λm =
5760 K temperature of the surroundings is
Now, in the question, it is not given that
⇒ λ m = 500 nm [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
rods are of same area. But we can judge
Q λ m = wavelength corresponding to (a) 45°C (b) 20°C
that from given diagram.
maximum energy, so, U 2 > U 1 . (c) 42°C (d) 10°C
∴ Equivalent thermal conductivity of the
system of two rods Ans. (a)
K + K2 26 A body cools from a temperature Concept Apply Newton’s law of cooling.
⇒ K eq = 1 3T to 2T in 10 minutes. The room
2 Let the temperature of the surrounding
temperature isT. Assume that be t°C.
24 A spherical black body with a radius Newton’s law of cooling is For first case,
of 12 cm radiates 450 watt power applicable. The temperature of the (70 − 60)
= K (65°C − t °C )
at 500 K. If the radius were halved body at the end of next 10 minutes 5 min
and the temperature doubled, the will be [NEET 2016] (65° is average of 70°C and 60°C)
7 3 4 10
power radiated in watt would be (a) T (b) T (c) T (d) T = K (65° C − t ° C) …(i)
[NEET 2017] 4 2 3 5min
(a) 225 (b) 450 Ans. (b) For second case,
(c) 1000 (d) 1800 According to Newton’s law of cooling, (60 − 54)
= K (57 − t) …(ii)
Ans. (d) ΔT = ΔT0 e −λt 5min
Radiated power of a black body, ⇒ 3T − 2T = (3T − T ) e − λ × 10 …(i)
(57°C is average of 60°C and 54°C)
Again for next 10 minutes
P = σAT 4 From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
T ′ − T = (2T ) × e − λ (20 ) …(ii)
where, A = surface area of the body 10 (65 − t)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get =
T = temperature of the body 2 6 (57 − t)
⎛ 1⎞
and σ = Stefan’s constant T ′ − T = (2T ) (e −λ × 10 ) 2 = (2T ) ⎜ ⎟ So, t = 45° C
⎝ 2⎠
When radius of the sphere is halved, new T
area, = 29 A piece of iron is heated in a flame.
2
A T 3T
A′ = ∴ T ′ =T + = If first becomes dull red then
4 2 2 becomes reddish yellow and finally
∴ Power radiated, turns to white hot. The correct
P ′ = σ ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ (2T ) 4 = ⋅ (σAT 4 )
A 16 27 The two ends of a metal rod are explanation for the above
⎝ 4⎠ 4 maintained at temperatures 100°C observation is possible by using
= 4P = 4 × 450 = 1800 watts and 110°C. The rate of heat flow in [NEET 2013]
the rod is found to be 4.0 J/s. If the (a) Stefan’s law
25 A black body is at a temperature of ends are maintained at (b) Wien’s displacement law
5760 K. The energy of radiation temperatures 200°C and 210°C, the (c) Kirchhoff’s law
emitted by the body at wavelength rate of heat flow will be (d) Newton’s law of cooling
[CBSE AIPMT 2015]
250 nm is U 1 , at wavelength 500 nm Ans. (b)
(a) 44. 0 J/s (b) 16.8 J/s
is U2 and that at 1000 nm is U3 . Equation of Wien’s displacement law is
(c) 8.0 J/s (d) 4.0 J/s given by λ mT = constant
Wien's constant, b = 2.88 × 10 6 nmK.
Which of the following is correct ? Ans. (d)
[NEET 2016] Here, ΔT1 = 110 − 100 = 10 º C 30 If the radius of a star is R and it
dQ 1 acts as a black body, what would
(a) U3 = 0 (b) U1 > U2 = 4 J/s ⇒ ΔT2 = 210 − 200 = 10 º C
(c) U2 > U1 (d) U1 = 0 dt be the temperature of the star, in
dQ 2 which the rate of energy
Ans. (c) =?
Given, temperature,T1 = 5760 K
dt production is Q? [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
As the rate of heat flow is directly (σ stands for Stefan’s constant.)
Since, it is given that energy of radiation
proportional to the temperature (a) Q /4 πR 2 σ (b) (Q / 4 πR 2 σ) −1 / 2
emitted by the body at wavelength 250
difference and the temperature
(c) (4 πR 2 Q / σ) 1 / 4 (d) (Q / 4 πR 2 σ) 1 / 4
Ans. (d) T = temperature Ans. (d)

4 4
From Stefan’ law, E 1 ⎡ T1 ⎤ ⎡ 273 + 727 ⎤ From Stefan’s law, the rate at which
= ⎢ ⎥ ⇒ E2 = 7 ⎢ ⎥ energy is radiated by sun at its surface is
E = σT 4 E 2 ⎣T2 ⎦ ⎣ 273 + 227 ⎦
So, the rate of energy production 4 P = σ × 4 πr 2T 4
=⎡
1000 ⎤
×7
Q =E×A ⎢⎣ 500 ⎥⎦ [Sun is a perfectly black body as it emits
Q = σT 4 × 4 πR 2 = 112 cal-cm s 2 −1 radiations of all wavelengths and so for it
Temperature of star e = 1]
T =⎜
⎛ Q ⎞
1/4
33 The two ends of a rod of length L The intensity of this power at the earth’s
⎟ surface (under the assumption R > > r0 ) is
⎝ 4 πR σ ⎠
2
and a uniform cross-sectional area
A are kept at two temperatures TK
31 A cylindrical metallic rod in thermal T 1 and T2 (T 1 > T2 ). The rate of heat R r0
contact with two reservoirs of heat dQ r Earth
transfer, , through the rod in a
at its two ends conducts an dt
amount of heat Q in time t. The steady state is given by
Sun
metallic rod is melted and the [CBSE AIPMT 2009]
material is formed into a rod of half dQ KL(T1 − T2 ) dQ K (T1 − T2 ) P σ × 4 πr 2T 4
(a) = (b) = I= =
the radius of the original rod. What dt A dt LA 4 πR 2
4 πR 2
is the amount of heat conducted by dQ dQ KAT ( 1 − T2 ) σr T
2 4
σr 2 (t + 273) 4
(c) = KLAT
( 1 − T2 ) (d) = = =
the new rod when placed in thermal dt dt L R 2
R2
contact with the two reservoirs in Ans. (d)
time t? [CBSE AIPMT 2010] For a rod of length L and area of 36 A black body at 1227°C emits
(a) Q /4 (b) Q /16 (c) 2Q (d) Q /2 cross-section A whose faces are radiations with maximum intensity at
Ans. (b) maintained at temperaturesT1 and T2 a wavelength of 5000 Å. If the
respectively. Then in steady state the temperature of the body is increased
In steady state the amount of heat
rate of heat flowing from one face to the
flowing from one face to the other face
other face in time t is given by
by 1000°C, the maximum intensity
KA (θ1 − θ2 ) t
in timet is given by Q = , dQ KA (T1 − T2 ) will be observed at
l = [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
where K is coefficient of thermal dt L
(a) 4000 Å (b) 5000 Å
conductivity of material of rod
34 A black body is at 727°C. It emits (c) 6000 Å (d) 3000 Å
Q A r2
⇒ ∝ ∝ …(i) energy at a rate which is Ans. (d)
t l l
proportional to [CBSE AIPMT 2007] According to Wien’s law
As the metallic rod is melted and the
material is formed into a rod of half the (a) (727) 2 (b) (1000) 4 λ mT = constant (say b)
radius (c) (1000) 2 (d) (727) 4 where, λ m is wavelength corresponding
V1 = V2 Ans. (b)
to maximum intensity of radiation andT
⎡ r⎤ is temperatures of the body in kelvin.
π r1 l 1 = πr22 l 2
2
Qr = 1 According to Stefan’s law,
⎢⎣ 2 2 ⎥⎦ So for two different cases i.e. at two
E ∝T 4 or E = σT 4 different temperature of body
l
⇒ l1 = 2 …(ii) where, σ is constant of proportionality λ ′m ' T
4 and called Stefan’s constant. Its value is ∴ =
λm T ′
Now, from Eqs. (i) and (ii) 5.67 × 10 −8 Wm−2 K−4
Q 1 r12 l 2 r12 4l 1 Given, T = 1227 + 273 = 1500 K,
= × = × Here, E ∝ (727 + 273) 4 ⇒ E ∝ (1000) 4
Q 2 l 1 r22 l 1 (r1 /2) 2 T ′ = 1227 + 1000 + 273
Q1 35 Assuming the sun to have a = 2500 K
⇒ Q 1 = 16 Q 2 ⇒ Q 2 =
16 spherical outer surface of radius r, λ m = 5000 Å
radiating like a black body at 1500
Hence, λ′ m = × 5000 = 3000 Å
32 A black body at 227°C radiates heat temperature t °C, the power 2500
at the rate of 7 cal cm −2 s −1 . At a received by a unit surface, (normal
temperature of 727°C, the rate of to the incident rays) at a distance R 37 Which of the following circular
heat radiated in the same units will from the centre of the sun is rods, (given radius r and length l)
be [CBSE AIPMT 2009] where, σ is the Stefan’s constant. each made of the same material
(a) 60 (b) 50 (c) 112 (d) 80 [CBSE AIPMT 2007] and whose ends are maintained at
4 πr 2 t 4 r 2 σ (t + 273) 4 the same temperature will conduct
Ans. (c) (a) (b) most heat ? [CBSE AIPMT 2005]
According to Stefan’s law R2 4π R 2
(a) r = 2 r0 ; l = 2l 0 (b) r = 2 r0 ; l = l 0
E = σT 4 16 π 2 r 2 σt 4 r 2 σ(t + 273) 4
(c) (d) (c) r = r0 ; l = l 0 (d) r = r0 ; l = 2 l 0
σ = Stefan’s constant R2 R2
Ans. (b) Ans. (c) Ans. (d)

As from law of heat transfer through The heat radiation emitted by the human Boltzmann corrected Stefan’s law and
conduction body is the infrared radiation. Their stated that the amount of radiations
ΔQ ⎛T − T ⎞ wavelength is of the order of 7.9 × 10 −7 m emitted by the body, not only depends
H= = KA ⎜ 1 2 ⎟
Δt ⎝ l ⎠ to 10 −3 mwhich is of course the range of upon the temperature of the body but
infrared region. also on the temperature of the
r2
⇒ H∝ ...(i) surrounding. The radiated power by the
l body is given by
40 Consider a compound slab
P = σ (T 4 − T0 )
4
(a) When r = 2 r0 ; l = 2 l 0 consisting of two different ...(i)
whereT0 is the absolute temperature of
(2 r0 ) 2 2 r2 materials having equal thickneses
H∝ ⇒ H∝ 0 the surrounding andT is the temperature
2l 0 l0 and thermal conductivities K and of body.
2K, respectively. The equivalent So for two different cases ratio of
(b) When r = 2 r0 ; l = l 0 radiation power is given by
(2r0 ) 2 4r 2 thermal conductivity of the slab is
P2 ⎛ T24 − T0 ⎞
4
H∝ ⇒ H∝ 0 [CBSE AIPMT 2003] ∴ =⎜ 4 ⎟ ...(ii)
l0 l0
4 2 ⎜
P1 ⎝ T1 − T0 ⎠4⎟
2 (a) 3K (b) K (c) K (d) 2K
r
(c) When r = r0 ; l = l 0 ⇒ H ∝ 0 3 3
Here, P1 = 60 W,T1 = 727 ° C = 1000 K
l0
Ans.(b) T0 = 227°C = 500 K,
2
r
(d) When r = r0 ; l = 2 l 0 ⇒ H ∝ 0 The quantity of heat flowing across a T2 = 1227°C = 1500 K
2l 0 slab in time t,
Substituting in Eq. (ii), we get
KAΔθ
It is obvious that heat conduction will be Q= (1500) 4 − (500) 4
more in case (b). l P2 = × 60
(1000) 4 − (500) 4
K = thermal conductivity
38 If λ m denotes the wavelength at ΔQ = change in temperature (500) 4 ⎡ 34 − 1 ⎤
= × × 60
which the radiative emission from a A = area of slab (500) 4 ⎢⎣ 24 − 1 ⎥⎦
l = thickness 80
black body at a temperature T K is = × 60 = 320 W
maximum, then For same heat flow through each slab 15
[CBSE AIPMT 2004]
(a) λ m ∝T 4 and (composite slab), we have
K 1 A ( Δ θ1 ) K 2 A ( Δ θ2 ) K ′ A ( Δ θ1 + Δ θ2 )
42 Consider two rods of same length
(b) λ m is independent of T = = and different specific heats (s 1 , s2 ),
(c) λ m ∝T l l 2l
thermal conductivities (K 1 , K 2 ) and
(d) λ m ∝ T −1 or K 1 Δθ1 = K 2 Δθ2 =
K′
( Δ θ1 + Δ θ2 ) = C areas of cross-section (A 1 , A2 ) and
Ans. (d) 2
(say) both having temperatures (T 1 ,T2 ) at
According to Wien’s displacement law,
C C their ends. If their rate of loss of
the wavelength (λ m ) of maximum So, Δθ1 = , Δθ2 =
intensity of emission of black body K1 K2 heat due to conduction are equal,
radiation is inversely proportional to 2C then [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
and ( Δ θ1 + Δ θ2 ) =
absolute temperature (T ) of the black K′ K 1 A1 K 2 A2
body. (a) K 1 A1 = K 2 A2 (b) =
C C 2C s1 s2
i.e. λ m T = constant or + =
K1 K2 K′ K 2 A1 K 1 A2
constant (c) K 2 A1 = K 1 A2 (d) =
or λm = ⎛ K 1 + K 2 ⎞ 2C s2 s1
T or C ⎜⎜ ⎟=
⎟ `
1 ⎝ K1 K2 ⎠ K′ Ans. (a)
or λ m ∝ or λ m ∝T −1 2K 1 K 2
T ∴ K′= Rate of loss of heat by conduction is,
K1 + K2
ΔQ ⎛T − T ⎞
39 We consider the radiation emitted Given, K 1 = K , K 2 = 2K H= =K A ⎜ 1 2 ⎟
Δt ⎝ l ⎠
by the human body. Which of the
2K × 2K 4 All the symbols have their usual
following statements is true ? So, K′ = = K
[CBSE AIPMT 2003] K + 2K 3 meaning.
⎛T − T ⎞
(a) The radiation is emitted during the For first rod, H1 = K 1 A1 ⎜ 1 2 ⎟
summers and absorbed during the
41 For a black body at temperature ⎝ l1 ⎠
winters 727°C, its radiating power is 60 W
⎛T − T ⎞
(b) The radiation emitted lies in the and temperature of surrounding is For second rod, H2 = K 2 A2 ⎜⎜ 1 2 ⎟⎟
ultraviolet region and hence is not 227°C. If the temperature of the ⎝ l2 ⎠
visible black body is changed to 1227°C, but l 1 = l 2 i.e. of same length
(c) The radiation emitted is in the then its radiating power will be and H1 = H2 i.e. same rate of loss of heat
infrared region
[CBSE AIPMT 2002] through conduction. So, we have
(d) The radiation is emitted only during
the day (a) 120 W (b) 240 W K 1 A1 (T1 − T2 ) = K 2 A2 (T1 − T2 )
(c) 304 W (d) 320 W or K 1 A1 = K 2 A2
43 Wien’s displacement law expresses 45 Rate of heat flow through a (a) Conduction (b) Convection
relation between cylindrical rod is H 1 . Temperatures (c) Radiation (d) None of these
[CBSE AIPMT 2002] of ends of rod areT 1 andT2 . If all Ans. (b)
(a) wavelength corresponding to the dimensions of rod become (a) Conduction is the process of
maximum energy and absolute double and temperature difference transmission of heat in a body from
temperature the hotter part to the colder part
remains same and rate of heat flow without any bodily movement of
(b) radiated energy and wavelength
(c) emissive power and temperature
becomes H2 . Then, constituent atoms or molecules of
[CBSE AIPMT 2001] the body.
(d) colour of light and temperature
H1 (b) In convection, the heated lighter
Ans. (a) (a) H 2 = 2 H 1 (b) H 2 = particles move upward and colder
2 heavier particles move downward to
According to Wien’s displacement law, H1
the quantity of energy radiated out by a (c) H 2 = (d) H 2 = 4H 1 their place. This depends on weight
4 and hence, on gravity.
body is not uniformly distributed over all
Ans. (a) (c) Radiation is the process of
the wavelengths emitted by it. It is
transmission of heat from one body
maximum for a particular wavelength (λ), Rate of heat flow w.r.t. time to another body through
which is different at different H2 l 2 2 l 1
temperatures. As the temperature is = = electromagnetic waves even
H1 l 1 l1 through vacuum, irrespective of
increased, the value of the wavelength their temperatures.
which carries maximum energy is K = Thermal conductivity
Hence, choice (b) is correct.
decreased. A = Area of body
A
The statement of this law is as follows l = Thickness orH ∝ 48 The radiant energy from the sun,
“The wavelength corresponding to l
incident normally at the surface of
maximum energy is inversely Since, dimensions of area (A) = [L2 ]
earth is 20 kcal/m 2 min. What
proportional to the absolute Dimensions of length (l ) = [L]
temperature of the body.” would have been the radiant
∴ H ∝l
1 energy, incident normally on the
i.e. λm ∝ H2 l2 2l 1
T or = = (Ql 2 = 2l 1 ) earth, if the sun had a temperature,
H1 l1 l1 twice of the present one ?
or λ m T = constant
or H2 = 2 H1 [CBSE AIPMT 1998]
44 Which of the following is close to (a) 160 kcal/m 2 min (b) 40 kcal/m 2 min
an ideal black body ? 46 The wavelength corresponding to (c) 320 kcal/m 2 min (d) 80 kcal/m 2 min
[CBSE AIPMT 2002] maximum intensity of radiation
Ans. (c)
(a) Black lamp emitted by a source at temperature
Concept Apply Stefan’s law
(b) Cavity maintained at constant 2000 K is λ, then what is the
According to Stefan’s law, the rate at
temperature wavelength corresponding to which an object radiates energy is
(c) Platinum black maximum intensity of radiation at proportional to the fourth power of its
(d) A lamp of charcoal heated to high temperature 3000 K? absolute temperature, i.e.
temperature [CBSE AIPMT 2001] E = σT 4 or E ∝T 4
Ans. (b) 2
(a) λ (b)
16 81
λ (c) λ
4
(d) λ (σ = Stefan’s constant)
Materials like black velvet or lamp black 3 81 16 3 4
E 1 ⎛ T1 ⎞
come close to ideal black bodies, but the so for two different cases, =⎜ ⎟
best practical realization of an ideal
Ans. (a) E 2 ⎜⎝ T2 ⎟⎠
black body is a small hole leading into a Wien’s displacement law is given by
λ mT = constant Given,T1 = T ,T2 = 2T , E 1 = 20 kcal / m 2 min
cavity maintained at constant 4
λ m = maximum wavelength radiation 20 ⎛ T ⎞ 20 1

temperature as this absorbs 98% of the ∴ = ⎜ ⎟ or =
radiation incident on them. Cavity T = temperature of the body E 2 ⎝ 2T ⎠ E 2 16
approxi- mating an ideal black body is So for two different cases, i.e. at two ∴ E2 = 20 × 16 = 320 kcal/m 2 min
shown in the figure. Radiation entering different temperatures
the cavity has little chance of leaving
before it is completely absorbed. or λ 1T1 = λ 2T 2 49 A black body is at temperature of
⎛T ⎞ 500 K. It emits energy at rate which
λ 2 = λ 1 ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟⎟
⎝ T2 ⎠
is proportional to [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
(a) (500) 4 (b) (500) 3 (c) (500) 2 (d) 500
Given,T1 = 2000 K,T2 = 3000 K, λ 1 = λ
2000 2 Ans. (a)
∴ λ2 = λ × = λ According to Stefan’s law, energy emitted
3000 3
E ∝T 4
47 Which one of the following
E = σT 4
processes depends on gravity ? (σ = Stefan’s constant)
[CBSE AIPMT 2000]
∴ E ∝ (500) 4
50 A beaker full of hot water is kept in 30.0°C and Newton’s law of cooling 40.1 − 39.9
=k
⎡ 40.1 + 39.9 ⎤
− 30 …(ii)
a room. If it cools from 80°C to to be valid) [CBSE AIPMT 1994] t′ ⎢⎣ 2 ⎦⎥
75°C in t 1 minutes, from 75°C to (a) 2.5 s (b) 10 s Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get
70°C in t 2 minutes and from 70°C to (c) 20 s (d) 5 s 2 t ′ 20
× = ⇒ t′ = 10 s
65°C to in t 3 minutes, then Ans. (b) 5 2 10
[CBSE AIPMT 1995] According to Newton’s law of cooling,
(a) t1 = t2 = t3 (b) t1 < t2 = t3 the rate of loss of heat of a body is 52 If the temperature of the sun is
(c) t1 < t2 < t3 (d) t1 > t2 > t3 directly proportional to the difference in doubled, the rate of energy
temperatures of the body and the
Ans. (c) received on earth will be increased
surroundings, provided the difference in
By Newton’s law of cooling, rate of fall of temperature is small, not more than by a factor of [CBSE AIPMT 1993]
temperature ∝ average temperature 30°C. (a) 2 (b) 4
excess. In each case average (c) 8 (d) 16
∴Average rate of fall of temperature ∝
temperature excess decreases, so rate
of fall of temperature decreases. Hence,
average temperature excess Ans. (d)
t 1 < t 2 < t 3 . Because more and more time dT According to Stefan-Boltzmann law,
i.e., ∝ (Tt − Ts )
is required to cool, if the average dt amount of heat energy (E) radiated per
temperature goes Q in decreasing. second by unit area of a body is directly
dT
⇒ = K (Tt − Ts ) proportional to the fourth power of
dt
51 A body cools from 50°C to 49.9°C in absolute temperature (T ) of the body
According to question for 1st and 2nd i.e. E ∝T 4 or E = σT 4
5 s. How long will it take to cool case,
from 40°C to 39.9°C ? (Assume the If T is doubled, E becomes (2) 4 times (i.e.
50.1 − 49.9 ⎡ 50.1 + 49.9 ⎤ 16 times).
temperature of surroundings to be =k − 30 …(i)
5 ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
11
Thermodynamics
TOPIC 1 (b) no heat is transferred because the
Zeroth and First Law of 02 A sample of 0.1 g of water at 100°C process is isothermal
and normal pressure (c) 150 J of heat has been added to the
Thermodynamics (1.013 × 10 5 Nm −2 ) requires 54 cal gas
of heat energy to convert to steam (d) 150 J of heat has been removed from
01 1g of water, of volume 1 cm 3 at at 100°C. If the volume of the the gas
100°C is converted into steam at steam produced is 167.1 cc, the Ans. (c)
same temperature under normal change in internal energy of the Concept Apply first law of
atmospheric pressure= (~ − 1 × 10 5 sample, is [NEET 2018]
thermodynamics.
Pa). The volume of steam formed According to first law of thermodynamics
(a) 42.2 J (b) 208.7 J
equals 1671 cm 3 . If the specific (c) 104.3 J (d) 84.5 J ΔU = ΔQ + ΔW
latent heat of vaporisation of water Ans. (b) For isothermal process, ΔU = 0
is 2256 J/g, the change in internal According to the question, So, ΔQ = − ΔW
energy is [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
Heat spent during the conversion of Given, ΔW = − 150 J
(a) 2423 J (b) 2089 J sample of water at 100° C to steam is, So, ΔQ = + 150 J
(c) 167 J (d) 2256 J ΔQ = 54 cal = 54 × 4.18 J When Q is positive, the heat is added to
Ans. (b) = 225.72 J the gas.
Given, mass of water, m = 1 g Normal pressure, p = 1.013 × 105 Nm −2
Volume of 1 g of water = 1 cm 3 = 10 −6 m 3 Net work done during the conversion 04 If ΔU and ΔW represent the
Volume of 1 g of steam = 1671 cm3 would be given as increase in internal energy and
= 1671 × 10 −6 m3 Δ W = pΔ V work done by the system
Pressure, p = 1 × 10 5 Pa = p [Vsteam − Vwater ] respectively in a thermodynamical
Latent heat of vaporization of water, Here, Vsteam = 167.1 cc = 167.1 × 10 −6 m3 process, which of the following is
L = 2256 J/g Vwater = 0.1 g = 0.1cc = 0.1 × 10 −6 m3 true? [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
Change in volume, ∴ ΔW = 1.013 × 10 5 [(167.1 − 0.1) × 10 −6 ] (a) ΔU = − ΔW , in an adiabatic process
ΔV = (1671 − 1) × 10 −6 m3 = 1.013 × 167 × 10 −1 (b) ΔU = ΔW , in an isothermal process
= 1670 × 10 −6 m3 …(i) = 16.917 J (c) ΔU = ΔW , in an adiabatic process
Now, by the first law of thermodynamics, (d) ΔU = − ΔW , in an isothermal process
Heat supplied,
ΔQ = ΔU + ΔW Ans. (a)
ΔQ = mL = 1 × 2256 = 2256 J …(ii)
where, ΔU is the change in internal From first law of thermodynamics
As the steam expands, so the work done energy of the sample. ΔQ = ΔU + ΔW
in expansion is
⇒ ΔU = ΔQ − ΔW
Δ W = pΔ V For adiabatic process, ΔQ = 0
Substituting the values in the above
= 1 × 10 5 × 1670 × 10 −6 [from Eq. (i)] equation, we get Q ΔQ = 0
= 167 J …(iii) ΔU = 225.72 − 16.917 = 208.7 J So, ΔU = − ΔW

According to first law of
03 During an isothermal expansion, a 05 The internal energy change in a
thermodynamics,
confined ideal gas does –150 J of system that has absorbed 2 kcal of
ΔQ = ΔU + ΔW
work against its surroundings. This heat and done 500 J of work is
⇒ ΔU = ΔQ − ΔW implies that [CBSE AIPMT 2011] [CBSE AIPMT 2009]
= 2256 − 167 [from Eq. (ii) and (iii)] (a) 300 J of heat has been added to the (a) 8900 J (b) 6400 J
= 2089 J gas (c) 5400 J (d) 7900 J
Thermodynamics 99
Ans. (d) From first law of thermodynamics From the pV diagram, it is clear that
According to first law of ΔQ = ΔU + ΔW pressure of ideal gas in the piston
thermodynamics cylinder is constant during
where, ΔQ = heat given thermodynamic process. Hence, this
ΔQ = U + W ΔU = change in internal energy process is isobaric.
or ΔU = Q − W ΔW = work done
ΔU = change in internal energy Here, ΔQ = 110 J 11 Two cylinders A and B of equal
Q = heat given to system ΔU = 40 J capacity are connected to each
W = work done ∴ ΔW = ΔQ − ΔU = 110 − 40 = 70 J other via a stop cock. A contains an
∴ ΔU = 2 × 4.2 × 1000 − 500 ideal gas at standard temperature
09 First law of thermodynamics is a and pressure. B is completely
= 8400 − 500= 7900 J
consequence of conservation of evacuated. The entire system is
06 If Q, E and W denote respectively [CBSE AIPMT 1988] thermally insulated. The stop cock
(a) work (b) energy is suddenly opened. The process is
the heat added, change in internal (c) heat (d) All of these [NEET (Sep.) 2020]
energy and the work done in a (a) adiabatic (b) isochoric
Ans. (b)
closed cycle process, then (c) isobaric (d) isothermal
[CBSE AIPMT 2008]
According to the first law of
thermodynamics, when some quantity of Ans. (a)
(a) W = 0 (b) Q = W = 0
heat (dQ ) is supplied to a system capable Since, the entire system is thermally
(c) E = 0 (d) Q = 0 of doing external work, then the quantity insulated. Thus, their will be no transfer
Ans. (c) of heat absorbed by the system (dQ ) is of heat between the system and the
For a cyclic process, Δ U = 0 or E = 0 equal to the sum of the increase in the surrounding. Hence, when the stop cock
internal energy of the system (dU) due to is suddenly opened, a sudden process of
rise in temperature and the external
07 We consider a thermodynamic work done by the system (dW) in
expansion will takes place with no heat
system. If ΔU represents the expansion,
transfer. Thus, the given process will be
adiabatic, as it is a process that occurs
increase in its internal energy and i.e. dQ = dU + dW without transferring heat or mass
W the work done by the system, This law, which is basically the law of between a thermodynamic system and
which of the following statements conservation of energy applies to every its surroundings.
is true ? [CBSE AIPMT 1998] process in nature. Hence, correct option is (a).
(a) ΔU = − W in an adiabatic process
(b) ΔU = W in an isothermal process TOPIC 2 12 In which of the following
(c) ΔU = − W in an isothermal process Thermodynamic Process processes, heat is neither
(d) ΔU = W in an adiabatic process absorbed nor released by a
Ans.(a) system? [NEET (National) 2019]
10 The p-V diagram for an ideal gas in (a) Adiabatic
An isothermal process is a constant
temperature process. In this process, T a piston cylinder assembly (b) Isobaric
= constant or ΔT = 0. undergoing a thermodynamic (c) Isochoric
∴ ΔQ = ΔU + ΔW process is shown in the figure. The (d) Isothermal
⇒ ΔQ = ΔW (ΔU = 0) process is [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
Ans. (a)
ΔU = nC V ΔT = 0 Initial In an adiabatic process, the system is
p
An adiabatic process is defined as one state Final completely insulated from the
with no heat transfer into or out of a state surroundings. Thus, heat is neither
system. Therefore, Q = 0. From the first absorbed nor released by the system to
law of thermodynamics. the surroundings. So, ΔQ = 0.
ΔQ = ΔU + ΔW V Sudden processes are adiabatic like
or ΔU = − W [ΔQ = 0] (a) adiabatic (b) isochoric bursting of cycle tyre, etc.
(c) isobaric (d) isothermal If the pressure of gas is kept constant,
08 110 J of heat is added to a gaseous then the process is called isobaric, i.e.
Ans. (c)
system, whose internal energy is Δp = 0.
pV-diagram for an ideal gas is given as
40 J, then the amount of external If the temperature of the system
p
work done is [CBSE AIPMT 1993] remains constant, then it is called
(a) 150 J (b) 70 J (c) 110 J (d) 40 J Initial Final isothermal process, i.e. ΔT = 0.
state state
Ans. (b) If the volume of gas is constant in a
Concept Apply first law of system, then it is called isochoric
thermodynamics to calculate the V process, i.e. ΔV = 0.
required work done.
P
13 The volume (V ) of a monoatomic
gas varies with its temperature (T ), IV Adiabatic curve
as shown in the graph. The ratio of f
I III Isothermal curve
work done by the gas, to the heat p
II f
absorbed by it, when it undergoes a f 700 K
change from state A to state B, is f 500 K
[NEET 2018]
300 K V/2 V
V Volume V
V Match the following : Since, the isothermal curve is less
steeper than the adiabatic curve. So,
Column-I Column-II area under the p-V curve for adiabatic
B P. Process I a. Adiabatic process has more magnitude than
A isothermal curve. Hence, work done in
Q. Process II b. Isobaric
adiabatic process will be more than in
O T R. Process III c. Isochoric isothermal process.
S. Process IV d. Isothermal
1 2 16 Figure below shows two paths that
(a) (b)
3 3 (a) P → a, Q → c, R → d, S → b may be taken by a gas to go from a
2 2 (b) P → c, Q → a, R → d, S → b
(c) (d) state A to a state C.
5 7 (c) P → c, Q → d, R → b, S → a [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
Ans. (c) (d) P → d, Q → b, R → a, S → c
p
According to the given graph, Ans. (b) B C
6×104Pa
Volume (V ) ∝ Temperature (T ) In isochoric process, the curve is parallel
V
or = constant to y-axis because volume is
T constant.Isobaric is parallel to x-axis A
Thus, the process is isobaric. because pressure is constant. Along the 2×104Pa
V curve, it will be isothermal because
temperature is constant. 2×10–3m3 4×10–3m3
V
B So, P → c ⇒ Q → a ⇒ R → d
In process AB,400 J of heat is
VB ⇒ S→ b
A added to the system and in process
VA 15 A gas is compressed isothermally BC, 100 J of heat is added to the
to half its initial volume. The same system. The heat absorbed by the
O TA TB T
gas is compressed separately system in the process AC will be
through an adiabatic process until (a) 380 J (b) 500 J (c) 460 J (d) 300 J
∴ Work done, ΔW = pΔV
= nRΔT = nR (TB − TA ) …(i) its volume is again reduced to half. Ans. (c)
Heat absorbed,ΔQ = nC p ΔT Then [NEET 2016] Since, initial and final points are same
= nC p (TB − TA ) …(ii) (a) compressing the gas through So, Δ U A → B→ C = Δ U A → C …(i)
γR adiabatic process will require more
, ⎛⎜ where, γ = 1 + ⎞⎟ Also A → B is isochoric process
2
As, Cp = work to be done.
γ−1 ⎝ f⎠
(b) compressing the gas isothermally or So dWA→ B = 0 and dQ = dU + dW
For a monoatomic gas, f = 3
adiabatically will require the same So, dQ A→ B = dU A→ B = 400 J
⎛ 3 ⎞ 5
⇒ Cp = ⎜ R + R ⎟ = R amount of work.
⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 (c) which of the case (whether p
compression through isothermal or B C
Substituting the value ofC p in Eq. (ii), we 6×104Pa
get through adiabatic process) requires
⎛5 ⎞ more work will depend upon the
ΔQ = n ⎜ R ⎟ (TB − TA ) atomicity of the gas.
⎝2 ⎠ A
(d) compressing the gas isothermally 2×104Pa
ΔW nR (TB − TA ) 2
Hence, = = will require more work to be done.
ΔQ ⎛ 5 ⎞ 5 2×10–3m3 4×10–3m3
n ⎜ R ⎟ (TB − TA ) Ans. (a)
⎝2 ⎠ V
The solution of this question can be
understood by plotting a p-V graph for Next B →C is isobaric process
14 Thermodynamic processes are the compression of a gas isothermally
So, dQ B→ C = dU B→ C + dWB→ C
indicated in the following diagram and adiabatically simultaneously to half
[NEET 2017] of its initial volume. i.e. = dU B→ C + pΔVB→ C
⇒ 100 = dU B→ C + 6 × 10 4 (2 × 10 −3 )
Thermodynamics 101
⇒ dU B→ C = 100 − 120 = −20 J (a) Adiabatic (b) Isobaric

p
From Eq. (i), (c) Isochoric (d) Isothermal 3 p0 C B
Q Δ U A → B→ C = Δ U A → C Ans.(a)
2 p0
⇒ ΔU A→ B + ΔU B→ C = dQ A→ C − dWA→ C Given, ideal gas is compressed to half its
initial volume i.e. p0
⇒ 400 + (−20) = dQ A→ C V A D
V0 =
− (pΔVA + Area of ΔABC) 2 V0 2V0 V
⎛ 2 × 10 4 × 2 × 10 −3 ⎞
⎜ ⎟
⇒ dQ A→ C = 380 + ⎜ 1 −3 4⎟
(a) p0V0 (b) 2 p0V0
⎜ + × 2 × 10 × 4 × 10 ⎟ p0V0
⎝ 2 ⎠ (c) (d) zero
Iso
Ad
2
i ab
= 380 + (40 + 40) P the
at
rm Ans.(d)
ic
dQ A→ C = 460 J al
Work done in the cyclic process = Area
Isobaric bounded by the closed configuration
17 One mole of an ideal diatomic gas
undergoes a transition from A to B V/2 V = Area of closed configuration
V 1 1
along a path AB as shown in the = × V0 × p0 − × V0 × p0 =0 (zero).
The isochoric process is one in which 2 2
figure. [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
volume is kept constant, meaning that
work done by the system will be zero. i.e. 21 A gas is taken through the cycle
A
5 Wisochoric = 0 A → B → C → A, as shown. What is
p (in kPa)2 B As we know, work done on the gas = Area
the net work done by the gas?
[NEET 2013]
under curve, i.e.
4 6 5
V(in m3) Wadiabatic > Wisothermal > Wisobaric p (10 Pa)
7
The change in internal energy of
19 A monoatomic gas at a pressure p, 6 B
the gas during the transition is 5
having a volume V expands
(a) 20 kJ (b) − 20 kJ (c) 20 J (d) − 12 kJ 4
isothermally to a volume 2 V and 3
Ans. (b) then adiabatically to a volume 16 V. 2 A
C
For a diatomic gas, The final pressure of the gas is 1
⎛ 5⎞ 0 V (10–3 m3)
2 4 6 8
⎜ take γ = ⎟ [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
A ⎝ 3⎠ (a) 2000 J (b) 1000 J
5 (c) Zero (d) −2000 J
(a) 64p (b) 32p
p (in kPa) 2 B p Ans. (b)
(c) (d) 16p
64 According to question,
4 6
V(in m3) Ans. (c) Net work done = Area enclosed in pV
5 curve i.e. ΔABC
CV = R For isothermal expansion process
2 Area of ΔABC
pV = p′ × 2V [∴V ′ = 2V ] 1
The change in internal energy of gas in p = × 5 × 10 −3 × 4 × 10 5 J
p′ = 2
the transition from A to B is 2
= 10 3 J = 1000 J
⎛ 5R ⎞
ΔU = nC V dT = n ⎜ ⎟ (TB − TA ) For adiabatic expansion,
⎝ 2 ⎠ pV γ = constant ⇒ 22 A thermodynamic system is taken
5⎛p V p V ⎞ p′V γ = p ″ V ″ γ through the cycle ABCD as shown
= nR ⎜ B B − A A ⎟ p
2 ⎝ nR nR ⎠ ⇒ (2V ) 5 / 3 = p ″ (16V ) 5 / 3 in figure. Heat rejected by the gas
2
5 during the cycle is
= (2 × 10 3 × 6 − 5 × 10 3 × 4) p ⎡ 2V ⎤
5 /3
p⎛ 1⎞
5 /3
2 ⇒ p″ = = [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
⎜ ⎟
2 ⎢⎣ 16V ⎥⎦ 2 ⎝ 8⎠ 2p D C
5 4 × 10 4
= × (− 8 × 10 3 ) = − = −20 kJ
p⎛ 1 ⎞
Pressure
2 2 = ⎜ ⎟ = p/64
2 ⎝ 32 ⎠
p
18 An ideal gas is compressed to half A B
its initial volume by means of 20 A thermodynamic system
several process. Which of the undergoes cyclic process ABCDA V 3V
as shown in figure. The work done Volume
process results in the maximum
work done on the gas? by the system in the cycle is 1
(a) 2pV (b) 4pV (c) pV (d) pV
[CBSE AIPMT 2015] [CBSE AIPMT 2014] 2
Ans. (a) (b) In an isochoric process pressure Ans. (d)

For given cyclic process, remains constant In an adiabatic process,
ΔU = 0 ⇒ Q = W (c) In an isothermal process the Q =0
temperature remains constant
Also, W = − area enclosed by the curve So, from Ist law of thermodynamics,
(d) In an adiabatic process
= − AB × AD ΔQ = ΔU + ΔW
pV γ = constant
= − (2p − p) (3V − V ) As ΔQ = 0
Ans. (b)
= − p × 2V For an adiabatic process, there should so, W = − Δ U = − nC V Δ T
∴ Heat rejected = 2pV not be any exchange of heat between ⎛ R ⎞
= −n⎜ ⎟ (Tf − Ti )
the system and its surroundings. All ⎝ γ − 1⎠
23 One mole of an ideal gas goes from walls of the container must be perfectly
nR
an initial state A to final state B via insulated. In adiabatic changes, gases = (Ti − Tf ) …(i)
obey Poisson’s law, i.e., pV γ = constant. γ−1
two processes. It first undergoes In an isochoric process, volume remains Given, work done, W = 6R J, n = 1 mol,
isothermal expansion from volume constant and for isobaric process,
V to 3V and then its volume is 5
pressure remains constant. R = 831
. J/mol-K, γ = ,Ti = T K
reduced from 3V to V at constant 3
pressure. The correct p-V diagram 25 Which of the following processes is Substituting given values in Eq. (i), we
representing the two processes is reversible? [CBSE AIPMT 2005] get
[CBSE AIPMT 2012] (a) Transfer of heat by radiation R
∴ 6R = (T − Tf )
B (b) Electrical heating of a nichrome wire (5/3 − 1)
(c) Transfer of heat by conduction 3R
p ⇒ 6R = (T − Tf ) ⇒ T − Tf = 4
(a) A (d) Isothermal compression
2
Ans. (d) ∴ Tf = (T − 4) K
V 3V (a) It is the process by which heat is Adiabatic expansions of mono, dia
A transmitted from one place to another and polyatomic gases are shown below.
p without heating the intervening medium. 1 → monoatomic 2 → diatomic 3
(b) B Hence, it is not a reversible process. → polyatomic
(b) Nichrome wire is made of alloy and p
V 3V has high resistance. When current is
V passed through it, heat is produced. So, 3
here electrical energy is converted into γ = 1.33
A heat energy. Hence, it is not a reversible 2
γ = 1.4
p process.
B 1 γ = 1.67
(c) (c) It is the process by which heat is
transmitted from one point to another
V 3V through a substance in the direction of V
V fall of temperature without the actual
V movement of the particles of the 27 If the ratio of specific heat of a gas
substances themselves. Hence, it
A cannot be reversible.
at constant pressure to that at
p (d) Isothermal compression is
constant volume is γ, the change in
(d) B reversible, for example-Carnot cycle, internal energy of a mass of gas
Heat engine. when the volume changes from V
V 3V Thus, choice (d) is correct. to 2V at constant pressure p is
V [CBSE AIPMT 1998]
Ans. (d) 26 One mole of an ideal gas at an (a)
R
(b) pV (c)
pV
(d)
γ pV
According to question, firstly gas initial temperature ofT K does 6R (γ − 1) (γ − 1) (γ − 1)
expands from volumeV to 3V and after joules of work adiabatically. If the Ans. (c)
this volume is reduced from3V to V at ratio of specific heats of this gas at
constant pressure. Change in internal energy of a gas having
constant pressure and at constant atomicity γ is given by
In isothermal expansion, p-V curve is
volume is 5/3, the final ΔU =
1
(p2 V2 − p1V1 )
rectangular hyperbola. (γ − 1)
temperature of gas will be
[CBSE AIPMT 2004]
24 In thermodynamic processes which Given, V1 = V , V2 = 2V
(a) (T + 2 .4) K 1
of the following statements is not (b) (T − 2 .4) K So, ΔU = [p × 2V − p × V ]
true ? [CBSE AIPMT 2009] γ –1
(c) (T + 4) K
1 pV
(a) In an adiabatic process the system is (d) (T − 4) K = × pV =
insulated from the surroundings γ –1 γ –1
Thermodynamics 103
28 A sample of gas expands from From standard gas equation Hence, work done is not thermodynamic
RT function.
volume V1 to V2 . The amount of pV = RT or V =
work done by the gas is greatest p
32 A thermodynamic system is taken
when the expansion is Putting value of V in Eq. (i) from state A to B along ACB and is
γ
[CBSE AIPMT 1997] ⎛ RT ⎞
p⎜ ⎟ =k
brought back to A along BDA as
(a) adiabatic ⎝ p ⎠ shown in the p-V diagram. The net
(b) isobaric
or p1 − γT γ =
k
= another constant
work done during the complete
(c) isothermal
Rγ cycle is given by the area
(d) Equal in all above cases [CBSE AIPMT 1992]
i.e., p1 − γT γ = constant
Ans. (b) p
The p-V diagram for isobaric, isothermal 30 An ideal gas A and a real gas B have
and adiabatic processes of an ideal gas
their volumes increased from V to p2 B
is shown in graph below
2V under isothermal conditions. C
p
The increase in internal energy
1
[CBSE AIPMT 1993] p1 D
1 isobaric A
(a) will be same in both A and B
2 2 isothermal A' B'
(b) will be zero in both the gases V
3 3 adiabatic O
(c) of B will be more than that of A
(d) of A will be more than that of B (a) p1 AC B p2 p1 (b) AC B B′ A′ A
V
V1 V2 Ans. (b) (c) AC B D A (d) AD B B′ A′ A
A change in pressure and volume of a Ans. (c)
In thermodynamics, for some change in gas without any change in its Work done during path ACB
volume, the work done is maximum for temperature is called an isothermal = area ACBB ′ A ′ A
the curve having maximum area change. In such a change, there is a free
enclosed with the volume axis. exchange of heat between the gas and Work done during path BDA
Area enclosed by the curve its surroundings. = area BDAA ′ B ′ B
∴ T = constant, ΔT = 0 ∴Work done during going from ACB and
∝ (Slope of curve)
So, internal energy (U) remains constant 0. then to BDA path is
Note
(slope)isobaric < (slope)isothermal = area ACB B ′ A ′ A − area BDAA ′ B ′ B
< (slope)adiabatic 31 Which of the following is not = area ACBDA
⇒ (Area)isobaric > (Area)isothermal thermodynamical function ? Net work done in cyclic process is
> (Area)adiabatic
[CBSE AIPMT 1993] given by area under the cycle.
Hence, work done is maximum in isobaric
(a) Enthalpy (b) Work done
process.
(c) Gibb’s energy (d) Internal energy 33 A thermodynamic process is shown
p
(Slope)adiabatic = − γ ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ in the figure. The pressure and
⎝V ⎠ Ans. (b)
p volumes corresponding to some
and (Slope)isothermal = − The thermodynamic state of a
V homogeneous system may be
points in the figure are
∴ (Slope)adiabatic = γ × (slope)isothermal represented by certain specific p
thermodynamic variables such as B C
Slope of adiabatic curve is always steeper
than that of isothermal curve. pressure p, volumeV, temperatureT and
entropy S. Out of these four variables,
29 An ideal gas undergoing adiabatic any two are independent and when they
A D
are known the others may be
change has the following determined. Thus, there are only two V
O
pressure-temperature relationship independent variables and the others
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] may be considered their functions. For
p A = 3 × 10 pa,, VA = 2 × 10 −3 m3
4
(a) p γ − 1T γ = constant complete knowledge of the system p B = 8 × 10 4 pa, VB = 5 × 10 −3 m3

(b) p γT γ − 1 = constant certain relations are required and for In process AB, 600 J of heat is
this purpose we introduce some added to the system and in
(c) p γT 1− γ = constant functions of variables p, V ,T and S known process BC, 200 J of heat is added
(d) p 1 − γT γ = constant as thermodynamic functions. There are
to the system. The change in
four principal thermodynamic functions
Ans. (d) internal energy of the system in
(i) Internal energy (U)
The adiabatic relation between p and V process AC would be
for a perfect gas is (ii) Helmholtz function (F ) [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
pV γ = k …(i) (iii) Enthalpy (H) (a) 560 J (b) 800 J
(iv) Gibb’s energy (G) (c) 600 J (d) 640 J
Ans. (a) where,T1 is the temperature of the (a) 23.65 W (b) 236.5 W
For path AB, applying first law of source andT2 is the temperature of the (c) 2365 W (d) 2.365 W
thermodynamics sink.
Ans. (b)
dQ = dU + dW or dQ = U B − U A + dW Here, T1 = 100 + 273 = 373 K
Given, temperature of source,
T2 = 0 + 273 = 273 K
or 600 = U B − U A + 0 T = 30 ° C = 30 + 273 ⇒ T1 = 303 K
273
(for isochoric process dV = 0 so, dW = 0) ⇒ η= 1−
373 Temperature of sink,T2 = 4° C = 4 + 273
U B − U A = 600 …(i) 373 − 273 100
= = = 0.268 T2 = 277 K
For path BC, 373 373 As, we know that
dQ = dU + dW ∴ η % = 0.268 × 100 = 26.8 % Q 1 T1 Q + W T1
∴ 200 = U C − U B + pB (VC − VB ) = ⇒ 2 =
Q 2 T2 Q2 T2
(as BC is isobaric process)
35 A Carnot engine having an {Q W = Q 1 − Q 2 }
∴ 200 = U C − U B + 8 × 10 4
(5 × 10 −3 − 2 × 10 −3 )
1 where Q 2 is the amount of heat drawn
efficiency of as heat engine, is
or 200 = U C − U B + 240 10 from the sink (atT2 ), W is workdone on
used as a refrigerator. If the work working substance, Q 1 is amount of heat
∴ U C − U B = − 40 J …(ii)
done on the system is 10 J, the rejected to source (at room
For AC, change in internal energy can be
calculated by adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), amount of energy absorbed from temperatureT1 ).
= UC − UA the reservoir at lower temperature ⇒ WT2 + T2 Q 2 = T1 Q 2
= UC − UB + UB − UA is [NEET 2017] ⇒ WT2 = T1 Q 2 − T2 Q 2
= − 40 + 600 = 560 J (a) 1 J (b) 90 J (c) 99 J (d) 100 J ⇒ WT2 = Q 2 (T1 − T2 )
Ans. (b) ⎛T ⎞
TOPIC 3 ⇒ W = Q 2 ⎜ 1 − 1⎟
Consider schematic diagram for a ⎜T ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠
Heat Engine, Second Law Carnot engine as shown below.
⎛ 303 ⎞
of Thermodynamics and T2 Low temperature ⇒ W = 600 × 4.2 × ⎜ − 1⎟
reservoir ⎝ 277 ⎠
Carnot Engine q2
⎛ 26 ⎞
W = 600 × 4 .2 × ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 277 ⎠
33 The efficiency of a Carnot engine W E
W = 236.5 Joules
depends upon [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
q1 Work done W 236.5
(a) the temperature of the sink only Power = = =
High temperature Time t 1
(b) the temperatures of the source and T1
reservoir
sink = 236.5 W
(c) the volume of the cylinder of the In case of engine,
engine engine efficiency =
work
=
W 37 The temperature inside a
(d) the temperature of the source only heat absorbed q 1 refrigerator is t 2 °C and the room
Ans. (b) ∴
W
=
1 temperature is t 1 °C. The amount of
Efficiency of Carnot engine is given as q 1 10 heat delivered to the room for each
T 10 J 1 joule of electrical energy consumed
η= 1− 2 ⇒ = or q 1 = 100 J
T1 q1 10 ideally will be [NEET 2016]
t1 t1 + 273
where,T2 = temperature of sink When this engine is reversed, it takes in (a) (b)
t1 − t2 t1 − t2
and T1 = temperature of source. work W and heatq 2 from cold reservoir
t2 + 273 t1 + t2
Hence, η depends upon the temperature and ejects 100 J of heat to hot reservoir. (c) (d)
of source and sink both. t1 − t2 t1 + 273
∴ W + q2 = q1
⇒ 10 + q 2 = 100 or q 2 = 90 J Ans.(b)
34 The efficiency of an ideal heat For a refrigerator, we know that
engine working between the Q1 Q1 T1
freezing point and boiling point of 36 A refrigerator works between 4°C = =
and 30°C. It is required to remove W Q 1 − Q 2 T1 − T2
water, is [NEET 2018]
(a) 6.25% (b) 20% (c) 26.8% (d) 12.5% 600 calories of heat every second where,
in order to keep the temperature of Q 1 = amount of heat delivered to the
Ans. (c)
the refrigerated space constant. room
Efficiency of an ideal heat engine is
given as
The power required is W = electrical energy consumed
T (Take, 1 cal = 4. 2 Joules) T1 = room temperature = t 1 + 273
η= 1− 2
[NEET 2016]
T1 T2 = temperature of sink = t 2 + 273
Thermodynamics 105
t 1 + 273 40
Q1 ⇒ 5T1 = 1518 As given, η = 40% = = 0.4 and
∴ = 100
1 t 1 + 273 − (t 2 + 273) 1518 T2 = 300 K
T1 = = 3036
. K
t + 273 5 300
⇒ Q1 = 1 So 0.4 = 1 –
t1 − t2 T1 = 3036
. − 273 = 31° C T1
1 300 300
40 An engine has an efficiency of ⋅ ⇒ T1 = =
38 A Carnot engine, having an 1 − 0.4 0.6
1 6
efficiency of η= as heat engine, When the temperature of sink is = 500 K
10
reduced by 62°C, its efficiency is Let temperature of the source be
is used as a refrigerator. If the work
doubled. Temperature of the increased by x K, then efficiency
done on the system is 10 J, the becomes
amount of energy absorbed from source is [CBSE AIPMT 2007]
(a) 124°C (b) 37°C (c) 62°C (d) 99°C η′ = 40% + 50% of η
the reservoir at lower temperature
40 50
is [CBSE AIPMT 2015] Ans. (d) = + × 0.4
100 100
(a) 100 J (b) 99 J Efficiency of engine is given by
(c) 90 J (d) 1 J T = 0.4 + 0.5 × 0.4 = 0.6
η= 1− 2
300
Ans. (c) T1 Hence, 0.6 = 1 –
500 + x
As, Q1 + W = Q2 T2 = temperature of sink
1 300
Given, η= T1 = temperature of source ⇒ = 0.4
10 500 + x
T2 1 5
T ∴ = 1− η= 1− = …(i) 300
Now, using η = 1 − 1 T1 6 6 ⇒ 500 + x = = 750
T2 0.4
In other case,
1 T T 9 ∴ x = 750 − 500 = 250 K
So, = 1− 1 ⇒ 1 = T2 − 62 2 2
10 T2 T2 10 = 1− η= 1− = …(ii) All reversible heat engines working
T1 6 3
Q 1 T1 Q1 9 between same temperatures are equally
Now = ⇒ = 2 2 6 efficient and no heat engine can be more
Q 2 T2 Q 1 + W 10 or T2 − 62 = T1 = × T2 [Using Eq. (i)]
3 3 5 efficient than Carnot engine (as it is ideal).
⇒ 10 Q 1 = 9Q 1 + 9W 1 42 An ideal gas heat engine operates
or T2 = 62
⇒ Q 1 = 9 W = 9 × 10 = 90 J 5 in Carnot cycle between 227°C and
∴ T2 = 310 K 127°C. It absorbs 6 × 10 4 cal of heat
39 The coefficient of performance of
= 310 − 273° C = 37 ° C at higher temperature. Amount of
a refrigerator is 5. If the
6 6 heat converted to work is
temperature inside freezer is Here, T1 = T2 = × 310
5 5 [CBSE AIPMT 2005]
− 20° C, the temperature of the (a) 2 .4 × 104 cal (b) 6 × 104 cal
surroundings to which it rejects = 372 K = 372 − 273
= 99 °C (c) 1.2 × 104 cal (d) 4.8 × 104 cal
heat is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
Ans. (c)
(a) 31°C (b) 41°C
41 A Carnot engine whose sink is at According to the Carnot cycle in heat
(c) 11°C (d) 21°C
300 K has an efficiency of 40%. By engine
Ans. (a) how much should the temperature Q 2 T2
Key Concept Coefficient of =
of source be increased so as to Q 1 T1
performance (β) of a refrigerator is
defined as the ratio of quantity of heat increase its efficiency by 50% of Given, heat absorbed, Q 1 = 6 × 10 4 cal,
removed per cycle (Q 2 ) to the work done original efficiency ?
Temperature of source,
on the working substance per cycle to [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
T1 = 227 + 273 = 500 K
remove this heat. (a) 275 K (b) 325 K (c) 250 K (d) 380 K
Temperature of sink,
Given, coefficient of performance of a Ans. (c)
refrigerator, β = 5 T2 = 127 + 273 = 400 K
The efficiency of Carnot engine is
defined as the ratio of work done to the Q2 400
Temperature of surface, i.e. inside ∴ =
freezer, heat supplied i.e. 6 × 10 4 500
T2 = − 20 ° C = − 20 + 273 = 253K Work done W Q1 – Q2 4
η= = = ⇒Heat rejected, Q 2 = × 6 × 10 4
Heat supplied Q 1 Q1 5
Temperature of surrounding, i.e. heat
rejected outsideT1 = ? Q2 T = 4.8 × 10 4 cal
= 1– = 1– 2
T2 253 Q1 T1 Now, heat converted to work
So, β= ⇒ 5=
T1 − T2 T1 − 253 Here,T1 is the temperature of source,T2 W = Q 1 − Q 2 = 60
. × 10 4 − 4.8 × 10 4
is the temperature of sink, Q 1 is heat = 12
. × 10 4 cal
⇒ 5T1 − 1265 = 253 absorbed and Q 2 heat rejected
43 An ideal gas heat engine operates When temperature of sink is reduced by

Using Eq. (i), we get 62°C, then temperature of sink
in a Carnot cycle between 227°C
and 127°C. It absorbs 6 kcal at the T2′ T 2′ = T2 − 62
0.6 = 1 − T′
higher temperature. The amount of 1000 ∴ η′ = 1 − 2
heat (in kcal) converted into work is T2′ T1
or = 1 − 0.6 = 0.4 or As according to question efficiency
equal to [CBSE AIPMT 2003] 1000
becomes double
(a) 1.6 (b) 1.2 (c) 4.8 (d) 3.5 T2′ = 0.4 × 100 = 400 K
2 1
Ans.(b) So, η′ = 2 η = =
Carnot engine is not a practical 6 3
T2
The efficiency of heat engine is η = 1 − engine because many ideal situations have 1 T2 − 62
T1 been assumed while designing this engine ∴ = 1− ...(ii)
3 T1
W T which cannot be obtained practically.
or = 1− 2 T2 5
Q1 T1 From Eq. (i) = ...(iii)
45 The temperatures of source and T1 6
T2 = Temperature of sink sink of a heat engine are 127°C and T2 − 62 2
T1 = Temperature of source From Eq. (ii) = ...(iv)
27°C respectively. An inventor T1 3
W = Work done claims its efficiency to be 26%,
Dividing Eq. (iii) by Eq. (iv)
Given, Q 1 = heat absorbed from the then, [CBSE AIPMT 2001]
T2 5
source (a) it is impossible =
= 6 kcal T2 − 62 4
(b) it is possible with high probability
T1 = 227 + 273 = 500 K (c) it is possible with low probability ⇒ 4T2 = 5 T2 − 310
and T2 = 127 + 273 = 400 K (d) Data is insufficient ⇒ T2 = 310 K
W 400
Hence, = 1− Ans. (a) and from Eq. (iii), we have
6 500 Efficiency of heat engine is, 310 5
W 100 = ⇒ T1 = 372 K
or = T T −T T1 6
6 500 η = 1 − 2 or η = 1 2
T1 T1
or W = 1.2 kcal Hence, T1 = 372 K = 372 − 273 = 99° C
T2 = temperature of sink
Thus, amount of heat converted into and T2 = 310 K = 310 − 273 = 37 ° C
work is 1.2 kcal. T1 = temperature of source As kinetic energy of a gas depends on its
Given, T1 = 273 + 127 = 400 K atomicity.
44 The efficiency of Carnot engine is
T2 = 273 + 27 = 300 K
50% and temperature of sink is 500 47 The efficiency of a Carnot engine
K. If the temperature of source is 400 − 300 100
∴ η= = = 0.25 = 25% operating between temperatures
kept constant and its efficiency is 400 400 of 100°C and − 23°C will be
to be raised to 60%, then the Hence, 26% efficiency is impossible for [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
required temperature of the sink a given heat engine.
100 − 23 100 + 23
will be [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
(a) (b)
273 373
46 An engine takes heat from a
(a) 600 K (b) 500 K (c) 400 K (d) 100 K 100 + 23 100 − 23
reservoir and converts its 1/6 part (c) (d)
Ans. (c) 100 100
into work. By decreasing
Efficiency of the Carnot engine is given by Ans. (b)
temperature of sink by 62°C, its
T
η= 1− 2 ...(i) efficiency becomes double. The Efficiency of Carnot engine is given by
T1
temperatures of source and sink T T −T
η= 1− 2 = 1 2 ...(i)
where,T1 = temperature of source must be [CBSE AIPMT 2000] T1 T1
T2 = temperature of sink (a) 90°C, 37°C (b) 99°C, 37°C Given, T1 = temperature of reservoir
Given, η = 50% = 0.5, T2 = 500 K (c) 372°C, 37°C (d) 206°C, 37°C = 100 + 273 = 373 K
Substituting in Eq. (i), we have Ans. (b) T2 = temperature of sink
500 500
0.5 = 1 − or = 0.5 IfT1 is temperature of source andT2 the = − 23 + 273 = 250 K
T1 T1 temperature of sink, the efficiency of
Substituting in Eq. (i), we get
500 engine
∴ T1 = = 1000 K 373 − 250 123
0.5 Work done (W) T ∴ η= =
η= = 1− 2 373 373
Now, the temperature of sink is changed Heat taken (Q 1 ) T1
toT2′ and the efficiency becomes 60% 100 + 23
T2 1 =
i.e., 0.6. ∴ 1− = ...(i) 373
T1 6
12
Kinetic Theory
TOPIC 1 03 The mean free path λ for a gas,
pM
Kinetic Theory of Gases with molecular diameter d and ⇒ ρ=
RT
and Gas Laws number density n can be
expressed as [NEET (Sep.) 2020] 249 × 10 3 × 2 × 10 −3
=
1 1 . × 300
83
01 The mean free path l for a gas (a) (b)
2 nπ d 2 2 n 2 πd 2 [Qfor hydrogen gas, M = 2 g = 2 × 10 −3 kg]
molecule depends upon diameter,
1 1 ⇒ ρ = 0.2kg/m 3
d of the molecule as (c) (d)
[NEET (Oct.) 2020] 2 n 2 π 2d 2 2 nπ d Hence, correct option is (a).
1 1
(a) l ∝ (b) l ∝ d (c) l ∝ d 2 (d) l ∝ Ans. (a)
d2 d
The mean free path λ for a gas, with
05 Increase in temperature of a gas
Ans. (a) molecular diameterd and number filled in a container would lead to
density n is given by the relation [NEET (National) 2019]
The mean free pathl for a gas molecule
1 (a) increase in its kinetic energy
is given as λ=
1 1 2 nπ d 2 (b) decrease in its pressure
l= ⇒ l∝ 2
2 πnd 2 d Hence, correct option is (a). (c) decrease in intermolecular distance
(d) increase in its mass
where,d = diameter of molecule of gas.
04 A cylinder contains hydrogen gas at Ans. (a)
pressure of 249 kPa and
02 An ideal gas equation can be As the temperature of gas in the
ρRT temperature 27°C. container is increased, the kinetic
written as p = Its density is (R = 8.3 J mol −1 K −1 ) energy also increases. This is because
M0 [NEET (Sep.) 2020] the average kinetic energy of a gas is given
where, ρ and M 0 are respectively, (a) 0.2 kg/m 3 (b) 0.1 kg/m 3 by
[NEET (Oct.) 2020] (c) 0.02 kg/m 3 (d) 0.5 kg/m 3 f
KE = nRT … (i)
(a) mass density, mass of the gas 2
Ans. (a)
(b) number density, molar mass
Given, where,f = degree of freedom,
(c) mass density, molar mass pressure p = 249 kPa = 249 × 10 3 Pa n = number of moles of gas molecules,
(d) number density, mass of the gas Temperature,T = 27 ° C R = universal gas constant, and
Ans. (a) = 273 + 27 K = 300 K T = absolute temperature of the gas.
Ideal gas equation is given as Density, ρ = ? From Eq. (i),
ρRT M
p= ⇒ p⋅ 0 = RT As, from ideal gas equation, KE ∝T
M0 ρ
pV = nRT option (b) is incorrect as increase in
⇒ pV = RT m ⎡ as n = m ⎤
M ⇒ pV = RT temperature will lead to increase in
where,V = 0 M ⎣⎢ M ⎦⎥ pressure as p ∝T . Other options (c) and
ρ
⇒ pVM = mRT (d) are also incorrect as molecular
Hence,ρand M0 are mass density and
mass of gas, respectively. m
⇒ pM = RT = ρRT ⎡ as m = ρ⎤ distance increases while mass remains
V ⎣⎢ V ⎥⎦ the same for increase in the temperature.
06 At what temperature will the rms Ans. (a) Ans. (a)

speed of oxygen molecules It is given that Given, M = 4 gm, V = 224 . L,
become just sufficient for escaping v rms = 200 ms−1 ,T1 = 300 K, P1 = 10 5 N/m 2 C V = 5 JK−1mol −1
from the Earth’s atmosphere? v sound = 952m/ s, C p = ?
T2 = 400 K, P2 = 0.05 × 10 5 N/m 2
γpV
(Given: mass of oxygen molecule, As, rms velocity of gas molecules, As, velocity of sound,v sound =
m = 2.76 × 10 −26 kg, ⎛ ⎞
M
3RT C
Boltzmann’s constant Q v rms ∝ T ⎜Q v rms = ⎟⎟ ⇒ γ=
M 2
= p
⎜ V
⎝ m ⎠ pV sound C V
k B = 1.38 × 10 −23 J K −1 ) [NEET 2018]
(a) 5.016 × 10 4 K For two different cases So, heat capacity at constant pressure,
(b) 8.326 × 10 4 K (v rms ) 1 T ⎡M⎤ 2
⇒ = 1 C p = C V ⎢ ⎥ v sound
(c) 2.508 × 10 4 K (v rms ) 2 T2 ⎣ pV ⎦
(d) 1.254 × 10 4 K
200 300 3 ⎡ 4 × 10 −3 ⎤
Ans. (b) ⇒ = = = 5⎢ 5 −3 ⎥
(952) 2
(v rms ) 2 400 4 ⎣ 10 × .
224 × 10 ⎦
Key Concept The minimum velocity with
2 400 20
which the body must be projected ⇒ (v rms ) 2 = × 200 = ms−1 = × (952) 2 × 10 −5
vertically upwards, so that it could 3 3 224.
escape from the Earth’s atmosphere, is = 809200
. × 10 −5
its escape 08 A given sample of an ideal gas = 809
. J/mol K
velocity (v e ).
occupies a volume V at a pressure
As, v e = 2gR p and absolute temperatureT. The 10 Two vessels separately contain two
Substituting the value of g (9.8 ms−2 ) and mass of each molecule of the gas ideal gases A and B at the same
radius of Earth (R = 6.4 × 10 6 m), we get is m. Which of the following gives temperature, the pressure of A
v e = 2 × 9.8 × 6.4 × 10 6 the density of the gas? [NEET 2016] being twice that of B. Under such
≅ 11.2 km s−1 = 11200 m s−1 (a) p / (kT ) (b) pm / (kT ) conditions, the density of A is
(c) p / (kTV) (d) mkT found to be 1.5 times the density of
Let the temperature of molecule beT
when it attainsv e . Ans.(b) B. The ratio of molecular weight of
As we know that A and B is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
According to the question,
1 nm 2 2 3
v rms = v e Pressure, p = ⋅ vrms (a) (b)
3 V 3 4
where,v rms is the rms speed of the oxygen 1
Q nm = mass of the gas,V = volume of (c) 2 (d)
molecule. 2
the gas
3kBT mn Ans. (b)
⇒ = 11.2 × 10 3 ∴ = density of the gas. Thus,
mO 2 V Vessel-I Vessel-II
(11.2 × 10 ) (mO 2 )
3 2 1 2 1 3RT ρRT Ideal Ideal
p = pv rms = ρ =
or T= 2 3 M0 M0 Gas A Gas B
(3kB )
⎛ 3RT ⎞ T T
Substituting the given values, i.e., ⎜Qvrms = ⎟
⎜ ⎟ ρA = 1.5 ρB ρB
⎝ M0 ⎠
R B = 1.38 × 10 −23 JK−1 and ρA = 2ρB pB
pM0 pmN A
mO 2 = m = 2.76 × 10 −26 kg ρ= =
RT k N A T According to ideal gas equation, we have
We get, ρRT
[Q R = N A k and M0 = mN A ] Pressure, p = , where M is molecular
(11.2 × 10 3 ) 2 (2.76 × 10 −26 ) M
T= pm
(3 × 1.38 × 10 −23 ) ρ=
kT weight of ideal gas.
= 8.3626 × 10 4 K p RT
Such that, =
09 4.0 g of a gas occupies 22.4 L at ρ M
07 The molecules of a given mass of a NTP. The specific heat capacity of ρRT
gas have r.m.s. velocity of 200 ms −1 ⇒ M=
the gas at constant volume is P
at 27°C and 1.0 × 10 5 Nm −2 pressure. 5.0 JK − 1 mol − 1 . If the speed of where, R andT are constants.
When the temperature and sound in this gas at NTP is 952ms − 1 , ρ
pressure of the gas are So, M ∝
then the heat capacity at constant p
respectively, 127°C and 0.05 × 10 5 pressure is (Take gas constant MA ρA pB
Nm −2 , the rms velocity of its R = 8.3 JK − 1 mol − 1 ) ⇒ = ×
MB ρB pA
molecules in ms −1 is [NEET 2016] [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
400 100 2 100 1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 100 2 (a) 8.0 JK − 1 mol − 1 (b) 7.5 JK − 1 mol − 1 = 1.5 × = 0.75 =
3 3 3 2 4
(c) 7.0 JK − 1 mol − 1 (d) 8.5 JK − 1 mol − 1
Kinetic Theory 109
11 The mean free path of molecules of 14 During an adiabatic process, the 16 The molar specific heat at constant
a gas, (radius r) is inversely pressure of a gas is found to be pressure of an ideal gas is (7/2)R.
proportional to [CBSE AIPMT 2014] proportional to the cube of its The ratio of specific heat at
(a) r 3 (b) r 2 (c) r (d) r Cp constant pressure to that at
temperature. The ratio of for
Ans. (d) CV constant volume is
Mean free path (l) is given by [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
the gas is [NEET 2013]
1 1 (a) 7/5 (b) 8/7 (c) 5/7 (d) 9/7
l= ⇒ l∝ 2 (a)
4
(b) 2 (c)
5
(d)
3
2nπd 2 d 3 3 2 Ans. (a)
1 We have given molar specific heat at
So, l∝ 2 Ans. (d)
r instant pressure
⎡ r = radius of the ⎤ According to question, 7
Cp = R
⎢ molecules of gas⎥ p ∝T 3 …(i) 2
⎣ ⎦
⎛ p = pressure ⎞ Mayer’s relation can be written as :
⎜ ⎟
12 The molar specific heats of an ideal ⎝T = temperature⎠ Molar specific heat at constant pressure
– Molar specific heat at constant volume
gas at constant pressure and and we know that = Gas constant,
volume are denoted by C p and C V
Cp pV = nRT and pV ∝T …(ii) i.e. C p – C V = R ⇒ C V = C p – R
respectively. If γ = and R is the So, putting Eq. (ii) in (i), 7 5 ⎡ 7 ⎤
CV = R –R = R Q Cp = R
p ∝ (pV ) 3 2 2 ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
universal gas constant, then C V is
⇒ p2 V 3 = constant Hence, required ratio is
equal to [NEET 2013]
⇒ 3/2
= constant ⎛ 7⎞
1+ γ (γ − 1) pV …(iii)
C p ⎜⎝ 2 ⎟⎠
R R
(a) (b) (c) (d) γR 7
1− γ (γ − 1) R ⇒Comparing Eq. (iii) with γ= = =
CV ⎛ 5⎞ 5
pV γ = constant. ⎜ ⎟R
Ans. (b) ⎝ 2⎠
As we know that We have γ = 3 /2.
Cp − CV = R
15 At 10°C the value of the density of a 17 The equation of state for 5 g of
Cp = R + CV oxygen at a pressure p and
fixed mass of an ideal gas divided
Cp
=γ
temperatureT, when occupying a
and (given) by its pressure is x. At 110°C this
CV volume V, will be [CBSE AIPMT 2004]
ratio is [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
R + CV ⎛ 5⎞
So, = γ ⇒ γ CV = R + CV 383 10 283 (a) pV = ⎜ ⎟ RT (b) pV = 5 RT
CV (a) x (b) x (c) x (d) x ⎝ 32 ⎠
283 110 383
⇒ γ CV − CV = R ⎛ 5⎞ ⎛5⎞
Ans. (d) (c) pV = ⎜ ⎟ RT (d) pV = ⎜ ⎟ RT
R ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 16 ⎠
⇒ CV = Concept Use ideal gas equation to find
γ −1 Ans.(a)
the ratio between density of a fixed
mass of an ideal gas and its pressure. Number of moles,
13 In the given (V-T) diagram, what is Ideal gas equation m 5
n= =
the relation between pressures p 1 pV = nRT molecular weight 32
and p2 ? [NEET 2013] pV 1 ⎛Qn = m ⎞ As, from ideal gas equation
= RT ⎜ ⎟
V m M ⎝ M⎠ 5
pV = nRT ⇒ pV = RT
p2 p RT ⎛ V 1⎞ 32
= ⎜Q = ⎟
ρ M ⎝ m ρ⎠
p1 18 An ideal gas at 27°C is compressed
ρ 1 8
∴ ∝
θ2 p T adiabatically to of its original
θ1
27
T Molecular mass M and universal gas volume. The rise in temperature is
(a) p2 = p1 constant R remains same for a gas. ⎛ 5⎞
(b) p2 > p1 So, for two different situations i.e. at ⎜γ = ⎟
⎝ 3⎠
(c) p2 < p1 two different temperatures and [CBSE AIPMT 1999]
(d) Cannot be predicted densities (a) 475°C (b) 402°C
(c) 275°C (d) 375°C
Ans. (c) ρ1 / p1 T2 x 383K
∴ = ⇒ =
According to question, ρ2 / p2 T1 (ρ2 / p2 ) 283 K Ans. (d)
1 In an adiabatic process
Slope of the graph ∝ ρ2 283
Pressure p ⇒ = x p = pressure
p2 383
So, p2 < p1 V = volume
γ = atomicity of gas and final volumeV2 = ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ V

1
v = average velocity of gas molecules
γ
pV = constant ...(i) ⎝ 8⎠
2 1
or p = n⋅ mv 2 (Qρ = mn)
Now from ideal gas equation, Putting these values in Eq. (i) 3 2
7/5 − 1
pV = RT (for one mole) ⎛ ⎞ 1
Now, mv 2 = average kinetic energy of a
⎛V ⎞
γ−1 ⎜ ⎟
RT V 2
or p = ...(ii) T2 = 291 ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟⎟ = 291 ⎜ ⎟
V ⎝ V2 ⎠ ⎜ ⎛ 1⎞ ⎟ gas molecule (KE)
⎜ ⎜⎝ ⎟⎠ V ⎟
(R = gas constant) ⎝ 8 ⎠ 2
Therefore, p = n KE
7 3
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have (γ = for diatomic gas)
⎛ RT ⎞ V γ = constant 5 If N is total number of gas molecules in
⎜ ⎟
⎝ V ⎠ = 291 × 2.297 = 668.4K volume V, then
T V γ − 1 = constant ...(iii) No of gas molecules per unit volume

20 The pressure of a gas is raised N
So for two different cases of n=
temperature and volume from 27°C to 927°C. The root mean V
γ−1 square speed [CBSE AIPMT 1994] 2 N ⎛1 ⎞
So, T1V1 = T2 V2γ − 1 ∴ p = ⋅ ⎜ mv 2 ⎟
γ−1 ⎛ 927⎞ 3 V ⎝2 ⎠
T2 ⎛V ⎞ (a) is ⎜ ⎟ times the earlier value
or = ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟⎟ ...(iv) ⎝ 27 ⎠ 2 ⎡ 1 ⎤
T1 ⎝ V2 ⎠ or pV = N (KE) KE = mv 2
3 ⎢⎣ 2 ⎥⎦
(b) remains the same
Given, T1 = 27 ° C (c) gets halved Also, from Eq. (i),
= 27 + 273 = 300 K (d) gets doubled 2 1
p = ⋅ ρv 2
V2 8 5 3 2
Given, = ,γ = Ans. (d)
V1 27 3 RMS speed is defined as the square root 1 2
Now, ρv = average kinetic energy of
Substituting in Eq. (i), we get of the mean of the squares of the 2
5 /3 − 1 random velocities of the individual the gas per unit volume.
T2 ⎛ 27 ⎞
=⎜ ⎟ molecules of a gas. From Maxwellian 2
300 ⎝ 8 ⎠ distribution law, RMS speed is given by Therefore, p = E
2 /3
3
T2 ⎡⎛ 3 ⎞ 3 ⎤ ⎛ 3kT ⎞
or = ⎢⎜ ⎟ ⎥ crms = ⎜ ⎟
300 ⎢ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎥ ⎝ m ⎠ 22 Three containers of the same
⎣ ⎦ volume contain three different
2 ⇒ c rms ∝ T
T2 ⎛ 3⎞ 9 gases. The masses of the molecules
or =⎜ ⎟ = For two different cases i.e. at two
300 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 4 different temperatures are m 1 , m2 and m3 and the number of
9 molecules in their respective
∴ T2 = × 300 = 675 K = 402° C (c rms ) 1 T
4 ∴ = 1 containers are N 1 , N 2 and N 3 . The
(c rms ) 2 T2
Thus, rise in temperature gas pressure in the containers are
= T2 − T1 = 402 − 27 = 375 ° C Here, T1 = 27 ° C = 300 K p 1 , p2 and p3 respectively. All the
T2 = 927 ° C = 1200 K gases are now mixed and put in one
19 A diatomic gas initially at 18°C is ∴
(c rms ) 1
=
300
=
1 of these containers. The pressure p
compressed adiabatically to (c rms ) 2 1200 2 of the mixture will be
one-eight of its original volume. [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
⇒ (c rms ) 2 = 2 (c rms ) 1
The temperature after (a) p < (p1 + p2 + p3 )
Hence, root mean square speed will be
compression will be p + p2 + p3
doubled. (b) p = 1
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] 3
(a) 18°C (b) 668.4 K 21 Relation between pressure (p) and (c) p = p1 + p2 + p3
(c) 395.4°C (d) 144°C energy (E) of a gas is (d) p > (p1 + p2 + p3 )
Ans. (b) [CBSE AIPMT 1991] Ans. (c)
2 1 According to Dalton’s law of partial
According to adiabatic process the (a) p = E (b) p = E
relation between temperature and 3 3 pressure, the total pressure exerted by a
volume is given by 3 mixture of gases, which do not interact
(c) p = E (d) p = 3 E with each other, is equal to sum of the
2
TV γ − 1 = constant partial pressures which each would
So, for two different cases Ans. (a) exert, if alone occupied the same volume
Pressure exerted by gas molecules is at the given temperature. When gases
γ−1 γ−1
∴ TV = T2 V …(i) are put in one container, then pressure p
1 1 2 1
p = ρv 2 …(i) of the mixture will be
Given, initial temperature 3
p = p1 + p2 + p3
T1 = 18° C = 291 K where, ρ = density of gas
Let initial volumeV1 = V
Kinetic Theory 111
23 One mole of an ideal gas requires ⇒

Cp R
= 27 At 27°C a gas is compressed
207 J heat to rise the temperature 3 J suddenly such that its pressure
by 10 K when heated at constant ⇒ Cp =
3R ⎛ 1⎞
becomes ⎜ ⎟ of original pressure.
pressure. If the same gas is heated J ⎝ 8⎠
at constant volume to raise the ⎛ 5⎞
temperature by the same 10 K, the 25 For hydrogen gas C p − C V = a and Final temperature will be ⎜ γ = ⎟
⎝ 3⎠
heat required is (Given the gas for oxygen gas C p − C V = b, so the
constant R = 8.3J/mol-K) relation between a and b is given by [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
[CBSE AIPMT 1990] [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
(a) 420 K (b) 300 K
(a) 198.7 J (b) 29 J (a) a = 16b (c) −142 ° C (d) 327 K
(c) 215.3 J (d) 124 J (b) 16b = a Ans. (c)
Ans. (d) (c) a = 4b The adiabatic relation between p and V
Molar specific heat of a substance is (d) a = b for a perfect gas is
defined as the amount of heat required
to raise the temperature of one gram Ans. (d) pV γ = k (a constant) …(i)
mole of the substance through a unit Both hydrogen and oxygen are diatomic Again from standard gas equation
degree. gases and C p − C V = R is same for all RT
pV = nRT ⇒ V =
gases, hencea = b, providedC p and C V p
As (dQ ) p = μC p dT …(i)
are gram molar specific heats.
(At constant pressure) Putting in Eq. (i), we get
If it was the case of specific heat of 1 g R γT γ
and (dQ ) V = μC V dT …(ii) R p γ =k
Cp − CV = r = p
(At constant volume) m
R R 1− γ γ k
∴ Cp − CV = (for H, = a) or p T = γ = another constant
Given, (dQ ) p = 207 J 2 2 R
R = 8.3 J/mol-K R R i.e. p1 − γT γ = constant
Cp − CV = for O 2 , = b)
dT = 10 K 32 32
Comparing two different situations,
R = 2 a = 32 b
Putting value in Eq. (i) p11 − γT1γ = p21 − γT2γ
a = 16b
207 = 1 × C p × 10 ⎛ 1⎞
Here, p2 = ⎜ ⎟ p1
∴ C p = 20.7 J/kg 26 According to kinetic theory of ⎝ 8⎠
As C p − C V = R = 8.3 gases, at absolute zero T1 = 27 ° C = 273 + 27 = 300 K
temperature [CBSE AIPMT 1990] 5
C V = 20.7 − 8.3 = 12.4 J T2 = ?, γ =
(a) water freezes 3
∴ (dQ ) V = 1 × 12.4 × 10 γ 1− γ
(b) liquid helium freezes ⎛ T2 ⎞ ⎛p ⎞
= 124J ∴ ⎜ ⎟ = ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟⎟
(c) molecular motion stops ⎝ T1 ⎠ ⎝ p2 ⎠
(d) liquid hydrogen freezes
24 For a certain gas the ratio of ⎛ T2 ⎞
5 /3
Ans. (c) or ⎜ ⎟ = (8) 1 − 5 / 3 = (8) − 2 / 3

specific heats is given to be γ = 1.5, ⎝ 300 ⎠
for this gas [CBSE AIPMT 1990] According to kinetic theory of gases, the
pressure p exerted by one mole of an ⇒ T2 = 130 .6 K
3R 3R
(a) C V = (b) C p = ideal gas is given by ∴ T2 = − 142°C
J J 1M 2 1
5R 5R p= c or pV = Mc 2
(c) C p = (d) C p = 3V 3 28 At constant volume temperature is
J J 1
or Mc 2 = RT …(i) increased, then [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
Ans. (b) 3
(a) collision on walls will be less
Cp 3
Given, γ = = 1.5 = where c is root mean square velocity of (b) number of collisions per unit time will
CV 2 gas. increase
2 From Eq. (i), whenT = 0, c = 0 (c) collisions will be in straight lines
∴ CV = Cp
3 Hence, absolute zero of temperature (d) collisions will not change
Again from Mayer’s formula may be defined as that temperature at Ans. (b)
R which root mean square velocity of the
Cp − CV = On raising the temperature, the average
J gas molecules reduces to zero. It means velocity of the gas molecules increases.
2 R molecular motion ceases at absolute As a result of which more molecules
∴ Cp − Cp = zero.
3 J collide with the walls or number of
collisions per unit time will increase.
TOPIC 2 30 The average thermal energy for a ∴ γ = 1+

2 5
=
monoatomic gas is (where, k B is 3 3
Degree of Freedom and Boltzmann constant and T is The diatomic gas X also have vibrational
Law of Equipartition of Energy absolute temperature.) motion, so degree of freedom is 7 (3
[NEET (Sep.) 2020] translational, 2 rotational and 2
29 Match Column l with Column ll and 3 5 7 1 vibrational).
(a) kBT (b) kBT (c) kBT (d) kBT
choose the correct match from the 2 2 2 2 2 9
∴ γ = 1+ =
given choices. [NEET 2021] Ans. (a) 7 7
The average thermal energy of a system
Column I Column II with degree of freedomf is equals to its 32 A gas mixture consists of 2 moles
A. Root mean square of 1. 1 average energy, which is given as of O2 and 4 moles of Ar at
nmv 2
gas molecules 3 temperature T. Neglecting all
f
B. Pressure exerted by 2. = kB ⋅T
3RT 2 vibrational modes, the total internal
ideal gas M For monoatomic gas, f = 3 energy of the system is [NEET 2017]
C. Average kinetic 3. 5 3 (a) 4RT (b) 15 RT
RT ∴Average thermal energy = kB ⋅T
energy of a molecule 2 2 (c) 9 RT (d) 11RT
D. Total internal energy 4. 3 Hence, correct option is (a).
kBT Ans. (d)
of 1 mole of a 2
diatomic gas ⎛ Cp ⎞ Total internal energy of system = Internal
31 The value of γ ⎜ = ⎟ , for hydrogen, energy of oxygen molecules + Internal
Codes ⎝ CV ⎠ energy of argon molecules
A B C D helium and another ideal diatomic f f 5 3
= 1 n1 RT + 2 n2 RT = × 2RT + × 4RT
(a) 3 1 4 2 gas X (whose molecules are not 2 2 2 2
(b) 2 3 4 1
rigid but have an additional = 11RT
(c) 2 1 4 3
(d) 3 2 1 4 vibrational mode), are respectively
equal to [NEET (Odisha) 2019] 33 One mole of an ideal monatomic gas
Ans. (c) undergoes a process described by
7 5 9 5 7 9
(a) , , (b) , ,
We know that, the rms speed of the gas
5 3 7 3 5 7 the equation pV 3 = constant. The
molecules, 5 77 7 5 7
(c) , (d) , , heat capacity of the gas during this
v rms = 3RT / M 3 55 5 3 5 process is [NEET 2016]
Here, T is the temperature of the gas, Ans. (a) 3 5
(a) R (b) R (c) 2R (d) R
R is the universal gas constant, The poisson’s ratio, 2 2
M is the molar mass of the gas. CP
γ= …(i) Ans. (d)
Pressure exerted by an ideal gas, CV As we know that for polytropic process
1
p = nmv 2 where,C p = molar heat capacity of index α specific heat capacity
3 R
constant pressure = CV +
Here, n is the number of moles, 1−α
m is the mass of the gas, and C V = molar heat capacity at constant Q Process, pV 3 = constant ⇒ α = 3
v is the average speed of the gas volume R fR R
∴ C = CV + = +
molecules. Also, C p = C V + R (from Mayer’s relation) 1−α 2 1−3
The average kinetic energy of a f fR 3R
C V = R (where,f = degree of freedom) where, C V = =
molecule, 2 2 2
3
KEav = kBT ⎛f ⎞ 3R
2 ⇒ C p = ⎜ + 1⎟ R For monatomic gas,f = 3 =
⎝2 ⎠ 2
Here, kB is the Boltzmann constant,
3R R
T is the temperature of the gas. So, Eq. (i) becomes, ⇒ C= − =R
2 2 2
For diatomic gas, degree of freedom, ⇒ γ = 1+
f=5 f
For hydrogen gas, which is diatomic, the
34 The amount of heat energy
As, total internal energy of 1 mole of
diatomic gas, degree of freedom is 5 (3 translational, 2
required to raise the temperature
nf RT of 1 g of helium at NTP, fromT 1 K to
ΔU = rotational).
2 2 7 T2 K is [NEET 2013]
1 (5) RT 5RT ∴ γ = 1+ = 3 3
⇒ ΔU = ⇒ ΔU = 5 5 (a) N a K B (T2 − T1 ) (b) N a K B (T2 − T1 )
2 2 8 2
For helium gas, which is monoatomic,
The correct match is A→ 2, B→ 1, C → 4 3 3 ⎛T2 ⎞
the degree of freedom is 3 (3 (c) N a K B (T2 − T1 ) (d) N a K B ⎜ ⎟
and D → 3. 4 4 ⎝ T1 ⎠
translational only).
Kinetic Theory 113
Ans. (a) 37 The degrees of freedom of a Each monoatomic, diatomic and

F triatomic gas has three translatory
We know that, Q = nR ΔT molecule of a triatomic gas are
2 degree of freedom.
[CBSE AIPMT 1999]
∴ Amount of heat required, (a) 2 (b) 4 R
3 1 3 (c) 6 (d) 8 39 If for a gas, = 0.67, this gas is
Q = × × K BN a ΔT = N a K B (T2 − T1 ) CV
2 4 8 Ans. (c)
made up of molecules which are
The molecule of a triatomic gas has a
35 The ratio of the specific heats tendency of rotating about any of three
[CBSE AIPMT 1992]
Cp coordinate axes. So, it has 6 degrees of (a) diatomic
= γ in terms of degrees of freedom, 3 translational and 3 rotational. (b) mixture of diatomic and polyatomic
CV molecules
At high enough temperature a triatomic
freedom (n) is given by molecule has 2 vibrational degree of (c) monoatomic
[CBSE AIPMT 2015] freedom. But as temperature (d) polyatomic
⎛ 1⎞ ⎛ n⎞ requirement is not given, so we answer
(a) ⎜ 1 + ⎟ (b) ⎜1 + ⎟ Ans. (c)
⎝ n⎠ ⎝ 3⎠ simply by assuming triatomic gas
R 3
⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ n⎞ molecule at room temperature. CV = ≈ 1.5 R = R
(c) ⎜1 + ⎟ (d) ⎜1 + ⎟ 0.67 2
⎝ n⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ Thus, f = 6
This is the case of monoatomic gases.
Z
Ans. (c) 3
when CV = R
The specific heat of gas at constant 2
Y
volume in terms of degree of freedom n
is 40 A polyatomic gas with n degrees of
CV = R
n freedom has a mean energy per
2 molecule given by
P X
AlsoC p − C V = R [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
nkT nkT
n ⎛ n⎞ (a) (b)
So Cp = R + R = R ⎜ 1 + ⎟ (3 translational + 3 rotational) at room N 2N
2 ⎝ 2⎠
temperature. nkT 3kT
⎛ n⎞ (c) (d)
R ⎜ 1+ ⎟ 2 2
Now γ=
Cp
=
⎝ 2⎠ 2
= +1 38 The number of translational degree
CV n n of freedom for a diatomic gas is Ans. (c)
R
2 [CBSE AIPMT 1993] Concept If there is sudden compression
without exchange of heat the process
(a) 2 (b) 3
36 The gases carbon-monoxide (CO) (c) 5 (d) 6
will be adiabatic.
and nitrogen at the same According to law of equipartition of
Ans. (b) energy for any dynamical system in
temperature have kinetic energies Number of degree of freedom of a thermal equilibrium, the total energy is
E 1 and E 2 respectively. Then dynamical system is obtained by distributed equally amongst all the
[CBSE AIPMT 2000] subtracting the number of independent degrees of freedom and the energy
(a) E1 = E2 relations from the total number of associated with each molecule per
coordinates required to specify the 1
(b) E1 > E2 degree of freedom is kT.For a
positions of constituent particles of the 2
(c) E1 < E2
system. polyatomic gas with n degrees of
(d) E1 and E2 cannot be compared freedom the mean energy per molecule
If A = number of particles in the system,
1
Ans. (a) R = number of independent relations = nkT.
The gases carbon-monoxide (CO) and 2
among the particles,
nitrogen (N2) are diatomic, so both have N = number of degree of freedom of the K = Boltzmann constant
5 n = degree of freedom
equal kinetic energy kT, i.e. E 1 = E 2 . system, then
2 N = 3A − R T = Temperature
13
Oscillations
TOPIC 1 and equation of acceleration of a
particle is 05 Average velocity of a particle
Simple Harmonic Motion A = aω2 sinωt = aω2 sin(ωt + π) executing SHM in one complete
∴Phase difference between vibration is [NEET (National) 2019]
01 A body is executing simple displacement and acceleration of a Aω 2
(a)Aω (b)
harmonic motion with frequency n, particle is 2
the frequency of its potential = (ωt + π) − ωt = π rad Aω
(c) zero (d)
energy is [NEET 2021] Hence, correct option is (d). 2
(a) n (b) 2n (c) 3n (d) 4n Ans. (c)
04 The distance covered by a particle The average velocity of a particle
Ans. (b)
undergoing SHM in one time period executing simple harmonic motion (SHM)
In simple harmonic motion, both kinetic
energy and potential energy attains their
is (amplitude = A) is
maximum value two times in one complete [NEET (Odisha) 2019] Total displacement x f − x i
v av = =
oscillation. Hence, frequency of kinetic (a) zero (b) A Time interval T
energy and potential energy is 2 for one (c) 2A (d) 4A
where, x f and x i are the initial and final
complete oscillation. So, the frequency Ans. (d) position of the particle executing SHM.
of the potential energy of a body
executing SHM with frequency n is 2n. In a simple harmonic motion (SHM) the As, in vibrational motion, the particle
particle oscillates about its mean executes SHM about its mean position.
02 Identify the function which position on a straight line. So, after one complete vibration of the
represents a periodic motion. The particle moves from its mean particle, it will reaches its initial position,
[NEET (Oct.) 2020] position (O) to an extreme position (P) i.e.
ωt Displacement, x f − x i = 0
(a) e (b) log e (ωt) and then return to its mean position
−ω t covering same distance of A. 0
(c) sinωt + cosωt (d) e ∴ v av =
Then by the conservative force, it is T
Ans. (c) moved in opposite direction to a point Q Hence, the average velocity is zero.
sinωt and cosωt, both are periodic by distance A and then back to mean
function of period .
2π
position covering a distance of A. This 06 The displacement of a particle
ω comprises of one time period as shown executing simple harmonic motion
We know that, sum of two periodic below is given by
functions is also a periodic function, y = A 0 + A sinωt + Bcosωt
hence, sinωt + cosωt represents O
P Then the amplitude of its
periodic motion.
Q oscillation is given by
03 The phase difference between [NEET (National) 2019]
displacement and acceleration of a A A (a) A2 + B 2 (b) A02 + (A + B) 2
particle in a simple harmonic extreme mean extreme
position position position (c) A + B (d) A0 + A2 + B 2
motion is [NEET (Sep.) 2020]
In one time period Ans. (a)
3π π
(a) rad (b) rad The displacement of given particle is
2 2 Hence, in one time period it covers a
(c) zero (d) π rad distance of y = A0 + A sinωt + B cosωt … (i)
Ans. (d) x = OP + PO + OQ + QO The general equation of SHM can be
In SHM, equation of displacement of a = A + A + A + A = 4A given as
particle is y = a sinωt x = a sinωt + b cosωt … (ii)
Oscillations 115
So, from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we can say that 08 A particle executes linear simple 10 A particle is executing SHM along a
A0 be the value of mean position, at harmonic motion with an amplitude straight line. Its velocities at
which y = 0. of 3 cm. When the particle is at 2 distances x 1 and x 2 from the mean
∴Amplitude, R = A 2 + B 2 + 2 AB cosθ cm from the mean position, the position are v 1 and v 2 , respectively.
magnitude of its velocity is equal to Its time period is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
As two function sine and cosine have
phase shift to 90°.
that of its acceleration. Then, its x 21 + x 22 x 22 − x12
(a) 2 π (b) 2 π
time period in seconds is v12 + v 22 v12 − v 22
∴R = A + B2 2
[Qcos90 ° = 0] [NEET 2017]
v 12 + v 22 v 12 − v 22
(a)
5
(b)
5 (c) 2 π (d) 2 π
07 The radius of circle, the period of π 2π x +x
2
1
2
2 x12 − x22
revolution, initial position and 4π 2π
(c) (d) Ans. (b)
sense of revolution are indicated in 5 3 Let A be the amplitude of oscillation,
the below fig. [NEET (National) 2019] then
Ans. (c)
y
P(t=0)
Thinking Process Magnitude of velocity v 12 = ω2 (A 2 − x 12 ) …(i)
of particle when it is at displacement x v 22 = ω2 (A 2 − x 2 ) …(ii)
T=4 s from mean position
Subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we get
x = ω A2 − x 2
v 12 − v 22 = ω2 (x 22 − x 12 )
3m
Also, magnitude of acceleration of
v 12 − v 22 2π v 2 − v 22
particle in SHM ⇒ ω= ⇒ = 12
x −x
2
2
2
1 T x 2 − x 12
= ω2 x
y-projection of the radius vector x 22 − x 12
Given, when x = 2cm ⇒ T = 2π
of rotating particle P is v 12 − v 22
⎛ πt ⎞ | v | = | a | ⇒ ω A 2 − x 2 = ω2 x
(a) y (t) = 4 sin⎜ ⎟ , where y in m
⎝2⎠
A2 − x 2 9−4 11 A particle is executing a simple
⎛ 3πt ⎞ ⇒ ω= =
(b) y (t) = 3cos⎜ ⎟ , where y in m x 2 harmonic motion. Its maximum
⎝ 2 ⎠ acceleration is α and maximum
5
⎛ πt ⎞ ⇒ Angular velocity ω = velocity is β. Then, its time period
(c) y (t) = 3cos⎜ ⎟ , where y in m 2
⎝2⎠ of vibration will be
∴ Time period of motion
(d) y (t) = −3cos2πt, where y in m [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
2π 4π
Ans. (c) T= = s β2 α β2 2πβ
ω 5 (a) (b) (c) (d)
Let O be the centre of circle, then att = 0, α2 β α α
the displacement y is maximum and have
09 When two displacements Ans. (d)
value 3 m.
represented by y 1 = a sin (ωt) and For a particle executing SHM, we have
y maximum acceleration,
y 2 = b cos (ωt) are superimposed,
t=0 the motion is [CBSE AIPMT 2015] α = Aω2 …(i)
(a) not a simple harmonic where, A is maximum amplitude andω is
t=t a
(b) simple harmonic with amplitude angular velocity of a particle.
ωt b Maximum velocity,β = Aω …(ii)
O x (c) simple harmonic with amplitude Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get
3m
a2 + b2 α Aω2 α 2π
= ⇒ = ω=
(d) simple harmonic with amplitude β Aω β T
(a + b)
T=4s 2πβ
2 i.e. T =
As, the general equation of displacement α
Ans. (c) Thus, its time period of vibration,
of a particle will be in the form
Given, y 1 = a sinωt T=
2πβ
y = A cosωt
⎛ π⎞ α
Here, A = 3 m y 2 = b cosωt = b sin⎜ ωt + ⎟
2π 2π ⎝ 2⎠
Then,ω = = [given,T = 4 s] 12 The oscillation of a body on a
T 4 The resultant displacement is given by smooth horizontal surface is
π y = y 1 + y 2 = a 2 + b 2 sin(ωt + φ)
= represented by the equation,
2
Hence, the motion of superimposed X = A cos (ωt)
⎛π ⎞
∴ y = 3 cos ⎜ t ⎟ (in metre) wave is simple harmonic with amplitude where, X = displacement at time t
⎝2 ⎠
a2 + b2 .
ω = frequency of oscillation
Which one of the following graphs ⎛ 3π ⎞ Ans. (b)

III. y = 5cos ⎜ − 3 ωt⎟
shows ⎝4 ⎠ As we know that, the condition for a
correctly the variation a with t? body executing SHM is F = − kx
IV. y = 1 + ωt + ω 2 t 2 F k
[CBSE AIPMT 2014] So, a= =− x
(a) Only (IV) does not represent SHM
m m
(b) (I) and (III)
a or a = −ω2 x
(a) (c) (I) and (II)
O T t Acceleration ∝ − (displacement)
(d) Only (I)
A ∝− y
Ans. (b) A = − ω2 y
For a simple harmonic motion, k
A=− y
d2 y
a a ∝ 2 ∝− y m
(b) O dt A = − ky
T t Hence, equations y = sin ωt − cosωt and
Here, y = x + a
⎛3π ⎞
y = 5 cos ⎜ − 3 ω t ⎟ are satisfying this ∴ Acceleration = − k (x + a)
⎝ 4 ⎠
condition and equation y = 1 + ωt + ω2 t 2
a is not periodic and y = sin3 ωt is periodic 16 Two simple harmonic motions of
(c) O T t but not simple hormonic motion. angular frequency 100 rad s −1 and
1000 rad s −1 have the same
14 The displacement of a particle displacement amplitude. The ratio
along the x-axis is given by of their maximum accelerations is
a x = a sin2 ωt. The motion of the [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
(d) O
T
particle corresponds to (a) 1 :10 (b) 1 :102
t
[CBSE AIPMT 2010] (c) 1 :103 (d) 1 :104
(a) simple harmonic motion of Ans. (b)
Here, a = acceleration at time t frequency ω / π
Maximum acceleration of body
T = Time period (b) simple harmonic motion of executing SHM is given by
frequency 3ω /2 π
Ans. (c) (c) non-simple harmonic motion α max = ω2 a
As, x = A cosωt (d) simple harmonic motion of So, for two different cases,
dx frequency ω /2 π α max 1 ω21
∴ v= = − Aω sin ωt …(i) = (Qa is same)
dt Ans. (c) α max 2 ω22
d2 x For a particle executing SHM (100) 2
and a = 2 = − Aω2 cos ωt …(ii) = =
1
dt Acceleration (a) ∝ − ω displacement
2
(1000) 2 102
We can find the correct graph by putting (x) …(i)
different values of t in Eq. (ii). Given x = a sin2 ωt …(ii) 17 A point performs simple harmonic
At t = 0, a = − Aω2 Differentiating the above equation w.r.t, oscillation of periodT and the
2π T ⎞ dx
At t = , a = − Aω2 cos ⎛⎜ = 2aω (sinωt) (cosωt)
T we get equation of motion is given by
× ⎟ =0
⎝T 4⎠ dt π
x = a sin ⎛⎜ω t + ⎞⎟ . After the elapse
4
T ⎛ 2π T ⎞ Again differentiating, we get ⎝ 6⎠
At t = , a = − Aω2 cos ⎜ × ⎟
⎝T 2⎠ d2 x
2 = a = 2aω2 [cos2 ωt − sin2 ωt] of what fraction of the time period,
dt 2
= − Aω2 cos π = + Aω2 the velocity of the point will be
= 2aω2 cos2ωt equal to half of its maximum
3T ⎛ 2 π 3T ⎞
At t = , a = − Aω2 cos ⎜ × ⎟ =0 The given equation does not satisfy the
4 ⎝T 4⎠ velocity ? [CBSE AIPMT 2008]
condition for SHM [Eq. (i)]. Therefore,
2π T T
At t = T , a = − Aω2 cos ⎛⎜ × T ⎞⎟ = − Aω2 motion is not simple harmonic. (a)
8
(b)
6
⎝T ⎠
15 Which one of the following T T
This condition is represented by graph in (c) (d)
equations of motion represents 3 12
option (c).
simple harmonic motion ? Ans. (d)
13 Out of the following functions [CBSE AIPMT 2009] According to the question, equation of
representing motion of a particle (a) Acceleration = − k 0 x + k 1 x 2 motion of SHM is
(b) Acceleration = − k (x + a) π
which represents SHM? x = a sin ⎛⎜ ωt + ⎞⎟
[CBSE AIPMT 2011] (c) Acceleration = k (x + a) ⎝ 6⎠
I. y = sin ωt − cos ωt (d) Acceleration = kx velocity of body is given by
(where, k, k 0 , k 1 and a are all positive.)
II. y = sin3 ωt
Oscillations 117
π T T T T
= aω cos ⎛⎜ ωt + ⎞⎟
dx Ans. (d)
v= (a) (b) (c) (d)
dt ⎝ 6⎠ 4 8 12 2 In simple harmonic motion, the
aω π displacement equation is, x = a sinω t
= aω cos ⎛⎜ ωt + ⎞⎟ Ans. (c)
2 ⎝ 6⎠ Let displacement equation of particle where,a is the amplitude of the motion.
π
= cos ⎛⎜ ωt + ⎞⎟
1 executing SHM is dx
Velocity, v = = a ω cosωt
2 ⎝ 6⎠ x = a sinωt dt
π π ⎡ π 1⎤ As particle travels half of the amplitude v = aω 1 − sin2 ωt
ωt + = Qcos =
6 3 ⎣⎢ 3 2 ⎦⎥ from the equilibrium position, so
π a v = ω a2 − x2 ...(i)
⇒ ωt = x=
6 2 dv d
Acceleration,α = = (aω cosωt)
2π π a dt dt
t= ⇒ t=
T Therefore, = a sinωt
2
T 6 12 α = −aω2 sinωt
1 π
or sin ωt = = sin α = − ω2 x ...(ii)
18 The particle executing simple 2 6
π π When x = 0, v = aω = v max
harmonic motion has a kinetic or ωt = or t =
energy K 0 cos2 ω t. The maximum 6 6ω α = 0 = α min
values of the potential energy and π ⎛ as,ω = 2 π ⎞ When x = a, v = 0 = v min
or t= ⎜ ⎟
the total energy are respectively ⎛ 2 π⎞ ⎝ T ⎠ α = − ω2 a = α max
6⎜ ⎟
[CBSE AIPMT 2007] ⎝T ⎠ Hence, it is clear that whenv is
K0 maximum, thenα is minimum (i.e. zero)
(a) 0 and 2 K 0 (b) and K 0 T
2 or t= or vice-versa.
12
(c) K 0 and 2 K 0 (d) K 0 and K 0
Hence, the particle travels half of the
Ans. (d) T 22 The potential energy of a simple
amplitude from the equilibrium in s.
In simple harmonic motion, the total 12 harmonic oscillator when the
energy of the particle is constant at all particle is half way to its end point
instants which is totally kinetic when 20 A particle executing simple is [CBSE AIPMT 2003]
particle is passing through the mean harmonic motion of amplitude 1 1
position and is totally potential when (a) E (b) E
5 cm has maximum speed of 4 2
particle is passing through the extreme 2 1
position. 31.4 cm/s. The frequency of its (c) E (d) E
oscillation is [CBSE AIPMT 2005]
3 8
Energy
(a) 3 Hz (b) 2 Hz Ans.(a)
Total energy (c) 4 Hz (d) 1 Hz Potential energy of a simple harmonic
Ans. (d) oscillator
PE
KE 1
Maximum speed of a particle executing U= mω 2 x 2
t SHM is given by, 2
T 2T 3T 4T
4 4 4 4 v Kinetic energy of a simple harmonic
v max = a ω = a (2 πn) ⇒ n = max
The variation of PE and KE with time is 2 πa oscillator
shown in figure, by dotted parabolic where, a = amplitude of oscillation 1
curve and solid parabolic curve K= mω2 (a 2 − x 2 )
respectively. n = frequency of oscillation 2
Figure indicates that maximum values of Here, v max = 314
. cm/s, a = 5 cm Here, x = Displacement from mean
total energy, KE and PE of SHM are equal. Substituting, the given values, we have position
KE = K 0 cos2 ωt 314
. a = Maximum displacement
Now, n= = 1 Hz
∴ KEmax = K 0 2 × 314
. ×5 (or amplitude) from mean position
So, PEmax = K 0 Total energy is
21 Which one of the following
and (E) Total = K 0 E=U+K
statements is true for the speed v 1 1
and the accelerationα of a particle = mω2 x 2 + mω2 (a 2 − x 2 )
19 A particle executes simple 2 2
harmonic oscillation with an executing simple harmonic motion? 1
[CBSE AIPMT 2004] = mω 2 a 2
amplitude a . The period of 2
(a) When v is maximum, α is maximum
oscillation isT. The minimum time When the particle is half way to its end
(b) Value ofα is zero, whatever may be the
taken by the particle to travel half value ofv point i.e. at half of its amplitude, then
of the amplitude from the a
(c) When v is zero, α is zero x=
equilibrium position is 2
(d) When v is maximum, α is zero
[CBSE AIPMT 2007] Hence, potential energy
1 ⎛a ⎞
2
1⎛1 ⎞
In the above graph, the dotted line 26 Two simple harmonic motions
U= mω 2 ⎜ ⎟ = ⎜ mω 2 a 2 ⎟ (curve) is shown for kinetic energy. This
2 ⎝ 2⎠ 4 ⎝2 ⎠ given by, x = a sin (ω t + δ) and
graph shows that kinetic energy is
π
⇒ U=
E maximum at mean position and zero at y = a sin ⎛⎜ω t + δ + ⎞⎟ act on a
extreme positions x1 and x 2 . ⎝ 2⎠
4
(where, E is the total energy) particle simultaneously, then the
24 The displacement of particle motion of particle will be
23 A particle of mass m oscillates with between maximum potential energy [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
simple harmonic motion between position and maximum kinetic (a) circular anti-clockwise
points x 1 and x 2 , the equilibrium energy position in simple harmonic (b) circular clockwise
position being O. Its potential motion is [CBSE AIPMT 2002] (c) elliptical anti-clockwise
a (d) elliptical clockwise
energy is plotted. It will be as given (a) ± (b) ± a
2
below in the graph Ans. (b)
(c) ± 2 a (d) ± 1
[CBSE AIPMT 2003] Two simple harmonic motions can be
Ans. (b) written as
(a) Expression of kinetic energy is x = a sin (ω t + δ) ...(i)
1 ⎛ π⎞
K = k (a 2 − x 2 ) ...(i) and y = a sin ⎜ ω t + δ + ⎟
x1
O
x2 2 ⎝ 2⎠
Expression of potential energy is or y = a cos (ω t + δ) ...(ii)
1
U = kx 2 ...(ii) Squaring and adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we
2 obtain
(b) where, k = mω2
x 2 + y 2 = a 2 [sin2 (ω t + δ) + cos2 (ω t + δ)]
We observe that at mean position (x = 0), or x 2 + y 2 = a 2 (Qsin2 θ + cos2 θ = 1)
x1 x2 ⎛1 ⎞
O kinetic energy is maximum ⎜ ka 2 ⎟ and This is the equation of a circle.
⎝2 ⎠
At (ω t + δ) = 0; x = 0, y = a
potential energy is minimum (zero). Also π
at extreme positions (x = ± a), kinetic At (ω t + δ) = ; x = a, y = 0
2
(c) energy is zero and potential energy is
⎛1 ⎞ At (ω t + δ) = π; x = 0, y = − a
x1 x2 maximum ⎜ ka 2 ⎟ .Thus, displacement 3π
O ⎝2 ⎠ At (ω t + δ) = ; x = − a, y = 0
2
between positions of maximum potential
energy and maximum kinetic energy is ±a . At (ω t + δ) = 2 π; x = 0, y = a
(d)
aY
NOTE
x1 x2 Kinetic energy is zero at extreme positions δ
O +
but potential energy at mean position need ωt
not be zero. It is minimum at mean
Ans. (c) position. –a X
O
1 a
Potential energy is given by U = kx 2
2 25 In SHM restoring force is F = − kx,
The corresponding graph is shown in
where k is force constant, x is –a
figure.
1 1 displacement and a is amplitude of Thus, it is obvious that motion of particle
U2 = –2 kx22 E,U,K U1 = –2 kx12 motion, then total energy depends is traversed in clockwise direction.
Kinetic
energy
upon [CBSE AIPMT 2001]
(a) k, a and m (b) k, x, m 27 Two simple harmonic motions with
curve
(c) k, a (d) k, x the same frequency act on a
Potential particle at right angles i.e. along
energy Ans. (c)
curve X-axis and Y-axis. If the two
In SHM, the total energy
amplitudes are equal and the phase
x = x1 x=0 x = x2 = potential energy + kinetic energy difference is π/2, the resultant
At equilibrium position (x = 0), potential or E=U+K motion will be [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
energy is minimum. At extreme positions 1 1 (a) a circle
= mω2 x 2 + mω2 (a 2 − x 2 )
x 1 and x 2 , its potential energies are 2 2 (b) an ellipse with the major axis along
1 1 1 Y-axis
U 1 = kx 12 = mω2 a 2 = ka 2
2 2 2 (c) an ellipse with the major axis along
1 where, k = force constant = mω2 X-axis
and U 2 = kx 22 (d) a straight line inclined at 45° to the
2 Thus, total energy depends on k and a.
X-axis
Oscillations 119
Ans. (a) 1 31 Which one of the following is a

(a) Zero (b)
The two simple harmonic motions can be 4 simple harmonic motion ?
written as 1 3
(c) (d) [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
x = a sin ωt ...(i) 2 4 (a) Ball bouncing between two rigid
⎛ π⎞ Ans. (d) vertical walls
and y = a sin ⎜ ωt + ⎟
⎝ 2⎠ Total energy of the particle executing (b) Particle moving in a circle with
y = a cos ωt ...(ii) SHM at instant t is given by uniform speed
On squaring and adding Eqs. (i) and 1 (c) Wave moving through a string fixed
E = mω 2 a 2 …(i) at both ends
(ii), we obtain 2
x 2 + y 2 = a 2 (sin2 ωt + cos2 ωt) (d) Earth spinning about its own axis
and kinetic energy of the particle at
or x 2 + y 2 = a 2 instant t is given by Ans. (c)
This is the equation of a circular motion 1 Problem Solving Strategy To calculate
with radius a. E K = mω2 (a 2 − x 2 ) …(ii)
2 the time period of combined oscillation,
NOTE calculate the beat produced from the
Simple harmonic motion is of two types. a 1 ⎛ 2 a2 ⎞
when x = , E K = mω 2 ⎜a − ⎟ given frequencies.
1. Linear simple harmonic motion 2 2 ⎝ 4⎠ In transverse wave motion individual
2. Angular simple harmonic motion particles of the medium execute simple
1 3
= mω 2 × a 2 harmonic motion about their mean
28 A particle starts simple harmonic 2 4
position in a direction perpendicular to
motion from the mean position. Its 1 3
or E K = × mω 2 a 2 …(iii) the direction of propagation of wave
amplitude is a and time period isT. 2 4 motion. Wave moving through a string
What is its displacement when its From Eqs. (i) and (iii) fixed at both ends executes SHM.
speed is half of its maximum EK 3 3
= ⇒ EK = E 32 A wave has SHM (simple harmonic
speed ? [CBSE AIPMT 1996] E 4 4
motion) whose period is 4s while
2 3 another wave which also
(a)
3
a (b)
2
a 30 A body executes SHM with an
amplitude a. At what displacement possesses SHM has its period 3 s. If
2 a both are combined, then the
(c) a (d) from the mean position, the
3 2 resultant wave will have the period
potential energy of the body is
Ans. (b) one-fourth of its total energy ? equal to [CBSE AIPMT 1993]
Velocity of the particle executing SHM at [CBSE AIPMT 1995] (a) 4 s (b) 5 s
any instant is defined as the time rate of a (c) 12 s (d) 3 s
change of its displacement at that (a)
4 Ans. (c)
instant. a
(b) Problem Solving Strategy To calculate
Let the displacement of the particle at
2 the time period of combined oscillation,
an instant t is given by
3a calculate the beat produced from the
x = a sinωt (c)
4 given frequencies.
dx d (a sinωt)
∴ Velocity v = = (d) Some other fraction of a When both waves are combined, then
dt dt beats are produced. Frequency of beats
Ans. (b) will be = ν1 − ν2
= aω cosωt = aω (1 − sin2 ωt)
Potential energy of the body executing 1 1 1 1 1
⎛ x2 ⎞ SHM is given by = − = − =
= aω ⎜ 1 − 2 ⎟ = ω (a 2 − x 2 ) T1 T2 3 4 12
⎝ a ⎠ 1
U = mω 2 x 2 Hence, time period = 12 s
2
At mean position, x = 0
where symbols have their usual
33 A simple harmonic oscillator has an
∴ v max = ωa amplitude a and time periodT. The
v max aω meaning.
According to problem,v = = time required by it to travel from
2 2 Total energy of the body executing SHM a
is x = a to x = is
But v = ω a2 − x2 2 [CBSE AIPMT 1992]
1
aω 3 E = mω 2 a 2 T T
∴ = ω a 2 − x 2 or x = a 2 (a) (b)
2 2 6 4
According to problem, T T
(c) (d)
1
29 In a simple harmonic motion, when U= E 3 2
4 Ans. (a)
the displacement is one-half the
1 1 1
amplitude, what fraction of the ∴ mω 2 x 2 = × mω 2 a 2 Equation of SHM is
2 4 2 2 π⎞
x = a sinωt or x = a sin ⎛⎜
total energy is kinetic?
⎟t
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] a2 a ⎝T ⎠
or x =
2
or x =
4 2
when x = a, then 35 The angular velocity and the (a) 0.0628 s (b) 6.28 s
2 π⎞
a = a sin ⎛⎜ ⎟t amplitude of a simple pendulum is (c) 3.14 s (d) 0.628 s
⎝T ⎠
ω and a respectively. At a Ans. (d)
2 π⎞
or sin ⎛⎜ ⎟t=1 displacement x from the mean Given, the mass of suspended, m = 2 kg
⎝T ⎠
position, if its kinetic energy isT The spring is stretched, x = 5 cm = 0.05
2 π⎞ π
or sin ⎛⎜
T
⎟ t = sin ⇒ t = and potential energy is U, then the m
⎝T ⎠ 2 4
ratio ofT to U is [CBSE AIPMT 1991] The constant force applied on the
a spring,F = 10 N
when x = , then ⎛ a 2 − x 2ω 2 ⎞ x 2ω 2
2 (a) ⎜ ⎟ (b) As we know that, spring force,
⎝ x 2ω 2 ⎠ (a − x 2ω 2 )
2
2π ⎞
= a sin ⎛⎜
a F = kx ⇒ 10 N = k (0.05 m)
⋅t ⎟
2 ⎝T ⎠ (a 2 − x 2 ) x2 ⇒ k = 200 N/m
(c) (d)
2π ⎞ π x2 (a − x 2 )
2
or sin ⎛⎜
T Now, time period of the oscillation,
t ⎟ = sin or t =
⎝T ⎠ 6 12 Ans.(c) m 2
T = 2π ⇒ T = 2π
Hence, time taken to travel from Consider a particle of mass m, executing k 200
a T T T linear SHM with amplitudea and Time period,T = 0.628s
x = a to x = = − =
2 4 12 6 constant angular frequencyω. Suppose t
second after starting from the mean 38 A mass falls from a height ‘h’ and its
position, the displacement of the
34 A body is executing SHM. When the particle is x, which is given by
time of fall ‘t’ is recorded in terms
displacements from the mean of time periodT of a simple
x = a sinωt
position is 4 cm and 5 cm, the pendulum. On the surface of earth
So, potential energy of particle is
corresponding velocities of the body it is found that t = 2 T. The entire
1
is 10 cm/s and 8 cm/s. Then, the U = mω 2 x 2 …(i) set up is taken on the surface of
2
time period of the body is another planet whose mass is half
and kinetic energy of particle is
[CBSE AIPMT 1991] of earth and radius the same. Same
π 1
(a) 2 π sec (b) sec T = mω2 (a 2 − x 2 ) …(ii) experiment is repeated and
2
2 corresponding times noted as t ′
3π T a2 − x2
(c) π sec (d) sec From Eqs. (i) and (ii) = andT ′. [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
2 U x2
(a) t′ = 2 T ′ (b) t′ > 2 T ′
Ans. (c) (c) t′ < 2T ′ (d) t′ = 2 T ′
Velocity of the particle executing SHM at 36 A particle moving along the X-axis
executes simple harmonic motion, Ans. (d)
any instant is defined as the time rate of
change of its displacement at that then the force acting on it is given The distance covered by the mass falling
instant. It is given by from height ‘h’ during its time of fall ‘t’ is
by [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
given by
v = ω (a 2 − x 2 ) (a) − AKx (b) Acos Kx 1
(c) Aexp(− Kx) (d) AKx s = h = ut + gt 2
where, x is displacement of the particle. 2
is acceleration andω is angular where, A and K are positive constants.
1 2h
frequency. Ans. (a) As, u = 0 ⇒h = gt 2 ⇒t = …(i)
2 g
Case I 10 = ω a − 16
2
…(i) If a particle executing simple harmonic
motion, has a displacement x from its The time period of simple pendulum is
Case II 8 = ω a 2 − 25 …(ii) equilibrium position, at an instant the l
magnitude of the restoring forceF acting T = 2π …(ii)
Dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i), we get g
on the particle at that instant is given by
5 a 2 − 16 25 a 2 − 16 F = − kx
where,l is the length of the pendulum.
= or =
4 a 2 − 25 16 a 2 − 25 where, k is known as force constant.
From Eq. (i) and (ii), since ‘h’ and ‘l ’ are
constant so, we can conclude that,
or 16a 2 − 256 = 25a 2 − 625 Hence, in given options, option (a) is
correct. Here, k = AK 1 1 t
t∝ andT ∝ ∴ =1
369 g g T
or a2 =
9 TOPIC 2 Thus, the ratio of time of fall and time
Putting value of a 2 in Eq. (i), we get
Some Systems period of pendulum is independent of
⎛ 369 ⎞ value of gravity (g) or any other
10 = ω ⎜
⎝ 9
− 16⎟
⎠
Exceuting SHM parameter like mass and radius of the
planet. Thus, the relation betweent′ and
10 × 3 37 A spring is stretched by 5 cm by a
or ω= = 2 rad/s T ′ on another planet irrespective of its
15 force 10 N. The time period of the mass or radius will remains same as it
2π 2 π
∴ Time periodT = = = π sec oscillations when a mass of 2 kg is was on earth i.e.
ω 2
suspended by it is [NEET 2021] t ′ = 2T ′
Oscillations 121
39 A pendulum is hung from the roof In parallel, the net force constant 43 A simple pendulum performs
of a sufficiently high building and is K ′′ = x + 2x + 3x = 6x = 11K simple harmonic motion about x = 0
moving freely to and fro like a The required ratio with an amplitude a and time
simple harmonic oscillator. The K 6x / 11 period T. The speed of the
= = 1 : 11 a
acceleration of the bob of the K ′′ 6x pendulum at x = will be
pendulum is 20 m/ s2 at a distance 2
[CBSE AIPMT 2009]
of 5 m from the mean position. The 41 A body of mass m is attached to
time period of oscillation is πa 3 πa 3 π 2a πa 3
the lower end of a spring whose (a) (b) (c) (d)
[NEET 2018] 2T T T T
upper end is fixed. The spring has
(a) 2 s (b) π s (c) 2π s (d) 1 s
negligible mass. When the mass m Ans. (d)
Ans. (b) is slightly pulled down and Concept Use the equation of motion of
The acceleration of particle/body released, it oscillates with a time a body executing SHM.
executing SHM at any instant (at position period of 3 s. When the mass m is i.e. x = a sinωt
x) is given as increased by 1 kg, the time period As we know, the velocity of body
a = −ω2 x of oscillations becomes 5 s. The executing SHM is given by
value of m in kg is dx
where,ω is the angular frequency of the [NEET 2016] v= = aω cos ωt = aω 1 − sin2 ωt
body. 3 4 16 9 dt
(a) (b) (c) (d)
⇒ | a | = ω2 x …(i) 4 3 9 16 = ω a2 − x2
−2
Here, x = 5m, | a | = 20 ms Ans. (d)
Here, x=
a
Substituting the given values in Eq. (i), As we know that 2
we get m a2 3a 2
Time period, T = 2π ∴ v = ω a2 − =ω
20 = ω2 × 5 k k 4 4
⇒ ω2 =
20
=4 Case I 2 π a 3 πa 3
= =
5 m T 2 T
T1 = 2 π …(i)
or ω = 2 rad s−1 k m 44 A mass of 2.0 kg is put on a flat pan
As, we know that Case II When the mass mis
2π attached to a vertical spring fixed
Time period, T = …(ii) increased by
ω on the ground as shown in the
1 kg, then = m + 1
∴Substituting the value ofω in Eq. (ii), we figure. The mass of the spring and
From Eqs. (ii) and (i), we get the pan is negligible. When pressed
get
2π
T2 m+ 1 slightly and released the mass
T= = πs =
2 T1 m executes a simple harmonic
5 m+ 1 25 m + 1 motion. The spring constant is
⇒ = ⇒ =
40 A spring of force constant k is cut 3 m 9 m 200 N/m. What should be the
into lengths of ratio 1 : 2 : 3. They minimum amplitude of the motion,
25 1 1 16
are connected in series and the ⇒ = 1+ ⇒ = so that the mass gets detached
9 m m 9
new force constant is k ′. If they are from the pan? (Take g = 10 m /s 2 )
9
connected in parallel and force ∴ m = kg [CBSE AIPMT 2007]
16
constant is k ′ ′, then 1k ′ : k ′ ′ is
[NEET 2017]
42 The period of oscillation of a mass M
(a) 1 : 6 (b) 1 : 9 (c) 1 : 11 (d) 1 : 14
suspended from a spring of
Ans. (c) negligible mass isT. If along with it
When the spring is cut into pieces, they another mass M is also suspended,
will have the new force constant. The the period of oscillation will now be
spring is divided into 1 : 2 : 3 ratio. [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
(a) 8.0 cm
When the pieces are connected in (a)T (b)T/ 2 (c) 2T (d) 2T
series, the resultant force constant
(b) 10.0 cm
Ans. (d) (c) Any value less than 12.0 cm
1 1 1 1
= + + Time period of spring pendulum, (d) 4.0 cm
v ′ k1 k2 k3 M
T = 2π . Ans. (b)
1 1 1 1 k
= + + Let the minimum amplitude of SHM be a.
v ′ x 2x 3x If mass is doubled then time period Restoring force on spring
6x 2M
v′ = T ′ = 2π = 2T F = ka
11 k
Restoring force is balanced by weight Under a force F, they will stretch by y 1 This can be seen as under :
mg of block. For mass to execute simple and y 2 . kl = mg
harmonic motion of amplitudea. (in equilibrium position)
mg k1 k2 m l
∴ ka = mg or a = ⇒ =
k F k g
Here, m = 2 kg, k = 200 N/m, ∴ T = 2π
m
g = 10 m /s 2 k
2 × 10 10 Mg m
∴ a= = m ∴ T1 = 2 π
200 100 So, y = y1 + y2 k1
10 F F1 F2 m
= × 100 cm = 10 cm or = + ⇒ k1 = 4 π 2 ...(i)
100 k k1 k2 T12
Hence, minimum amplitude of the m
But as springs are massless, so force on T2 = 2 π
motion should be 10 cm, so that the
them must be same i.e. F1 = F2 = F . k2
mass gets detached from the pan.
1 1 1 kk m
So, = + or k = 1 2 ⇒ k2 = 4 π 2 ...(ii)
45 A rectangular block of mass m and k k1 k2 k1 + k2 T22
area of cross-section A floats in a Since, springs are in parallel, effective
liquid of density ρ. If it is given a 47 A mass is suspended separately by force constant
small vertical displacement from two springs of spring constants k 1 k = k1 + k2
equilibrium, it undergoes oscillation and k 2 in successive order. The m
with a time period T. Then time periods of oscillations in the ∴ T = 2π
[CBSE AIPMT 2006] k1 + k2
two cases areT 1 andT2
1 m
(a) T ∝ ρ (b) T ∝ respectively. If the same mass be ⇒ k1 + k2 = 4 π 2 ...(iii)
A T2
1 1 suspended by connecting the two
(c) T ∝ (d) T ∝ springs in parallel, (as shown in Substituting values of k1 and k2 from
ρ m Eqs. (i) and (ii) in Eq. (iii), we get
figure) then the time period of
Ans. (b) m m m
oscillations is T. The correct 4π2 2 + 4π2 2 = 4π2 2
Let block be displaced through x m, then T1 T2 T
relation is [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
weight of displaced water or upthrust, 1 1 1
(upwards) is given by Archimedes principle ⇒ = +
T 2 T12 T22
Fb = – Axρg
where, A is the a or T −2 = T1−2 + T2−2
k1 k2
rea of cross-section of the block andρis
its density. This must be equal to force 48 A pendulum is displaced to an
(=ma) applied, where, m is the mass of angle θ from its equilibrium
the block and a is the acceleration. position, then it will pass through
Aρg
∴ ma = – Axρg or a = – x = –ω2 x its mean position with a velocity v
m
equal to [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
This is the equation of simple harmonic (a) T 2 = T12 + T22
(a) 2gl (b) 2gl sinθ
motion. Time period of oscillation, (b) T −2 = T1−2 + T2−2
(c) 2gl cos θ (d) 2 gl (1 − cos θ)
2π m 1 (c) T −1 = T1−1 + T2−1
T= = 2π ⇒ T∝ Ans. (d)
ω Aρg A (d) T = T1 + T2
If l is the length of pendulum andθ the
Ans. (b)
angular amplitude, then height
46 Two springs of spring constants k 1 Problem Solving Strategy Calculate the
effective force constant of parallel A
and k 2 are joined in series. The
spring, then by putting the values of time θ
effective spring constant of the M
combination is given by periodT = 2π , we get the new time
K l
[CBSE AIPMT 2004]
period of spring.
(k 1 + k 2 ) C P
(a) k 1k 2 (b) We can write time period for a vertical
2 r h
spring-block system as
k 1k 2
(c) k 1 + k 2 (d) l
(k 1 + k 2 ) T = 2π B
g
h = AB − AC
Ans. (d) Here, l is extension in the spring when
Let us consider two springs of spring = l − l cosθ
the mass m is suspended from the
constants k1 and k2 joined in series as spring. = l (1 − cos θ) ...(i)
shown in figure.
Oscillations 123
At point P (maximum displacement 1 g Ans. (c)

n= ...(i)
position i.e. extreme position), potential 2π l For the pendulum to be again in the
energy is maximum and kinetic energy is same phase, there should be difference
zero. At point B (mean or equilibrium In case of vertical spring-mass system,
of one complete oscillation.
position) potential energy is minimum in equilibrium position
g k If smaller pendulum completes n
and kinetic energy is maximum, so from kl = mg ⇒ = oscillations the larger pendulum will
principle of conservation of energy. l m
complete (n–1) oscillations, so
(PE + KE) at P = (KE + PE) at B where,l = extension in the spring and Time period of n oscillations of first
or
1
mgh + 0 = mv 2 + 0 m = mass of the suspended body = Time period of (n–1) oscillations of
2 k = spring constant or force constant of second
or v = 2gh ...(ii) spring. i.e. nT1 = (n − 1) T2
Substituting the value of h from Eq. (i) ∴ From Eq. (i), we have l1 l
into Eq. (ii), we get or n2 π = (n − 1) 2 π 2
1 k 1 n m2 g g
n= or n ∝ or 1 =
v = 2gl (1 − cos θ) 2π m m n2 m1
or n l 1 = (n − 1) l 2
49 The time period of a simple but m1 = m, m2 = 4m, n1 = n (given) n l 2 .0
n 4m n or = 2 =
pendulum is 2 s. If its length is ∴ = = 2 or n2 = n− 1 l1 0.5
increased by 4 times, then its n2 m 2
n
or = 2 or n = 2 n − 2
period becomes [CBSE AIPMT 1999] n− 1
Alternative
(a) 16 s (b) 12 s ∴ n=2
(c) 8 s (d) 4 s As we know that
Ans. (d) T = 2π
m
(for spring mass system) 52 A hollow sphere is filled with water.
Time period of simple pendulum k It is hung by a long thread. As the
l n=
1 k water flows out of a hole at the
T = 2π
g 2π m bottom, the period of oscillation
So, for two different masses suspended will [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
where,l = length of pendulum
with same spring. (a) first increase and then decrease
g = acceleration due to gravity
1 k (b) first decrease and then increase
i.e. T∝ l n1 = (c) increase continuously
2 π m1
T2 l (d) decrease continuously
Hence, = 2 ...(i)
T1 l1 ⎡ k is same for both the ⎤
⎢ cases as spring is same⎥ Ans. (a)
⎣ ⎦
Given, l 2 = 4l 1 ,T1 = 2 s Problem Solving Strategy Compare the
1 k time period of two different oscillation.
Substituting the values in Eq. (i), we get n2 =
2π m2 Time period of simple pendulum
4l 1
T2 = × 2 = 2 × 2 = 4s
l1 n1 m2 ⎛l⎞
so, = T = 2π ⎜ ⎟ ∝ l
n2 m1 ⎝g⎠
50 A mass m is vertically suspended where,l is effective length.
here, m2 = 4m1
from a spring of negligible mass, (i.e. distance between centre of
n1 4m1 2
the system oscillates with a so, = = suspension and centre of gravity of bob)
frequency n. What will be the n2 m1 1
frequency of the system, if a mass ⇒ n1 = 2n2
4m is suspended from the same n1 n l l + Δl l
spring ? [CBSE AIPMT 1998] ⇒ n2 = = [n1 = n]
2 2
n G G G
(a) (b) 4 n
4 51 Two simple pendulums of length Spherical hollow Spherical hollow Spherical
n
(c) (d) 2 n 0.5 m and 2.0 m respectively are ball filled ball half hollow ball
2 with water
given small linear displacement in filled with water
Ans. (c) one direction at the same time. T = 2p — l l + Δl T2 = 2p —l
g T 1 = 2p
g g
Time period of spring-mass system, is They will again be in the same
given by (a) (b) (c)
phase when the pendulum of
⎛ displacement ⎞ shorter length has completed
T =2π ⎜ ⎟ . oscillations [CBSE AIPMT 1998]
Initially, centre of gravity is at the
⎝ acceleration ⎠ centre of sphere [Fig. (a)]. When water
(a) 5 (b) 1 leaks the centre of gravity goes down
1 1 acceleration
∴ Frequency, n = = (c) 2 (d) 3 until it is half-filled [Fig. (b)], then it
T 2π displacement
begins to go up and finally it again
goes at the centre [Fig. (c)]. That is 55 If a simple harmonic oscillator has 57 The composition of two simple
effective length first increases and got a displacement of 0.02 m and harmonic motions of equal periods
then decreases. AsT ∝ l , so time
period first increases and then acceleration equal to 2.0 m/s2 at at right angle to each other and
decreases. any time, the angular frequency of with a phase difference of π results
the oscillator is equal to in the displacement of the particle
53 A linear harmonic oscillator of [CBSE AIPMT 1992] along [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
force constant 2 × 10 6 N/m and (a) 10 rad/s (b) 0.1 rad/s (a) circle (b) figure of eight
amplitude 0.01 m has a total (c) 100 rad/s (d) 1 rad/s (c) straight line (d) ellipse
mechanical energy of 160 J. Its Ans. (a) Ans. (c)
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] Time period of body executing SHM is Let the SHM’s be
(a) maximum potential energy is 160 J given by
x = a sinωt …(i)
(b) maximum potential energy is 100 J 2π x
T= =2π …(i) and y = b sin(ωt + π)
(c) maximum potential energy is zero ω a
(d) minimum potential energy is 100 J or y = − b sinωt …(ii)
where, x is displacement of the particle
Ans. (a) and a is acceleration of the particle. From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
x y
The potential energy of a particle From Eq. (i) = sinωt and − = sinωt
executing SHM is given by, a a a b
1 ω= or ω2 = x y b
U = mω 2 x 2 x x ∴ =− or y = − x
2 a b a
Here, a = 2.0 m / s 2
U is maximum, when x = a = amplitude of x = 0.02 m
It is an equation of a straight line.
vibration i.e. the particle is passing from 2.0
the extreme position and is minimum ∴ ω2 = 58 A mass m is suspended from the
when x = 0, i.e. the particle is passing 0.02
two coupled springs connected in
from the mean position or ω = 100
2
series. The force constant for
1
U max = mω2 a 2 …(i) or ω = 10 rad/s springs are k 1 and k 2 . The time
2
period of the suspended mass will
Also, total energy of the particle at 56 A simple pendulum is suspended
be [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
instant t is given by from the roof of a trolley which
moves in a horizontal direction with m
1 (a)T = 2 π
E = mω 2 a 2 …(ii) k 1 −k 2
2 an acceleration α, then the time
So, when E = 160 J, then maximum ⎛ l⎞ mk 1k 2
period is given byT = 2π ⎜ ⎟ , (b)T = 2 π
potential energy of particle will also be ⎝g⎠ k1 + k2
160 J. where g is equal to m
Alternative (c)T = 2 π
[CBSE AIPMT 1991] k1 + k2
(KE) max = (PE) max (a) g (b) g − α
m (k 1 + k 2 )
= Total Mechanical Energy (c) g + α (d) (g 2 + α 2 ) (d)T = 2 π
k 1k 2
So, Total Mechanical Energy = 160 J
Ans. (d)
Ans. (d)
54 A particle is subjected to two Problem Solving Strategy Apply vector
Problem Solving Strategy Derive an
formula to determine resultant
mutually perpendicular simple acceleration of the both. expression from the given values which
harmonic motions such that its x must be simillar to a = −ω2 x. Then
and y coordinates are given by calculate time period from the values in
π place of ω.
x = 2 sin ωt, y = 2 sin ⎛⎜ωt + ⎞⎟
⎝ 4⎠ α
α
The path of the particle will be g′
[CBSE AIPMT 1994]
(a) a straight line (b) a circle g
mg
(c) an ellipse (d) a parabola
Ans. (c) The bob is now under the combined
Here, the phase difference between action of two accelerations, g vertically
π downwards andα along the horizontal.
waves is ⋅ So, the resultant path of
4 ∴ Resultant acceleration
particle will be ellipse. g′ = g 2 + α 2
Oscillations 125
The situation is shown in figure.

Consider two springs of spring
TOPIC 3 a = a 0 e − bt
where,a 0 = initial amplitude
constants k1 and k2 . Here, the body of Forced, Damped
b = damping constant
weight mg is suspended at the free end Oscillations and a
of the two springs in series combination. Case I t = 100T and a = 0
When the body is pulled downwards Resonance 3
through a little distance y, the two a0
∴ = a 0 e − b (100 T )
springs suffer different extensions say y 1 59 The damping force on an oscillator 3
and y 2 . But the restoring force is same in 1
each spring.
is directly proportional to the ⇒ e −100 bT =
velocity. The units of the constant 3
∴ F = − k1 y 1 Case II t = 200T
of proportionality are
and F = − k2 y 2 [CBSE AIPMT 2012] a = a 0 e − bt = a 0 e − b (200 T )
F
y1 = − (a) kg ms −1 (b) kg ms −2 2
= a 0 (e −100 bT ) 2 = a 0 × ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ = 0
or 1 a
k1 (c) kg s −1 (d) kg s ⎝ 3⎠ 9
F
and y 2 = − Ans. (c) Thus, after 200 oscillations, amplitude
k2 Given, 1
will become times.
∴ Total extension, y = y 1 + y 2 Damping force ∝ velocity
9
F F
=− − F ∝v
k1 k2 61 A particle, with restoring force
F
F = kv ⇒ k= proportional to displacement and
⎛ k + k2 ⎞ v
= − F ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟
⎟ resisting force proportional to
⎝ k1 k2 ⎠ unit of F kg - ms−2
Unit of k = = = kg s−1 velocity is subjected to a force
⎛ kk ⎞ unit of v ms−1
or F = − ⎜⎜ 1 2 ⎟⎟ y F sinω t. If the amplitude of the
⎝ k1 + k2 ⎠ particle is maximum for ω = ω 1 , and
60 When a damped harmonic
If k is the spring constant of series oscillator completes 100 the energy of the particle is
combination of springs then oscillations, its amplitude is maximum for ω = ω 2 , then
F = − ky 1 [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
reduced to of its initial value.
kk 3 (a) ω 1 = ω 0 and ω 2 ≠ ω 0
∴ k= 1 2
k1 + k2 What will be its amplitude when it (b) ω 1 = ω 0 and ω 2 = ω 0
If the body is left free after pulling down,
completes 200 oscillations ? (c) ω 1 ≠ ω 0 and ω 2 = ω 0
it will execute SHM of period
[CBSE AIPMT 2002] (d) ω 1 ≠ ω 0 and ω 2 ≠ ω 0
1 2 1 1
m (a) (b) (c) (d) Ans. (c)
T = 2π 5 3 6 9
k In harmonic oscillator, the energy is
Ans. (d) maximum atω2 = ω0 and amplitude is
m ( k1 + k2 )
= 2π In case of damped vibration, amplitude maximum at frequencyω1 < ω0 in the
k1 k2
at any instant t is given by presence of damping, soω1 ≠ ω0 and
ω2 = ω0 .
14
Waves
TOPIC 1 02 A wave travelling in the positive
(a) increases by a factor 20
Basics of Waves x-direction having displacement
(b) increases by a factor 10
along y-direction as 1 m, wavelength
1 (c) decreases by a factor 20
01 A uniform rope of length L and 2π m and frequency of Hz is (d) decreases by a factor 10
π
mass m 1 hangs vertically from a Ans. (b)
represented by [NEET 2013]
rigid support. A block of mass m2 Velocity of a wave is given by
(a) y = sin (x − 2 t)
is attached to the free end of the v = nλ
(b) y = sin (2 πx − 2 πt)
rope. A transverse pulse of ⎡ n = frequency of wave ⎤
(c) y = sin (10πx − 20πt) ⎢ λ = wavelength of wave⎥
wavelength λ 1 is produced at the (d) y = sin (2 πx + 2 πt) ⎣ ⎦
lower end of the rope. The So, for two different cases,
Ans. (a)
wavelength of the pulse when it Given,a = 1m v 1 = n1 λ 1
reaches the top of the rope is λ 2 . v 2 = n2 λ 2
As y = a sin (kx − ωt)
The ratio λ 2 / λ 1 is [NEET 2016]
⎛ 2π 1 ⎞ λ2 = λ1 2
v
= sin ⎜ − 2 π × t ⎟ = sin (x − 2t) v1
m1 + m2 m2 ⎝ 2π π ⎠
(a) (b) 3500
m2 m1 = λ1 × = λ 1 × 10
350
03 Two waves are represented by the
m1 + m2 m1 [Qn1 = n2 ]
(c) (d) equations
m1 m2 λ 2 = 10 λ 1
y 1 = a sin (ωt + kx + 0.57) m and
Ans. (a) y 2 = a cos (ωt + kx) m , where x is in 05 A transverse wave is represented by
According to question, we have metre and t in second. The phase
y = A sin (ωt − kx). For what value of
Wavelength of transphase pulse difference between them is
v the wavelength is the wave velocity
λ= …(i) [CBSE AIPMT 2011]
f equal to the maximum particle
(a) 1.25 rad (b) 1.57 rad
(v = velocity of the wave;f = frequency of velocity? [CBSE AIPMT 2010]
(c) 0.57 rad (d) 1 rad
the wave) (a) πA/2 (b) πA
T Ans. (d) (c) 2πA (d) A
As we know v = …(ii)
μ According to question, Ans. (c)
y 1 = a sin (ωt + k x + 0.57)
(T = tension in the spring;μ = mass per Given, y = A sin(ωt − k x)
and y 2 = a cos (ωt + k x)
unit length of the rope) As we know that wave velocity is given by
⎛π ⎞ λ ωλ
or y 2 = a sin ⎜ + ωt + k x ⎟ vw = = …(i)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ⎝2 ⎠
T 2π
1 T As phase difference, ⎡T = 2π ⎤
λ=
f μ π ⎢⎣
Δφ = φ2 − φ1 = − 0.57 ω ⎥⎦
2
⇒ λ∝ T = 1.57 − 0.57 = 1 rad
and maximum particle velocity is given by
So, for two different case, we get v ρ = Aω …(ii)
λ2 T2 04 Sound waves travel at 350 m/s ⎡ A = amplitude ⎤
= through a warm air and at 3500 m/s ⎢ω = angular frequency ⎥
λ1 T1 ⎣ ⎦
through brass. The wavelength of a
m1 + m2 700 Hz acoustic wave as it enters So, as Eq. (i) is equal to Eq. (ii),
=
m2 brass from warm air ωλ
Aω = , λ = 2π A
[CBSE AIPMT 2011] 2π
Waves 127
06 A wave in a string has an amplitude 2π 10 A transverse wave propagating

k = 10 π =
of 2cm. The wave travels in the λ along x-axis is represented by
2π
λ= = 0.2 π
y (x, t) = 8 sin ⎛⎜0.5 πx – 4πt – ⎞⎟ ,
positive direction of x-axis with a
10 π
speed of 128 ms −1 and it is noted ⎝ 4⎠
Hence, option (c) is correct.
that 5 complete waves fit in 4 m where, x is in metre and t is in
length of the string. The equation 08 Which one of the following second. The speed of the wave is
describing the wave is statements is true ? [CBSE AIPMT 2006]
[CBSE AIPMT 2009] [CBSE AIPMT 2006] (a) 4π m/s . π m/s
(b) 05
(a) y = (0.02) m sin (7.85 x + 1005 t) (a) Both light and sound waves in air are π
(c) m/s (d) 8 m/s
(b) y = (0.02) m sin (15.7 x − 2010 t) transverse 4
(c) y = (0.02) m sin (15.7 x + 2010 t) (b) he sound waves in air are longitudinal Ans. (d)
(d) y = (0.02) m sin (7.85x − 1005 t) while the light waves are transverse
The given equation is
(c) Both light and sound waves in air are π
Ans. (d) longitudinal . sin ⎛⎜ 0.5 π x – 4 πt – ⎞⎟
y (x,t) = 80 ...(i)
⎝ 4⎠
Given, amplitude of wave, A = 2 cm (d) Both light and sound waves can
direction = +ve x direction travel in vacuum Compare it with the standard wave
Velocity of wave equation
Ans. (b)
v = 128 ms −1 y = a sin (kx – ωt + φ) ...(ii)
In a longitudinal wave, the particles of
and length of string, 5λ = 4 the medium oscillate about their mean
where a is amplitude, k the propagation
We know that, or equilibrium position along the constant and ω the angular frequency,
2π 2π × 5 direction of propagation of the wave comparing the Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
k= = = 7.85
λ 4 itself. Sound waves are longitudinal in k = 0.5 π, ω = 4 π
ω nature. In transverse wave, the particles ∴ Speed of transverse wave,
and v = = 128 ms −1 ω 4π
k of the medium oscillate about their v= = = 8m / s
[ω = Angular frequency] mean or equilibrium position at right k 0.5 π
angles to the direction of propagation of
⇒ ω = v × k = 128 × 7.85 = 1005 wave itself. Light waves being 11 A point source emits sound equally
As, the wave travelling towards + x-axis electromagnetic are transverse waves. in all directions in a non-absorbing
is given by
09 The time of reverberation of a medium. Two points P and Q are at
y = A sin (kx − ωt )
room A is 1s. What will be the time distance of 2m and 3m respectively
So, y = 2 sin (7.85 x − 1005 t) (in second) of reverberation of a from the source. The ratio of the
y = (0.02) m sin (7.85 x − 1005 t) room, having all the dimensions intensities of the waves at P and Q
double of those of room A? is [CBSE AIPMT 2005]
07 The wave described by [CBSE AIPMT 2006] (a) 9 : 4 (b) 2 : 3 (c) 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 9
y = 0.25 sin (10 π x − 2 πt), (a) 2 (b) 4
1 Ans. (a)
where, x and y are in metre and t in (c) (d) 1 p
second, is a wave travelling along 2 Intensity of sound, I =
4 πr 2
the [CBSE AIPMT 2008] Ans. (a) ⎡ p = pressure of sound waves ⎤
(a) negative x-direction with frequency Sabine’s formula for reverberation time ⎢ ⎥
1 Hz is ⎢ r = distance between source ⎥
(b) positive x-direction with frequency π ⎢ and the point ⎥
T=
0.16 V ⎣ ⎦
Hz and wavelength λ = 0.2 m Σas 1
or I∝ 2
(c) positive x-direction with frequency 1 V r
T∝
Hz and wavelength λ = 0.2 m s 2
I 1 ⎛ r2 ⎞
(d) negative x-direction with amplitude where, V is volume of hall inm3 . or =⎜ ⎟
0.25 m and wavelength λ = 0.2 m I 2 ⎝ r1 ⎠
Σas = a 1 s 1 + a 2 s 2 + ...
Ans. (c) = total absorption of the hall (room) Here, r1 = 2 m, r2 = 3 m
y = 0.25 sin (10 πx − 2 πt) Here, s 1 , s 2 , s 3 ...are surface areas of Substituting the values, we have
2
Compare the above equation with the absorbers anda 1 , a 2 , a 3 ...are their I 1 ⎛ 3⎞ 9
=⎜ ⎟ =
y = A sin (kx − ωt) respective absorption coefficients. I2 ⎝ 2⎠ 4
As ωt and kx have opposite sign, wave So, for two different cases of 12 The phase difference between two
travels along positive x. reverberation.
T′ V′ s waves, represented by
As, 2 πt = ω t ∴ = × ⎧ ⎫
⎛x⎞
⇒ ω = 2 π = 2 πν T s′ V y 1 = 10 −6 sin ⎨100t + ⎜ ⎟ + 0.5⎬ m
⇒ ν = 1 Hz (2) 3 8 ⎩ ⎝ 50⎠ ⎭
= 2 = =2
Also, kx = 10 π x (2) 4 ⎧ ⎛ x ⎞⎫
Hence, T ′ = 2T = 2 × 1 = 2s y 2 = 10 −6 cos ⎨100t + ⎜ ⎟ ⎬ m,
⎩ ⎝ 50⎠ ⎭
where, x is expressed in metre and Given,a = 0.2 m, v = 360 m/s, λ = 60 m, Ans. (b)
t is expressed in second, is Substituting in Eq. (ii), we have The frequency of vibrations of string is
approximately [CBSE AIPMT 2004] 2π
y = 0.2 sin (360 t − x) 1 g
60 n= ...(i)
(a) 1.07 rad (b) 2.07 rad 2 l
y = 0.2 sin 2 π ⎛⎜ 6 t − ⎞⎟
x
(c) 0.5 rad (d) 1.5 rad or
⎝ 60 ⎠ Given, nA = 2 nB
Ans. (a)
1 g 1 g
∴ = 2⋅
The given waves are 14 The equation of a wave is given by 2 lA 2 lB
⎡ ⎤
y 1 = 10 −6 sin 100 t + ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ + 0.5 m …(i)
x
y = a sin ⎛⎜100t − ⎞⎟ , where x and y
x
⎢⎣ ⎝ 50 ⎠ ⎥⎦ 1 4
⎝ 10⎠ or = or l B = 4l A
⎡ x ⎤ lA lB
and y 2 = 10 −6 cos 100 t + ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ m …(ii) are in metre and t in second, then
⎢⎣ ⎝ 50 ⎠ ⎥⎦
velocity of wave is It is obvious from Eq. (i), the frequency of
Eq. (ii) can be written as [CBSE AIPMT 2001] vibrations of strings does not depend on
⎡ π⎤
⇒ y 2 = 10 −6 sin 100 t + ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ +
x their masses.
⎢⎣
m (a) 0.1 m/s (b) 10 m/s
⎝ 50 ⎠ 2 ⎥⎦
(c) 100 m/s (d) 1000 m/s
⎡ ⎛π ⎞ ⎤ 17 In a sinusoidal wave, the time
⎢Q sin ⎜⎝ 2 + θ⎟⎠ = cos θ⎥ Ans. (d)
⎣ ⎦ required for a particular point, to
The given wave equation is
move from maximum displacement
y = a sin ⎛⎜ 100 t − ⎞⎟
Hence, the phase difference between the x
waves is ⎝ 10 ⎠ to zero displacement is 0.170 s. The
⎛π ⎞ frequency of the wave is
Δφ = ⎜ − 0.5⎟ rad Compare it with the standard wave
⎝2 ⎠ equation, we obtain
[CBSE AIPMT 1998]
⎛ 3.14 ⎞ ω = 100, k =
1 (a) 1.47 Hz (b) 0.36 Hz
=⎜ − 0.5⎟ rad (c) 0.73 Hz (d) 2.94 Hz
⎝ 2 ⎠ 10
= (1.57 − 0.5) rad Velocity of the wave, Ans. (a)
ω 100
= (107
. ) rad v= = IfT is the time period, then time required
k 1 /10 for a point to move from maximum
NOTE T
= 100 × 10 = 1000 m/s displacement to zero displacement is .
The given waves are sine and cosine 4
functions, so they are plane progressive T
harmonic waves. 15 A wave enters to water from air. In So, = 0.170 or T = 0.170 × 4 = 0.680 s
4
air frequency, wavelength, intensity Therefore, the frequency of wave is
13 A wave of amplitude a = 0.2 m, and velocity are n 1 , λ 1 , I 1 and v 1 1 1
respectively. In water the n= = =1.47 Hz
velocity v = 360 m /s and T 0.680
wavelength 60 m is travelling along corresponding quantities are
positive x-axis, then the correct n2 , λ 2 , I2 and v 2 respectively, then 18 A transverse wave is represented by
[CBSE AIPMT 2001] the equation
expression for the wave is [CBSE
AIPMT 2002] (a) I 1 = I 2 (b) n1 = n2 2π
(c) v 1 = v 2 (d) λ 1 = λ 2 y = y 0 sin (vt − x)
⎛ x⎞ λ
(a) y = 0.2 sin 2 π ⎜ 6 t + ⎟
⎝ 60⎠ Ans. (b) For what value of λ is the
⎛ x⎞ When a wave enters from one medium to maximum particle velocity equal
(b) y = 0.2 sin π ⎜ 6 t + ⎟ another, its frequency remains
⎝ 60⎠ to two times the wave velocity ?
unchanged, i.e.
⎛ x⎞
n1 = n2 but wavelength, intensity and
[CBSE AIPMT 1998]
(c) y = 0.2 sin 2 π ⎜ 6 t − ⎟ π y0
⎝ 60⎠ velocity get changed. (a) λ = 2 π y 0 (b) λ =
⎛ x⎞ 3
(d) y = 0.2 sin π ⎜ 6 t − ⎟ π y0
⎝ 60⎠ 16 Two strings A and B have lengths (c) λ = (d) λ = π y 0
2
Ans. (c)
l A and l B and carry masses M A and
M B at their lower ends, the upper Ans. (d)
The general expression of travelling
ends being supported by rigid The given wave equation is
wave can be written as 2π
y = a sin (ωt ± kx) ...(i) supports. If n A and n B are the y = y 0 sin (vt − x) ...(i)
λ
For travelling wave along positive x-axis frequencies of their vibrations and
In the wave equation,v is the particle
we should use minus (–) sign only. n A = 2 n B , then [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
velocity.
∴ y = a sin (ωt − kx) (a) l A = 4l B , regardless of masses
2 πv 2π Differentiating Eq. (i) with respect to
but ω = and k = (b) l B = 4l A , regardless of masses time,
λ λ
(c) M A = 2 M B , l A = 2 l B dy 2 πv 2 πvt
2π u= = y0 cos
So, y = a sin (vt − x) ...(ii) (d) M B = 2 M A , l B = 2 l A dt λ λ
λ
Waves 129
Maximum particle velocity,

and vd =
γp 23 Two waves are said to be coherent,
2 πv ρd
u max = y 0 if they have [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
λ
Now, it is given that, vm ρd (a) same phase but different amplitude
Dividing, we get = (b) same frequency but different
Maximum particle velocity = 2 × wave vd ρm
amplitude
velocity
The presence of water vapours reduces (c) same frequency, phase and amplitude
2 πv
or y0 = 2 v or λ = π y 0 the density of air. (d) different frequency, phase and
λ i.e. ρm < ρd amplitude
Hence, velocity of sound in moist air is Ans. (c)
19 The equation of a sound wave is greater, then the velocity of sound in
given as Two wave are said to be coherent, when
dry air.
they have same frequency, amplitude
y = 0.005 sin (62.4 x + 316t). The and constant phase difference.
wavelength of this wave is 21 The speed of a wave in a medium is
[CBSE AIPMT 1996] 760 m/s. If 3600 waves are passing 24 From a wave equation
(a) 0.4 unit (b) 0.3 unit through a point in the medium in 2π
(c) 0.2 unit (d) 0.1 unit 2 min, then their wavelength is y = 0.5 sin (64t − x),
3.2
Ans. (d) [CBSE AIPMT 1995]
the frequency of the wave is
Equation of plane progressive harmonic (a) 13.8 m (b) 25.3 m
[CBSE AIPMT 1995]
wave is (c) 41.5 m (d) 57.2 m
y = a sin (ωt + kx) …(i) (a) 5 Hz (b) 15 Hz
Ans. (b) (c) 20 Hz (d) 25 Hz
Given equation is Given, speed of wave (v) = 760 m/s
y = 0.005 sin (62.4 x + 316 t) …(ii) Ans. (c)
Number of waves = 3600
Comparing Eq. (ii) with Eq. (i), Standard equation of plane progressive
Time,t = 2 min = 2 × 60 = 120 s harmonic wave is
ω = 316, k = 62.4 ∴ Frequency of waves, 2π
2π y = a sin (vt − x) …(i)
⇒ k= = 62.4 Total no. of waves 3600 λ
λ ν= = = 30 Hz
2 π 2 × 3.14 time taken 120 Given equation is
∴ λ= = ∴ Wavelength of waves 2π
62.4 62.4 y = 0.5 sin (64t − x) …(ii)
v 760 32
.
= 0.1 unit λ= = = 25.3 m
ν 30 Comparing Eq. (ii) with Eq. (i)
20 What is the effect of humidity on v = 64 and λ = 3.2
sound waves when humidity 22 A hospital uses an ultrasonic ∴Frequency ν = =
v 64
= 20 Hz
scanner to locate tumours in a λ 3.2
increases? [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
tissue. The operating frequency of
(a) Speed of sound waves increases 25 If c s be the velocity of sound in air
(b) Speed of sound waves decreases the scanner is 4.2 MHz. The speed
(c) Speed of sound waves remains same of sound in a tissue is 1.7 km/s. The and c be the rms velocity, then
wavelength of sound in tissue is [CBSE AIPMT 1994]
(d) Speed of sound waves becomes zero
close to [CBSE AIPMT 1995] (a) c s < c (b) c s = c
Ans. (a) 1/2
(a) 4 × 10−4 m ⎛ γ⎞
The presence of water vapours in air (c) c s = c ⎜ ⎟ (d) None of these
changes its density. That is why the (b) 8 × 10−4 m ⎝ 3⎠
velocity of sound changes with humidity (c) 4 × 10−3 m Ans. (c)
of air. (d) 8 × 10−3 m Velocity of sound (c s ) is given by
Suppose, ρm = density of moist air
Ans. (a) γp
ρd = density of dry air cs = …(i)
Wavelength of a wave is the length of ρ
v m = velocity of sound in moist air one wave. It is equal to the distance
where, p is pressure, s is density and γ is
v d = velocity of sound in dry air travelled by the wave during one
complete cycle, wavelength of a wave is atomicity of gas or ratio of C p and C V .
Assuming that effect of humidity on γ is
given by RMS velocity of gas molecules is given by
negligible. v
λ= ⎛ 3p ⎞
As velocity of wave in a medium is
ν c= ⎜ ⎟ …(ii)
given by ⎝ρ⎠
where v = velocity of wave (sound)
γp
∴ vm = ν = frequency of wave (sound) From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
ρm cs γp ρ γ
Given, v = 1.7 × 10 3 m / s = × =
⎡ γ = elasticity of medium ⎤ ρ 3p
ν = 4.2 × 10 6 Hz c 3
⎢ρ = density of medium ⎥
⎢ m ⎥ 1.7 × 103 ⎛ γ⎞
⎢⎣ p= pressure of sound waves ⎥⎦ ∴ λ= = 4 × 10−4 m ⇒ cs = c × ⎜ ⎟
4.2 × 106 ⎝ 3⎠
26 Which of the following equation Ans. (b) ∴ Frequency of wave is

represents a wave ? In longitudinal waves, energy is v 330
ν= = = 660 Hz
[CBSE AIPMT 1994] propagated along with the wave motion λ 0.5
(a) y = a sinω t without any net transport of the mass of where,v = 330 m/s = velocity of sound
the medium.
(b) y = a coskx
(c) y = a sin (ω t − bx + c) 31 A 5.5 m length of string has a mass
29 The transverse wave represented
(d) y = a sin (ω t − kx) of 0.035 kg. If the tension in the
by the equation y = 4 sin string is 77 N, the speed of a wave
Ans. (d) π
A wave equation travelling in +ve x
sin (3x − 15t) has on the string is [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
6
direction is represented as (a) 110 ms −1 (b) 165 ms −1
[CBSE AIPMT 1990]
(c) 77 ms −1 (d) 102 ms −1
y = A sinω ⎛⎜ t − ⎞⎟
x (a) amplitude = 4π
⎝ v⎠ 4π Ans. (a)
(b) wavelength =
⎡ ⎤ 3 The velocity of propagation of a transverse
⎢ y = displacement of wave⎥ wave on a stretched string is given by
⎢ ⎥ (c) speed of propagation = 5
at any time t π ⎛T ⎞
⎢ ⎥ (d) period = v= ⎜ ⎟
⎢ A = amplitude of wave ⎥ 15 ⎝μ ⎠
⎢ ⎥
x
⎢ = time delay of motion ⎥ whereT is tension in the string andμ is
Ans. (c)
⎢v ⎥ linear density of the string i.e. mass per
⎢ of each particle ⎥ The standard equation of transverse
⎣ ⎦ unit length of the string.
wave is 0.035
2 πt 2 πx ⎤ μ=
y = a sin ⎡
Other forms of wave equations are Here, kg/m
− …(i) 5.5
⎢⎣ T λ ⎥⎦
y = A sin(ωt − kx) T = 77 N
= A sin2π ⎛⎜ − ⎞⎟ = A sin k (vt − x)
t x Given equation is 77 × 5.5
⎝T λ ⎠ π ∴ v= = 110 m/s
y = 4 sin sin (15t − 3x) …(ii) 0.035
6
27 The frequency of sinusoidal wave, Comparing Eq. (ii) with Eq. (i)
32 If the amplitude of sound is
2π
0.40 cos (2000t + 0.80) would be = 3, doubled and the frequency reduced
[CBSE AIPMT 1992]
λ
2π 2π to one-fourth, the intensity of
(a) 1000 π Hz (b) 2000 Hz ∴ λ= and = 15
3 T sound at the same point will
1000 2π [CBSE AIPMT 1989]
(c) 20 Hz (d) Hz ∴ T=
π 15 (a) increase by a factor of 2
Ans. (d) ∴ Speed of propagation wave, (b) decrease by a factor of 2
Equation of harmonic wave in cosine λ 2 π /3 (c) decrease by a factor of 4
v= = =5
function is T 2 π/ 15 (d) remains unchanged
y = a cos (2π νt + φ) …(i)
Ans. (c)
⎡ where, a = amplitude⎤ 30 Velocity of sound waves in air is Factors on which intensity depends are
⎢ ν = frequency ⎥ 330 m/s. For a particular sound
⎢ ⎥ (i) Amplitude (a) of vibration of the
⎢⎣and φ = phase ⎥⎦ wave in air, path difference of 40
source, I ∝ a 2
Given equation is cm is equivalent to phase
difference of 1.6 π. The frequency (ii) Surface area (A) of the vibrating
= 0.40 cos (2000t + 0.80) …(ii) body, I ∝ A
of this wave is [CBSE AIPMT 1990]
Comparing this equation with Eq. (i) (a) 165 Hz (b) 150 Hz (iii) Density (ρ) of the medium,I ∝ρ
2 πν = 2000 (c) 660 Hz (d) 330 Hz (iv) Frequency (ν) of the source, I ∝ ν2
2000 1000 Ans. (c) (v) Motion of the medium which
∴ ν= = Hz
2π π At a given time (t = constant), the phase changes effective velocityv of
changes with position x. The phase sound, I ∝ v
28 With the propagation of a change (Δφ) at a given time for a As I ∝ a 2 and I ∝ ν2
longitudinal wave through a wavelength (λ) for a distance Δx is given by 22 1
Therefore, intensity becomes 2 = th.
2π 4 4
material medium, the quantities Δφ = Δx …(i)
λ
transmitted in the propagation λ Δx
direction are [CBSE AIPMT 1992] From Eq. (i), Δx = ⋅ Δφ or λ = 2 π ⋅ 33 The velocity of sound in any gas
2π Δφ depends upon [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
(a) energy, momentum and mass
Here, Δx = 0.4 m (a) wavelength of sound
(b) energy
Δφ = 1.6 π (b) density and elasticity of gas
(c) energy and mass 0.4
(d) energy and linear momentum ∴ λ = 2 π⋅ = 0.5 (c) intensity of sound waves
1.6 π (d) amplitude and frequency of sound
Waves 131
λ
Ans. (b) Ans. (b) l1 = …(i)
From purely theoretical considerations, Length of string of musical instrument, 4
Newton came to the conclusion that l = 90 cm = 0.9 m and for second resonance,
velocity of longitudinal waves through Fundamental frequency,f1 = 120 Hz A
any medium; solid, liquid or gas depends
f2 = 180 Hz
upon the elasticity and density of the λ/4
1
medium. Newton gave the formula ∴We know that f ∝
l N
⎛E⎞ f1 l 2 f l 120 × 0.9
v= ⎜ ⎟ ⇒ = ⇒l 2 = 1 1 =
⎝ ρ⎠ f2 l 1 f2 180 l2
wherev = velocity of sound in the medium 2 λ/2

= × 0.9 = 0.6 m = 60 cm
E = coefficient of elasticity in the 3
medium
ρ = density of the (undisturbed) medium 36 In a guitar, two strings A and B
made of same material are slightly
34 Equation of progressive wave is out of tune and produce beats of λ λ 3λ
l2 = + = …(ii)
given by frequency 6 Hz. When tension in B 4 2 4
⎡ ⎛ t x⎞ π⎤ is slightly decreased, the beat
y = 4 sin ⎢π ⎜ − ⎟ + ⎥ From Eq. (i) and (ii), we get
⎣ ⎝ 5 9⎠ 6 ⎦ frequency increases to 7 Hz. If the
l2 − l1 =
3λ λ λ
− =
frequency of A is 530 Hz, the 4 4 2
Then, which of the following is
original frequency of B will be ⇒ λ = 2 (l 2 − l 1 )
correct ? [CBSE AIPMT 1988]
v = 2f (l 2 − l 1 )…(iii) ⎛⎜Qλ = ⎞⎟
[NEET (Sep.) 2020] v
(a) v = 5 cm (b) λ = 18 cm ⇒
(a) 524 Hz (b) 536 Hz ⎝ f⎠
(c) a = 0.04 cm (d) f = 50 Hz (c) 537 Hz (d) 523 Hz Here, f = 800 Hz, l 1 = 9.75 cm, l 2 = 3125
. cm
Ans. (b) Ans. (a) Substituting the given values in Eq. (iii),
Equation of plane progressive simple In case of beats formation unknown we get
harmonic wave is frequency (νB ) = νA ± beats ⇒ v = 2 × 800 (3125
. − 9.75)
⎡ ⎤
y = a sin 2π ⎛⎜ − ⎞⎟ + φ
t x
⎢⎣ ⎝ T λ ⎠ ⎥⎦
…(i) where, νA = 530 Hz and beats = 6 Hz. = 34400 cm/s = 344 m/s
⇒ νB = 530 ± 6 = 536 or 524 Hz
The given equation is When tension in B is slightly decreased, 38 The fundamental frequency in an
⎡ ⎛ t x⎞ π⎤ then beats frequency increases to 7 Hz. open organ pipe is equal to the
y = 4 sin ⎢ π ⎜ − ⎟ + ⎥
⎣ ⎝ 5 9⎠ 6 ⎦ This is possible if we take original third harmonic of a closed organ
frequency of B as 524 Hz.
Multiplying and dividing ⎛⎜ − ⎞⎟ by 2.
t x pipe. If the length of the closed
⎝T λ ⎠ Hence, correct option is (a). organ pipe is 20 cm, the length of
It is written as, the open organ pipe is [NEET 2018]
⎡ ⎛ t x ⎞ π⎤
37 A tuning fork with frequency (a) 12.5 cm (b) 8 cm
y = 4 sin ⎢2 π ⎜ − ⎟ + ⎥ …(ii) 800 Hz produces resonance in a
⎣ ⎝ 10 18 ⎠ 6 ⎦ (c) 13.3 cm (d) 16 cm
resonance column tube with upper
Comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii), we find Ans. (c)
end open and lower end closed by
a = 4 cm, T = 10 s, λ = 18 cm Fundamental frequency for an open
π water surface. Successive
and φ= organ pipe is given as
6 resonance are observed at length v
f1 =
Hence option (b) is correct. 9.75 cm, 31.25 cm and 52.75 cm. 2L
The speed of sound in air is where,L is the length of the open organ
TOPIC 2 [NEET (Odisha) 2019] pipe.Third harmonic for a closed organ
(a) 500 m/s (b) 156 m/s pipe is given as
Superposition and (c) 344 m/s (d) 172 m/s f′ =
3v
Reflection of Waves Ans. (c) 4L ′
where, L ′ is the length of closed organ
For vibrating tunning fork over a
pipe. According to the question,
35 The length of the string of a resonance tube, the first resonance is
f = f′
obtained at the length
musical instrument is 90 cm and v 3v
A =
has a fundamental frequency of 120 2L 4L ′
Hz. Where should it be pressed to l1 λ/4 2
produce fundamental frequency of L = L′
N 3
180 Hz? [NEET (Oct.) 2020]
Given, L ′ = 20 cm
(a) 75 cm (b) 60 cm 2 40
⇒ L = × 20 cm = cm =13.3cm
(c) 45 cm (d) 80 cm 3 3
39 A tuning fork is used to produce ∴ Fundamental frequency of the system Given the second overtone (i.e. third
v harmonic) of open pipe is equal to the
resonance in a glass tube. The = = 20 Hz
4l fundamental frequency of closed pipe
length of the air column in this tube
i.e. 3 νo = νc
can be adjusted by a variable
41 The second overtone of an open ⇒ 3 =
v v
piston. At room temperature of 2l ′ 4l
organ pipe has the same frequency
27°C, two successive resonances ⇒ l ′ = 6l = 6 × 20 = 120cm
as the first overtone of a closed
are produced at 20 cm and 73 cm
pipe L metre long. The length of the
of column length. If the frequency
open pipe will be [NEET 2016] 44 An air column, closed at one end
of the tuning fork is 320 Hz, the and open at the other, resonates
(a) L (b) 2L
velocity of sound in air at 27°C is (c) L/2 (d) 4L with a tunning fork when the
[NEET 2018]
Ans. (b)
smallest length of the column is 50
(a) 350 m/s (b) 339 m/s cm. The next larger length of the
(c) 330 m/s (d) 300 m/s For an open organ pipe,
n column resonating with the same
νn = v, where n = 1, 2, 3, …
Ans. (b) 2L tunning fork is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
λ
For first resonance, l 1 = For second overtons n = 3, v 2 O =
3
v (a) 100 cm (b) 150 cm
4 2L1 (c) 200 cm (d) 66.7 cm
3λ
For second resonance, l 2 = L1 = length of open organ pipe …(i) Ans. (b)
4 2n + 1 ⎞
3λ λ For closed organ pipe νn = ⎛⎜ ⎟v The smallest length of the air column is
∴ (l 2 − l 1 ) = − ⎝ 4L ⎠ associated with fundamental mode of
4 4 where, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, ... vibration of the air column as shown in
or λ = 2 (l 2 − l 1 ) …(i) Ist overtone for closed organ pipe, n = 1 the diagram.
As, velocity of sound wave is given as, 3
ν1 C = v …(ii)
v = νλ 4L
where, ν is the frequency. 3v 3
Q ν2 O = ν1 C ⇒ = v
⇒ v = ν[2 (l 2 − l 1 )] [ from Eq. (i)] 2L1 4L
L
Here, ν = 320 Hz, l 2 = 0.73 m, l 1 = 0.20 m ⇒ L1 = 2L
⇒ v = 2 [320 (0.73 − 0.20)]
42 Three sound waves of equal Lmin = l
= 2 × 320 × 0.53 2
= 339.2 ms−1 ~− 339 ms−1 amplitudes have frequencies
(n − 1), n, (n + 1). They superimpose to λ λ
40 The two nearest harmonics of a give beats. The number of beats Q Lmin = ⇒ 50 cm =
4 4
tube closed at one end and open at produced per second will be ⇒ λ = 200 cm
other end are 220 Hz and 260 Hz. [NEET 2016]
The next higher length of the air column
What is the fundamental frequency (a) 1 (b) 4 is
of the system? [NEET 2017]
(c) 3 (d) 2 λ λ λ + 2λ 3λ
L= + = =
(a) 10 Hz (b) 20 Hz Ans. (a) 4 2 4 4
(c) 30 Hz (d) 40 Hz As we know that 3
= × 200 = 150 cm
Beat frequency = f1 ~ f2 = n − (n − 1) = 1 4
Ans. (b)
and similarly for n and n + 1
Thinking Process Frequency of nth
harmonic in a closed end tube Beat frequency = n + 1 − n = 1 45 A string is stretched between fixed
(2n − 1) v points separated by 75.0 cm. It is
⇒ f= n = 1, 2, 3,K 43 The fundamental frequency of a
4l observed to have resonant
Also, only odd harmonics exists in a closed organ pipe of length 20 cm frequencies of 420 Hz and 315 Hz.
closed end tube. is equal to the second overtone of There are no other resonant
Now, given two nearest harmonics are an organ pipe open at both the frequencies between these two.
of frequency 220 Hz and 260 Hz. ends. The length of organ pipe The lowest resonant frequency for
(2n − 1) v open at both the ends is
∴ = 220 Hz ...(i) this strings is [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
4l [CBSE AIPMT 2015]
(a) 155 Hz (b) 205 Hz
Next harmonic occurs at (a) 80 cm (b) 100 cm
(2n + 1) v (c) 10.5 Hz (d) 105 Hz
= 260 Hz ...(ii) (c) 120 cm (d) 140 cm
4l Ans. (d)
Ans. (c)
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we get Givenl = 75 cm,f1 = 420 Hz andf2 = 315 Hz.
{(2n + 1) − (2n − 1)} v The fundamental frequencies of closed
= 260 − 220 As, two consecutive resonant
and open organ pipe are givan as
4l v v frequencies for a string fixed at both
νc = ⇒ νo =
2 ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ = 40 ⇒
v v ends will be
= 20 Hz 4l 2l ′
⎝ 4l ⎠ 4l
Waves 133
nv (n + 1)v Ans. (d) 1 1 1 1

f1 = and f2 = (c) = + +
2l 2l For pipe closed at one end, ν ν1 ν2 ν3
⇒ f2 − f1 = 420 − 315
fn = n ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ , here n is an odd number.
v 1 1 1 1
(n + 1)v nv ⎝ 4l ⎠ (d) = + +
⇒ − = 105 Hz ν ν1 ν2 ν3
2l 2l ⎡ ⎤
340
v = n⎢ −2 ⎥
= n[100]
⇒ = 105 Hz 4 × 85 × 10 Ans. (c)
2l ⎣ ⎦
The fundamental frequency of string
Thus, lowest resonant frequency of a Here, n is an odd number, so for the
1 T
string is 105 Hz. given condition, n can go upto n= 11 ν=
2l m
i.e. n = 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11
46 If n 1 , n2 and n3 are the fundamental So, number of possible natural ∴ ν1l 1 = ν2 l 2 = ν2 l 3 = k …(i)
oscillations could be 6. Which are below From Eq. (i),
frequencies of three segments into 1250 Hz. k k k
which a string is divided, then the l1 = ,l2 = ,l3 =
ν1 ν2 ν3
original fundamental frequency n of 48 If we study the vibration of a pipe
the string is given by Original length,
open at both ends, which of the k
[CBSE AIPMT 2014] l=
1 1 1 1
following statements is not true? ν
(a) = + + [NEET 2013]
Here, l = l1 + l2 + l3
n n1 n2 n3 (a) Open end will be antinode k k k k
1 1 1 1 = + +
(b) = + + (b) Odd harmonics of the fundamental ν ν1 ν2 ν3
n n1 n2 n3 frequency will be generated
1 1 1 1
(c) All harmonics of the fundamental = + +
(c) n = n1 + n2 + n3 frequency will be generated ν ν1 ν2 ν3
(d) n = n1 + n2 + n3 (d) Pressure change will be maximum at
Ans. (a) both ends 51 Two sources of sound placed closed
Problem Solving Strategy In this Ans.(d) to each other, are emitting
problem, the fundamental frequencies Statement (d) is not true, because at the progressive waves given by
of each part could be find. The open ends pressure change will be zero. y 1 = 4 sin600πt and y 2 = 5 sin608πt
fundamental frequency of the complete
An observer located near these
wire could be find. One should check 49 A source of unknown frequency
each option for the given values. two sources of sound will hear
gives 4 beat/s when sounded with a [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
l1 l2 l3 source of known frequency 250 Hz. (a) 4 beat/s with intensity ratio 25 : 16
The second harmonic of the source between waxing and waning
of unknown frequency gives 5 (b) 8 beat/s with intensity ratio 25 : 16
l beat/s when sounded with a source between waxing and waning
of frequency 513 Hz. The unknown (c) 8 beat/s with intensity ratio 81 : 1
v v frequency is [NEET 2013] between waxing and waning
For Ist part, n1 = ⇒l 1 = (d) 4 beat/s with intensity ratio 81 : 1
2 l1 2n1 (a) 254 Hz (b) 246 Hz
(c) 240 Hz (d) 260 Hz between waxing and waning
v v
For IInd part, n2 = ⇒l 2 =
2l2 2n2 Ans. (a) Ans. (d)
v v Given, Given, y 1 = 4 sin600 πt
For IIIrd part, n3 = ⇒ l3 =
2 l3 and y 2 = 5 sin 608 πt
2n3 254 508 5 bea
t Comparing with general equation
v v
For the complete wire, n = ⇒ l = 250 513
2l 2n y = a sin2πft
at f1 = 300 Hz
We have, l = l1 + l2 + l3 246 492 21 be We get,
v v v v and f2 = 304 Hz
= + +
2n 2n1 2n2 2n3 Hence, unknown frequency is 254 Hz. So,number of beats = f2 − f1 = 4s −1
1 1 1 1 We know that,
= + + 50 When a string is divided into three 2 2
n n1 n2 n3 I max ⎛ a 1 + a 2 ⎞ ⎛ 4 + 5⎞
segments of lengths l 1 , l 2 and l 3 , = ⎜⎜ ⎟ =⎜
⎟ ⎟ = 81
the fundamental frequencies of I min ⎝ a 1 − a 2 ⎠ ⎝4− 5⎠
47 The number of possible natural
these three segments are ν 1 , ν2
oscillations of air column in a pipe 52 A tuning fork of frequency 512 Hz
and ν3 respectively. The original
closed at one end of length 85 cm
fundamental frequency (ν) of the makes 4 beat/s with the vibrating
whose frequencies lie below 1250 string of a piano. The beat
string is [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
Hz are (velocity of sound frequency decreases to 2 beat/s
(a) ν = ν 1 + ν 2 + ν 3
= 340 ms −1 ) [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
when the tension in the piano
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 6
(b) ν = ν 1 + ν 2 + ν 3
string is slightly increased. The The frequency corresponding to A =a (given)

frequency of the piano string wavelength λ 1 , ∴ A 2 = a 2 + a 2 + 2a 2 cos φ
v 330
before increasing the tension was n1 = = = 66 Hz or a 2 = a 2 + a 2 + 2a 2 cos φ
[CBSE AIPMT 2010]
λ 1 50
. 1
or cos φ = − = cos 120 °
(a) 510 Hz (b) 514 Hz The frequency corresponding to 2
(c) 516 Hz (d) 508 Hz wavelength λ 2 , 2π
∴ φ = 120 ° =
v 330 3
Ans. (d) n2 = = = 60 Hz
λ 2 5.5 2π
Let np be the frequency of piano Thus, φ 1 − φ 2 =
3
As (np ∝ T ) Hence, number of beats per second
nf = frequency of tuning fork = 512Hz = n1 – n2 = 66 – 60 = 6
57 A sonometer wire when vibrated in
x = Beat frequency = 4 beats/s, 55 Two vibrating tuning forks produce full length has frequency n. Now, it
which is decreasing (4 → 2) after progressive waves given by
is divided by the help of bridges
changing the tension of piano wire. y 1 = 4 sin 500 πt and
into a number of segments of
Also, tension of piano wire is y 2 = 2 sin 506 πt. Number of beat
increasing so np ↑ produced per minute is lengths l 1 , l 2 , l 3 ,…. When vibrated
Hence, np ↑ − nf = x ↓ ⎯→ wrong [CBSE AIPMT 2005] these segments have frequencies
nf − np ↑ = x ↓ ⎯→ correct (a) 360 (b) 180 (c) 3 (d) 60 n 1 , n2 , n3 ,... Then, the correct
Ans. (b) relation is [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
np = nf − x = 512 − 4 = 508 Hz
Given, y 1 = 4 sin 500 πt …(i) (a) n = n1 + n2 + n3 + ...
53 Two periodic waves of intensities I 1 y 2 = 2 sin 506 πt …(ii) (b) n 2 = n12 + n22 + n32 + ...
Comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 1 1 1 1
and I2 pass through a region at the (c) = + + + ...
y = a sinωt ...(iii) n n1 n2 n3
same time in the same direction.
We have, ω1 = 500 π 1 1 1 1
The sum of the maximum and (d) = + + + ...
500 π ⎡ ω⎤
minimum intensities is ⇒ n1 = = 250 beats/s ∴n = n n1 n2 n3
[CBSE AIPMT 2008]
2π ⎣⎢ 2 π ⎦⎥
and ω2 = 506 π Ans. (c)
(a) I 1 + I 2 (b) ( I 1 + I 2 ) 2
506 π From law of length, the frequency of
(c) ( I 1 − I 2 ) 2 (d) 2 (I 1 + I 2 ) ⇒ n2 = = 253 beats/s vibrating string is inversely proportional
2π
Ans. (d) to its length,
Thus, number of beats produced 1
As intensity is directly proportional to i.e. n∝
= n2 − n1 = 253 − 250 = 3 beats/s l
the square of amplitude
= 3 × 60 beats/min = 180 beats/min ⎡ n = frequency of string ⎤
i.e. I ∝a2
⎢l = length of string ⎥
So, maximum intensity is given by If equation of wave is given and to ⎣ ⎦
I max = ( I 1 + I 2 ) 2 find physical quantities like amplitude, or nl = constant (say k)
⎡I 1 ,I 2 are intensities⎤ wavelength, time period, frequency, just k
compare the given equation with standard or l=
⎢of two waves ⎥ n
⎣ ⎦ equation of wave.
and I min = ( I 1 − I 2 ) 2 The segments of string of length
56 Equations of two progressive l 1 , l 2 , l 3 ... have frequencies n1 , n2 , n3 ,...
∴I max + I min = ( I 1 + I 2 ) + ( I 1 − I 2 )
2 2
Total length of string is l.
waves are given by
= 2 (I 1 + I 2 ) y 1 = a sin (ωt + φ 1) and So, l = l 1 + l 2 + l 3 + ...
k k k k
y 2 = a sin (ω t + φ 2 ). If amplitude and ∴ = + + + ...
54 Two sound waves with wavelengths time period of resultant wave are
n n1 n2 n3
5 m and 5.5 m respectively, each 1 1 1 1
same as that of both the waves, or = + + + ...
propagate in a gas with velocity n n1 n2 n3
then (φ 1 − φ 2 ) is [CBSE AIPMT 2001]
330 m/s. We expect the following
π 2π π π
number of beat per second (a)
3
(b)
3
(c)
6
(d)
4
58 Two sources are at a finite
[CBSE AIPMT 2006] distance apart. They emit sounds
(a) 12 (b) zero (c) 1 (d) 6 Ans. (b) of wavelength λ. An observer
Ans. (d) The given progressive waves are situated between them on line
y 1 = a sin (ωt + φ 1) joining approaches one source with
Let λ 1 = 50
. m,v = 330 m / s and λ 2 = 5.5 m
y 2 = a sin (ωt + φ2 ) speed u. Then, the number of beat
The relation between frequency (n),
wavelength (λ) and velocity (v) is given by The resultant of two waves is heard/second by observer will be
v = nλ y = y1 + y2 [CBSE AIPMT 2000]
2u u u λ
v = a [sin (ωt + φ 1) + sin (ωt + φ2 )] (a) (b) (c) (d)
⇒ n= ….(i) λ λ 2λ u
λ If A is the amplitude of resultant wave, then
Waves 135
Ans. (a) 12 × 0.50 × 0.51 12 × 0.50 × 0.51 62 A pulse of a wave train travels along
= =
Let v be the speed of sound and n the (0.51 − 0.50) 0.01 a stretched string and reaches the
original frequency of each source. fixed end of the string. It will be
= 306 m / s
They emit sounds of wavelength λ. reflected back with
Thus, speed of sound is 306 m/s.
Observer [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
60 A standing wave having 3 node and (a) a phase change of 180° with velocity
A B reversed
2 antinode is formed between two
(b) the same phase as the incident pulse
atoms having a distance 1.21 Å with no reversal of velocity
between them. The wavelength of (c) a phase change of 180° with no
the standing wave is reversal of velocity
[CBSE AIPMT 1998] (d) the same phase as the incident pulse
When observer moves towards one (a) 1.21 Å (b) 1.42 Å but with velocity reversed
source (say A), the apparent frequency (c) 6.05 Å (d) 3.63 Å
of A as observed by the observer will be Ans. (a)
v + u⎞ Ans. (a) A pulse of a wave train when travels along
n′ = n ⎛⎜ ⎟ The given standing wave is shown in the a stretched string and reaches the fixed
⎝ v ⎠
figure. N
end of the string, then it will be reflected
[u = speed of observer towards A] back to the same medium and the
N A A N
The observer is now receding source B, reflected ray suffers a phase change of π
so the apparent frequency of B observed λ with the incident wave and wave velocity
will be As length of one loop or segment is , so
2 after reflection will reverse.
v − u⎞
n ′ ′ = n ⎛⎜ λ
⎝ v ⎠
⎟ length of 2 segments is2 ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ .
⎝ 2⎠ 63 Standing waves are produced in a
[u = speed of observer going away from B] So, according to question 10 m long stretched string. If the
Thus, number of beats, λ string vibrates in 5 segments and
∴ 2 = 121
. Å ⇒ λ = 121 . Å
v + u v − u⎤
x = n′ − n′′ = n ⎡ − 2 the wave velocity is 20 m/s, the
⎢⎣ v v ⎥⎦ frequency is [CBSE AIPMT 1997]
n
= [v + u − v + u] =
2nu 61 A cylindrical resonance tube open (a) 10 Hz (b) 5 Hz (c) 4 Hz (d) 2 Hz
v v at both ends, has a fundamental
but v = nλ Ans. (b)
frequency f, in air. If half of the In the case of standing wave, the length
2nu 2 u
Thus, x= = length is dipped vertically in water, λ
nλ λ of one segment is . There are 5
the fundamental frequency of the 2
59 Two waves of wavelength 50 cm air column will be segments and total length of string is 10 m.
λ
and 51 cm produce 12 beat/s. The [CBSE AIPMT 1997] ∴ 5 = 10 ⇒ λ = 4 m
3f f 2
speed of sound is (a) 2f (b) (c) f (d) v 20
[CBSE AIPMT 1999]
2 2 Frequency, n = = = 5 Hz
λ 4
(a) 306 m/s (b) 331 m/s Ans. (c)
(Qv = 20 m / s)
(c) 340 m/s (d) 360 m/s Fundamental frequency of open pipe,
v Standing wave is an example of
Ans. (a) f= ...(i) interference. Destructive interference means
2l
Beats produced due to the two node and constructive interference means
frequencies is given by ⎡v = velocity of wave ⎤ antinode.
⎢l = length of open pipe⎥
n1 − n2 ⎣ ⎦
where, n 1 and n2 are the frequencies of When half length of tube is dipped 64 Two waves of same frequency and
two waves. vertically in water, then length of the air intensity superimpose on each other
⎛ l⎞ in opposite phases. After the super-
Here, number of beats = 12/s column becomes half ⎜ l ′ = ⎟ and the
λ 1 = 50 cm = 0.50 m ⎝ 2⎠ position, the intensity and frequency
λ 2 = 51 cm = 0.51 m pipe becomes closed. of waves will [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
n 1 – n2 = 12 So, new fundamental frequency of (a) increase (b) decrease
or
v
−
v
= 12 ⎡n = v ⎤ closed pipe (c) remain constant (d) become zero
λ1 λ2 ⎣⎢ λ ⎦⎥ v
f′ = , =
v
=
v
...(ii)
4l 4 ⎛ l ⎞ 2 l Ans. (d)
⎛ λ − λ1 ⎞ ⎜ ⎟
or v ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟ = 12
⎟ ⎝ 2⎠ Interference phenomenon is common to
⎝ λ1λ2 ⎠ sound and light. In sound, the
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get, interference is said to be constructive at
12λ 1 λ 2
or v= f′ = f points where resultant intensity is
λ2 − λ1 maximum (are in phase) and destructive
Hence, there will be no change in
∴ v = speed of sound fundamental frequency. at points where resultant intensity is
minimum or zero (are in opposite phase).
65 Two waves are approaching each y = a sin (ωt) cos (kx) …(i) time at a particular position, when two
sound waves of nearly equal frequencies
other with a velocity of 20 m/s and Given equation is
(but not equal) superimpose on each
frequency n. The dist nodes is y = a sin (100 t) cos (0.01x) …(ii)
other is called beats.
[CBSE AIPMT 1995] Comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii)
(a)
20
(b)
10
(c)
5
(d)
n ω = 100 and k = 0.01 70 A closed organ pipe (closed at one
n n n 10 ∴ Velocity of wave is end) is excited to support the third
Ans. (b) ⎡ As, ω = 2 π ⎤ overtone. It is found that air in the
λ ω 100 ⎢ T ⎥
Distance between two successive v= = = ⎢ ⎥ pipe has [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
λ
nodes = T k 0.01 ⎢ and k = 2 π ⎥ (a) three nodes and three antinodes
2 ⎣ λ⎦
(b) three nodes and four antinodes
= 10 m / s
4
(c) four nodes and three antinodes
N A N
(d) four nodes and four antinodes
68 A stretched string resonates with
λ/2 Ans.(d)
tuning fork of frequency 512 Hz
but we know that,v = νλ when length of the string is 0.5 m. In a closed organ pipe, only alternate
harmonics of frequencies ν1 , 3ν1 , 5ν1 ,…
λ v The length of the string required to
∴ = etc are present. The harmonics of
2 2ν vibrate resonantly with a tuning frequencies2ν1 , 4ν1 , 6ν1 ,… are missing. In
Given, v = 20 m/s fork of frequency 256 Hz would be general, the frequency of note produced
frequency, ν= n [CBSE AIPMT 1993] in nth normal mode of vibration of closed
λ 20 10 (a) 0.25 m (b) 0.5 m (c) 1 m (d) 2 m organ pipe would be
So, = = (2 n − 1) v
2 2n n Ans. (c) νn = = (2 n − 1) ν1
4L
The frequency of fundamental note of This is (2 n − 1) th harmonic or (n − 1) th
66 A wave of frequency 100 Hz is sent the stretched string is given by overtone.
along a string towards a fixed end. 1 ⎛T ⎞ Third overtone has a frequency 7 ν1 ,
ν= ⎜ ⎟ …(i)
When this wave travels back after 2L ⎝ μ ⎠ which means
7λ λ λ λ λ
reflection, a node is formed at a where,T is tension in string andμ is mass L= = + + +
4 2 2 2 4
distance of 10 cm from the fixed per unit length of the string.
1 hich is three full loops and a half loop,
end of the string. The speed of From Eq. (i) ν ∝ which is equal to four nodes and four
incident (and reflected) wave are L
[As string is same soμ will be same] antinodes.
[CBSE AIPMT 1994]
(a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s For two different case
ν1 L 2 N A N A N A N A
(c) 20 m/s (d) 40 m/s ∴ =
ν2 L 1
Ans. (c)
Here, ν1 = 512 Hz,L1 = 0.5 m
As fixed end is a node, therefore
ν2 = 256 Hz, L2 = ?
TOPIC 3
distance between two consecutive
nodes ∴
512 L2
= Doppler Effect
λ 256 0.5
= = 10 cm
2 ⇒ L2 = 0.5 × 2 = 1 m
71 Two cars moving in opposite
[λ = wavelength of wave sent]
69 For production of beats the two directions approach each other
⇒ λ = 20 cm = 0.2 m with speed of 22 m/s and 16.5 m/s
sources must have
As we know, v = νλ respectively. The driver of the first
[CBSE AIPMT 1992]
⎡v = velocity of wave ⎤ (a) different frequencies and same car blows a horn having a frequency
⎢ ν = frequency of wave⎥ 400 Hz. The frequency heard by the
⎣ ⎦ amplitude
∴ v = 100 × 0.2 = 20 m/s
(b) different frequencies driver of the second car is [velocity
(c) ifferent frequencies, same of sound 340 m/s] [NEET 2017]
amplitude and same phase
67 A standing wave is represented by (a) 350 Hz (b) 361 Hz
(d) different frequencies and same phase
y = a sin (100t) cos (0.01) x, where y (c) 411 Hz (d) 448 Hz
and a are in millimetre, t in second Ans. (b) Ans. (d)
and x is in metre. Velocity of wave When two sound waves of slightly Thinking Process When both source and
different frequencies travel in a medium observer are moving towards each
along the same direction and other, apparent frequency is given by
(a) 104 m/s (b) 1 m/s superimpose on each other, intensity of ⎛ v + v0 ⎞
(c) 10−4 m/s (d) None of these the resultant sound at a particular fa = f0 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
position rises and falls alternately with ⎝ v − vs ⎠
Ans. (a)
time. This phenomenon of alternate where, f0 = original frequency of source
The standard equation of standing wave is variation in the intensity of sound with
Waves 137
v s = speed of source source is moving with a speed of Ans. (c)

v 0 = speed of observer 19.4 ms − 1 at an angle of 60° with the 36 km/h 18 km/h
v = speed of sound source observer line as shown in f=1392 Hz
Frequency of the horn,
the figure. The observer is at rest.
f0 = 400 Hz car
Speed of observer in the second car,
The apparent frequency observed
by the observer (velocity of sound ⇒As both observer and source are
v 0 = 16.5 m/s
vs = 22 m/s in air is 330 ms − 1 ), is moving, we can use the formula of
v0 [CBSE AIPMT 2015] apparent frequency as
=16.5 m/s vs ⎛ v + v0 ⎞
f = f0 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
Source observer ⎝ v + vs ⎠
⎡ 343 + 10 ⎤
Speed of source, = 1392 ⎢ ⎥
v s = speed of first car 60° ⎣ 343 + 5 ⎦
= 22 m/s S O [Qv 0 = 36 km / h = 10 m / s and
Frequency heard by the driver in the v s = 18 km / h = 5 m / s]
(a) 100 Hz (b) 103 Hz ⎡ 353 ⎤
second car = 1392 = 1412 Hz
⎛ v + v0 ⎞ (c) 106 Hz (d) 97 Hz ⎢⎣ 348 ⎥⎦
340 + 16.5 ⎞
fa = f0 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = 400 ⎛⎜ ⎟
⎝ v − vs ⎠ ⎝ 340 − 22 ⎠ Ans. (b)
= 448 Hz Given, as a source of sound S emitting 75 The driver of a car travelling with
waves of frequency 100 Hz and an speed 30 ms −1 towards a hill
observer O are located at some distance.
72 A siren emitting a sound of Such that, source is moving with a speed
sounds a horn of frequency 600 Hz.
frequency 800 Hz moves away of 19.4 m/s at angle 60° with
If the velocity of sound in air is
from an observer towards a cliff at source-observer line as shown in figure. 330 ms −1 , the frequency of
a speed of 15ms −1 . Then, the vs sin 60°
vs
reflected sound as heard by driver
frequency of sound that the is [CBSE AIPMT 2009]
observer hears in the echo (a) 550 Hz
reflected from the cliff is (b) 555.5 Hz
(Take, velocity of sound in air (c) 720 Hz
= 330 ms −1 ) [NEET 2016] (d) 500 Hz
60°
(a) 800 Hz (b) 838 Hz Ans. (c)
S Doppler
(c) 885 Hz (d) 765 Hz line Concept Use Doppler’s effect.
vs cos 60°
Ans. (b) According to Doppler's effect, whenever
there is a relative motion between a
According to question, situation can be The apparent frequency heared by
source of sound and the observer
drawn as follows observer (listener), the frequency of sound heard
⎡ v ⎤ by the observer is different from the
f0 = fs ⎢ ⎥
⎣ v − v s cos 60 ° ⎦ actual frequency of sound emitted by
⎡ ⎤ source.
Cliff
15 m/s ⎢ ⎥ hill
330
= 100 ⎢
Source 1⎥ Case I n n′
⎢ 330 − 194. × ⎥ 30 ms–1
Observer ⎣ 2⎦ s
O
Frequency of sound that the observer ⎡ 330 ⎤ ⎡ 330 ⎤
= 100 ⎢ ⎥ = 100 ⎢ 320.3 ⎥
hear in the echo reflected from the cliff ⎣ 300 − 9.7 ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ Case II n′′ n′
is given by 30 ms–1
= 10302
. Hz O
⎛ v ⎞ v
f ′ = ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ [for case I] n′ = n …(i)
⎝ v − vs ⎠ 74 A speeding motorcyclist sees v − 30
where f = original frequency of source; traffic jam ahead of him. He slows ⎡ n = frequency emitted by car ⎤
v = velocity of sound down to 36 km/h. He finds that ⎢ ⎥
⎣v = velocity of sound ⎦
v s = velocity of source traffic has eased and a car moving v + 30
⎛ 330 ⎞ ahead of him at 18 km/h is honking [for case II] n′ ′ = n′ …(ii)
So, f ′ = ⎜ ⎟ 800 = 838 Hz v
⎝ 330 − 15 ⎠ at a frequency of 1392 Hz. If the ⎡ n′ ′ = frequency heard by ⎤
speed of sound is 343 m/s, the ⎢ ⎥
⎣ the driver after reflection⎦
73 A source of sound S emitting frequency of the honk as heard by
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
waves of frequency 100 Hz and an him will be [CBSE AIPMT 2014]
v + 30 360
observer O are located at some (a) 1332 Hz (b) 1372 Hz n′ ′ = n= × 600 = 720 Hz
v − 30 300
distance from each other. The (c) 1412 Hz (d) 1454 Hz
76 A car is moving towards a high cliff. 80 A star which is emitting radiation at

Motion of observer does not affect the
The car driver sounds a horn of wavelength reaching the observer, a wavelength of 5000 Å is
hence, wavelength remains λ .
frequency f. The reflected sound approaching the earth with a
heard by the driver has a frequency velocity of 1.50 × 10 6 m/s. The
78 A whistle revolves in a circle with
2f. If v be the velocity of sound, then angular velocity ω = 20 rad/s using a
change in wavelength of the
the velocity of the car, in the same radiation as received on the earth is
string of length 50 cm. If the actual
velocity units, will be [CBSE AIPMT 1996]
frequency of sound from the
[CBSE AIPMT 2004] (a) 0.25 Å (b) 2.5 Å (c) 25 Å (d) 250 Å
v v v v whistle is 385 Hz, then the
(a) (b) (c) (d)
minimum frequency heard by the Ans. (c)
2 3 4 2
observer far away from the centre The phenomenon of apparent change in
Ans. (b) frequency (or wavelength) of the light due
is (velocity of sound v = 340 m/s) to the relative motion between the
When the sound is reflected from the [CBSE AIPMT 2002]
cliff, it approaches the driver of the car. source of light and the observer is called
(a) 385 Hz (b) 374 Hz Doppler effect in light.
Therefore, the driver acts as an observer
(c) 394 Hz (d) 333 Hz v
and both the source (car) and observer So, Δλ = λ × …(i)
are moving. Ans. (b) c
Hence, apparent frequency heard by the Velocity of source (whistle) is given by Given, wavelength λ = 5000 Å
observer (driver) is given by v s = rω = (0.5 m) ( 20 rad/s) Velocity of source = 1.5 × 10 6 m/s
⎛ v + vo ⎞ c = 3 × 10 8 m/s
f ′ = f ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ ...(i) = 10 m/s
⎝ v − vs ⎠ 1.5 × 10 6
The frequency of sound observed by the ∴ Δλ = 5000 × = 25Å
observer will be minimum when he is at 3 × 10 8
where,v = velocity of sound,
point A. Thus, at this point minimum
v o = velocity of car = v s
frequency of source as observed by 81 Two trains move towards each
Thus, Eq. (i) becomes observer is other with the same speed. The
⎛ v + vo ⎞
∴ 2f = f ⎜ ⎟ speed of sound is 340 m/s. If the
⎝ v − vo ⎠ Observer height of the tone of the whistle of
or 2v − 2v o = v + v o C O one of them heard on the other
v
or 3v o = v or v o = v changes 9/8 times, then the speed
3 A
Source of each train should be
vs
77 An observer moves towards a [CBSE AIPMT 1991]
⎛ v ⎞ (a) 20 m/s (b) 2 m/s
stationary source of sound with a fmin = ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ n
speed 1 / 5th of the speed of sound. ⎝ v + vs ⎠ (c) 200 m/s (d)2000 m/s
The wavelength and frequency of 340 Ans. (a)
fmin = × 385
the source emitted are λ and f 340 + 10 According to Doppler’s effect, whenever
34 there is a relative motion between a
respectively. The apparent = × 385 = 34 × 11 = 374 Hz source of sound and listener, the
frequency and wavelength 35
apparent frequency of sound heard by
recorded by the observer are the listener is different from the actual
79 A vehicle, with a horn of frequency
respectively [CBSE AIPMT 2003] frequency of sound emitted by the
n is moving with a velocity of 30 source.
(a) f, 1.2 λ (b) 0.8 f, 0.8 λ
m/s in a direction perpendicular to Apparent frequency of sound wave heard
(c) 1.2 f, 1.2 λ (d) 1.2 f, λ
the straight line joining the by the listener is
Ans. (d) v − vl
observer and the vehicle. The ν′ = ×ν
When an observer moves towards a observer perceives the sound to v − vs
stationary source of sound, then
apparent frequency heard by the have a frequency n + n 1 . Then (If where, ν is actual frequency of sound
the sound velocity in air is 300 m/s) emitted by the source,v s is velocity of
observer increases. The apparent
[CBSE AIPMT 1998] source and v l is velocity of listener.
frequency heard in this situation
⎛ v + vo ⎞ (a) n1 = 10 n (b) n1 = 0 According to problem, ν′ = (9 / 8) ν and
f ′ = ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ f source and observer are moving in
⎝ v − vs ⎠ (c) n1 = 01
.n (d) n1 = − 01
.n
opposite directions with same speed (say
As source is stationary hence,v s = 0 Ans. (b) v), then apparent frequency
v + vo ⎞ ⎛ v + vl ⎞
f ′ = ⎛⎜
When velocity of source (vehicle) is
∴ ⎟f ν′ = ν × ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ v ⎠ perpendicular to the line joining the ⎝ v − vs ⎠
v observer and source, then there is no 9 340 + v
Given, vo = Doppler effect of sound as the ∴ ν= ν×
5 8 340 − v
component of velocity either towards or
Substituting in the relation forf′, we have ∴ 17v = 340
away from the observer is zero. So, there
⎛ v + v/5 ⎞ 6 is no change in apparent frequency. 340
f′ = ⎜ ⎟ f = f = 12
.f or v= = 20 m/s
⎝ v ⎠ 5 Therefore, n1 = 0. 17

Class 11 Physics MCQ

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Class 11 Physics MCQ

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

01

Units and Measurements

07 Time intervals measured by a clock = 999

(a) N (b) N − 1 [E] = [F ] a [a] b [T ] c (a) ⎢G 4 πε ⎥ (b) c 2 ⎢G ⎥

Gm2 Ans. (a) Ans. (b)

As, S ∝ E a vb T c mv Ft (i) Energy density

29 Dimensions of resistance in an Ans. (a) (a) Linear momentum = Mass× velocity

Ans. (d) Ans. (a) Dimensions of force per unit area

distance. The average velocity v is t2 + t1 2 3

dx −1 Integrating Eq. (i) on both sides,

17. A car accelerates from rest at a Accelerationa is given by =

∴ Total time = t 1 + t 2 and there is no acceleration in the Ans. (b)

Ans. (d) The displacement of the particle is given as (a) h1 = 2 h2 = 3h3

Ans. (a) 34. The distance travelled by a particle Ans. (c)

38. A stone is thrown vertically s ∝ v2 41. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards

43. The water drops fall at regular ⎛ As motion of body is along

Let t be the time interval of two drops. Ans. (a) 2

50. A particle shows distance-time

C particle is negative at the point t

(b) After 2s at a height of 20 m The motion of object shot in two cases dv y

Alternative Alternative Alternative

1 Ans. (a) along the shortest path the angle

So, for collision of A and B, we get Ans. (c) Ans. (b)

direction in a circle of radius R = 2.5 ⇒

43 A particle moves in a circle of

(b) π 2 ms −2 and direction along the v 80

Final angular velocity,

Alternative Ans. (b) As a result, cream move towards the axis

04 A rigid ball of mass m strikes a rigid Ans. (c)

⎛ 1⎞ a = 1ms−2 Given, m = 0.5 kg, v = 12 m/s, t = 0.25 s

distance of the man above the floor (a) 18 $i + 3$j (b) 18 $i + 6 $j

As, mr = constant According to Newton’s 2nd law, force

t =3s Equating the momentum of the system 60

Ans. (d) From Eq. (ii), T = m2 (g − a) 47 A system consists of three masses

force on the block of mass 2m ? 50 A block of mass m is in contact i.e. μmg = ma

Ans. (c) NOTE (a) 0.80 (b) 0.75

cylinder to keep the block mv 2 a = a c2 + a t2

62 A car of mass 1000 kg negotiates a Ffrictional ≥ Fcentripetal Ans. (a)

The height from the surface of 2 = 20 (1 − 0) + 5(1 − 0) 2 = 25 J

of particle. It means, its initial velocity (u) F F

Q By Newton’s 3rd equation of motion, 1 1 F2 1 F2 2 2

Ans. (b) 2A B ⎛ −dU ⎞ mass is released from rest with the

(2i$ + k$ ) m to position (4$i + 3$j − k$ ) m.

18 A body of mass 3 kg is under a Ans. (b) but it is given that, p1 = p2

Hence, Eq. (iii) becomes = 6 × 81 = 486 J

Hence, percentage change (increase) in ∴

Here, H1 = minimum height of swing from 1 E2 > E1

30 The KE acquired by a mass m in Alternative Putting the values of m1 u 1 v

⎝ m⎠ Ans. (c) The height of the water fall, h = 60 m

mv 2 m W = Area ABDO + Area CEFD + Area mv 2

force of air is (a) t (b) mk t 2

= (2t.t 2 + 3t 2 .t 3 ) (c) 2 mk t (d) mk t 2

(b) (i) 1.25 J, (ii) − 8.25 J 2

1 Let the tension at point A beTA .So, from dv d ⎛ 2kt ⎞ 2

Ans. (d) Ans. (a) Ans. (b)

(a) 2 (u 2 − gl) (b) u 2 − gl (a) 4 $i + 23$j − 8 k$ (b) − 100$i − 35 $j − 8k$

Ans. (a) move in a direction with velocity v′ such or 2 u = 2v 1 + v 2 … (i)

55 On a frictionless surface, a block of –X

58 An explosion blows a rock into 4V + 0.2 v = 0 …(i) ⇒ v2 − v1 = (1) (3 + 5) (Qe = 1)

Ans. (c) Ans. (a) 66. The coefficient of restitution e for a

04 Two particles of mass 5 kg and 10 = $i [(−6 × 2) − (−1 × 5)] x d–x

(c) −8 $i − 4 $j − 7 k$ (d) −7$i − 4 $j − 8 k$ =

Ans. (a) T 50 × (0.5) 2 13 Two persons of masses 55 kg and

Ans. (a) ⇒ − m1d + m2 d ′ = 0 dL